Owners Manual

2021 ROGUE OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Foreword

This manual was prepared to help you READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY WARNING understand the operation and mainte- Before driving your vehicle, read your nance of your vehicle so that you may Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. familiarity with controls and maintenance Operating, servicing and main- Please read through this manual before requirements, assisting you in the safe taining a passenger vehicle or operating your vehicle. operation of your vehicle. off-highway motor vehicle can A separate Warranty Information Book- let explains details about the warranties expose you to chemicals in- covering your vehicle. Additionally, a WARNING cluding engine exhaust, carbon separate Customer Care/Lemon Law monoxide, phthalates, and Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION resolve any concerns you may have REMINDERS! lead, which are known to the with your vehicle, as well as clarify your Follow these important driving rules State of California to cause rights under your state’s lemon law. to help ensure a safe and comforta- cancer and birth defects or In addition to factory installed options, ble trip for you and your passengers! your vehicle may also be equipped with other reproductive harm. To . NEVER drive under the influence additional accessories installed by NISSAN of alcohol or drugs. or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. minimize exposure, avoid . It is important that you familiarize your- ALWAYS observe posted speed breathing exhaust, do not idle self with all disclosures, warnings, cau- limits and never drive too fast the engine except as neces- tions and instructions concerning proper for conditions. sary, service your vehicle in a use of such accessories prior to operating . ALWAYS give your full attention to the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recom- driving and avoid using vehicle well-ventilated area and wear mended you see a NISSAN dealer for features or taking other actions gloves or wash your hands details concerning the particular acces- that could distract you. frequently when servicing your sories with which your vehicle is . ALWAYS use your seat belts and equipped. appropriate child restraint sys- vehicle. For more information Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle tems. Pre-teen children should go to www.P65Warnings.ca. best. When you require any service or be seated in the rear seat. gov/passenger-vehicle. have any questions, we will be glad to . ALWAYS provide information assist you with the extensive resources about the proper use of vehicle available to us. safety features to all occupants MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI- WHEN READING THE MANUAL of the vehicle. CLE This manual includes information for all . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man- features and equipment available on ual for important safety informa- This vehicle should not be modified. this model. Features and equipment in tion. Modification could affect its perfor- your vehicle may vary depending on mance, safety or durability, and may model, trim level, options selected, or- even violate governmental regula- der, date of production, region or avail- On-pavement and off-road tions. In addition, damage or perfor- ability. Therefore, you may find driving mance problems resulting from information about features or equip- modification may not be covered un- ment that are not included or installed This vehicle will handle and maneuver der NISSAN warranties. on your vehicle. differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of All information, specifications and illustra- gravity. As with other vehicles with tions in this manual are those in effect at features of this type, failure to operate WARNING the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the this vehicle correctly may result in loss right to change specifications, perfor- of control or an accident. Be sure to Installing an aftermarket On-Board mance, design or component suppliers read “Avoiding collision and rollover” Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that without notice and without obligation. and “Driving safety precautions” in the uses the port during normal driving, From time to time, NISSAN may update “5. Starting and driving” section of this for example remote insurance com- or revise this manual to provide Owners manual. pany monitoring, remote vehicle di- with the most accurate information cur- agnostics, telematics or engine rently available. Please carefully read and reprogramming, may cause interfer- retain with this manual all revision up- ence or damage to vehicle systems. dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure We do not recommend or endorse you have access to accurate and up-to- the use of any aftermarket OBD date information regarding your vehicle. plug-in devices, unless specifically Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man- approved by NISSAN. The vehicle uals and any updates can also be found in warranty may not cover damage the Owner section of the NISSAN website caused by any aftermarket plug-in at https://owners.nissanusa.com/now- device. ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner’s Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSAN those above call attention to an item in CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this the illustration. Owner’s Manual for contact information. CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI- IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT SORY THIS MANUAL Some vehicle parts, such as lithium You will see various symbols in this batteries, may contain perchlorate ma- manual. They are used in the following terial. The following advisory is pro- ways: vided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca. WARNING gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.” © 2020 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. This is used to indicate the presence All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a of a hazard that could cause death or SIC0697 serious personal injury. To avoid or retrieval system, or transmitted in any reduce the risk, the procedures must If you see the symbol above, it means “Do form, or by any means, electronic, me- be followed precisely. not do this” or “Do not let this happen”. chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written per- mission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow This is used to indicate the presence points to the front of the vehicle. of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or Arrows in an illustration that are similar to reduce the risk, the procedures must those above indicate movement or ac- be followed carefully. tion.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES ... Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs. However, if there is something that your You can write to NISSAN with the infor- If you prefer, visit us at: NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or mation at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) you would like to provide NISSAN directly For U.S. customers or with comments or questions, please con- Nissan North America, Inc. www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers) tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart- Consumer Affairs Department ment using our toll-free number: P.O. Box 685003 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN For U.S. customers Franklin, TN 37068-5003 and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN 1-800-NISSAN-1 or via e-mail at: vehicle. (1-800-647-7261) nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa. For Canadian customers com 1-800-387-0122 For Canadian customers The Consumer Affairs Department will Nissan Canada Inc. ask for the following information: 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 . Your name, address, and telephone or via e-mail at: number . information.centre@nissancana- Vehicle identification number (at- da.com tached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver’s side) . Date of purchase . Current odometer reading . Your NISSAN dealer’s name . Your comments or questions OR

Table of Illustrated table of contents 0 Contents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4 Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Do-it-yourself 8

Maintenance and schedules 9

Technical and consumer information 10

Index 11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Meters and gauges ...... 0-8 System (SRS)...... 0-2 Models with analog meter and color Exterior front ...... 0-3 display ...... 0-8 Exterior rear ...... 0-4 Models with full-screen display...... 0-9 Passenger compartment ...... 0-5 Engine compartment ...... 0-10 Cockpit ...... 0-6 PR25DD engine model...... 0-10 Instrument panel ...... 0-7 Warning and indicator lights ...... 0-11 SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

10. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags (P.1-46) 11. Front seats (P.1-4) 12. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags* (P.1-46) 13. Seat belt pretensioners (P.1-65) 14. Rear seats (P.1-7) — Child restraints (P.1-23) 15. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system (for rear seats) (P.1-25) 16. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap) (P.1-42) *: if so equipped

WAA0168X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags 5. Seat belts (P.1-13) (P.1-46) 6. Head restraints/headrests (P.1-9) 2. Front passenger air bag status light 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and (P.1-54) rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-46) 3. Occupant classification sensors (weight 8. Rear armrest (P.1-9) sensors) (P.1-46) 9. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact 4. Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P.1-46) supplemental air bag* (P.1-46) 0-2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT

11. Sonar sensors (side)* — Sonar system (P.5-162) 12. Tires — Wheels and tires (P.8-25, P.10-8) — Spare tire (P.6-3) — Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P.2-18, P.5-6) 13. Outside mirrors (P.3-34) 14. Side view camera* (P.4-9) 15. Doors — Keys (P.3-3) — Door locks (P.3-5) — Intelligent Key system (P.3-7) — Security system (P.2-50) — Remote engine start* (P.3-19) *: if so equipped

WAA0169X

1. Hood (P.3-22) 5. Power windows (P.2-79) 2. Windshield wiper and washer 6. Side turn signal light* (P.2-62) — Switch operation (P.2-52) 7. Sonar sensors (center and corner)* — Window washer fluid (P.8-9) — Sonar system (P.5-162) 3. Front camera* (P.2-59, P.5-43, P.5-46, 8. Front view camera* (P.4-9) P.5-51, P.5-65, P.5-84, P.5-122) 9. Fog lights* (P.2-62) 4. Moonroof* (P.2-83) 10. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-55)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3 EXTERIOR REAR

9. Rear combination light (P.8-22) 10. Sonar sensors (side)* — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.5-143) — Sonar system (P.5-162) 11. Fuel-filler door (P.3-29) — Fuel information (P.10-4) 12. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-7) *: if so equipped

WAA0170X

1. Rear window defroster (P.2-55) 6. Sonar sensors (center and corner) 2. Rear window wiper and washer — Sonar system* (P.5-162) — Switch operation (P.2-53) — Rear Sonar System (RSS)* (P.5-168) — Window washer fluid (P.8-9) — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.5-143) 3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-22) 7. Liftgate (P.3-23) 4. Antenna (P.4-39) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-7) 5. Roof rack* (P.2-78) 8. Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-9)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

13. Outside mirror control switch (driver’s side) (P.3-34) 14. Power door lock switches (P.3-6) 15. Memory seat switches (driver’s side)* (P.3-36) 16. Lower console tray (P.2-76) 17. Front cup holders (P.2-71) 18. Console box (P.2-75) — Power outlet (P.2-66) — USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector* (P.2-67) — Heated rear seat switches* (P.2-63) — Rear temperature control* (P.4-37) 19. Cargo area — Power outlet (P. 2-66) — Adjustable luggage floor* (P.2-72) — Luggage hooks (P.2-78) — Cargo cover* (P.2-77) — Spare tire (P.6-5) *: if so equipped **: Refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual (if so equipped). WAA0171X

1. Inside mirror (P.3-33) 7. Room light* (P.2-86) 2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-76) 8. Rear personal lights* (P.2-86) 3. Map lights (P.2-85) 9. Coat hooks (P.2-77) — Microphone** 10. Rear cup holders (P.2-71) 4. Moonroof switch* (P.2-83) 11. Cargo light (P.2-87) 5. Emergency Call (SOS) button* (P.2-70) 12. Power window switch (P.2-79) 6. Sun visors (P.3-32)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5 COCKPIT

7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-52) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) — Cruise control switches* (P.5-82) — ProPILOT Assist switch* (P.5-84, P.5-51, P.5-65) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System switches** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) 10. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) (P.5-19) 11. Instrument brightness control (P.2-11) 12. Power liftgate switch* (P.3-23) 13. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-14) 14. Parking brake switch (P.5-25) 15. Automatic brake hold switch (P.5-28) 16. Drive Mode Selector (P.5-30) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped). WAA0172X

1. Steering Assist switch* (models with Pro- 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left PILOT Assist) (P.2-65, P.5-84) side) 2. Head Up Display (HUD) switch* (P.2-47) — Audio control** 3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-55)/ — Vehicle information display control Fog light switch* (P.2-62) (P.2-23) 4. Paddle shifters (P.5-23) 6. Steering wheel (P.3-31) — Horn (P.2-63)

0-6 Illustrated table of contents INSTRUMENT PANEL

8. Fuse box cover (P.8-19) 9. Tilt and telescopic steering lock lever (P.3-31) 10. Driver supplemental front-impact air bag (P.1-46) 11. Driver supplemental knee air bag (P.1-46) 12. Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-27) — Defroster switch (P.2-55) — Heated seat switches* (P.2-63) — Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-63) 13. USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection ports** 14. Wireless charger* (P.2-68) 15. Power outlet (P.2-66) 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag (P.1-46) 17. Glove box (P.2-75) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0173X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-26) — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* 2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)/Clock (P.2-46) (P.4-9) 3. Head Up Display (HUD)* (P.2-47) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- tem** 4. Center ventilator (P.4-26) 6. Front passenger supplemental air bag 5. Audio system** or navigation system** (P.1-46) — RearView Monitor* (P.4-2) 7. Hood release handle (P.3-22)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7 METERS AND GAUGES

WAA0046X MODELS WITH ANALOG METER AND 4. Speedometer (P.2-8) COLOR DISPLAY 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-9) 1. Tachometer (P.2-9) 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-10) 2. Warning and indicator lights (P.2-13) 3. Vehicle information display (P.2-22) — Odometer (P.2-8)

0-8 Illustrated table of contents WAA0167X MODELS WITH FULL-SCREEN DIS- 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-9) PLAY 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-10) 1. Tachometer (P.2-9) The view of the meter screen can be 2. Vehicle information display (P.2-22) changed. (See “Changing the meter screen view (models with full-screen dis- — Odometer (P.2-8) play)” (P.2-23).) 3. Warning and indicator lights (P.2-13) 4. Speedometer (P.2-8) Illustrated table of contents 0-9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WAA0174X PR25DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-9) 1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-5) 8. Drive belt (P.8-13) 2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6) 9. Air cleaner (P.8-15) 3. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-5) 4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-9) 5. Battery (P.8-11) 6. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-18) 0-10 Illustrated table of contents WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Yellow Other Red light Name Page Name Page Name Page light light Automatic brake hold indi- 2-14 2-21 Brake warning light Anti-lock Braking System 2-17 cator light (white) (ABS) warning light Automatic brake hold indi- 2-21 cator light (green) Charge warning light 2-15 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system OFF 2-17 Exterior light indicator 2-21 Electric shift control system 2-15 warning light warning light Front fog light indicator 2-21 Electric power steering 2-17 light (if so equipped) Electronic parking brake warning light 2-15 High beam assist indicator 2-21 warning light Electronic parking brake 2-18 light system warning light Engine oil pressure warning High beam indicator light 2-21 2-15 Low tire pressure warning 2-18 light light Turn signal/hazard indica- 2-21 Hands OFF warning light (if 2-16 Malfunction Indicator Light 2-19 tor lights so equipped) (MIL) Master warning light 2-16 Master warning light 2-20

Seat belt warning light 2-16 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system OFF warning 2-20 Supplemental air bag 2-16 light warning light Slip indicator light 2-20

Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-20 (VDC) off indicator light

Illustrated table of contents 0-11 MEMO

0-12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats ...... 1-3 Child restraints ...... 1-23 Front seats ...... 1-4 Precautions on child restraints ...... 1-23 Rear seats ...... 1-7 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Armrest ...... 1-9 (LATCH) system ...... 1-25 Head restraints/headrests ...... 1-9 Rear-facing child restraint installation Adjustable head using LATCH ...... 1-30 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-10 Rear-facing child restraint installation Non-adjustable head using the seat belts...... 1-32 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-10 Forward-facing child restraint installation Remove ...... 1-11 using LATCH ...... 1-35 Install...... 1-11 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts...... 1-38 Adjust...... 1-11 Booster seats...... 1-42 Seat belts ...... 1-13 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ...... 1-46 Precautions on seat belt usage ...... 1-13 Precautions on SRS ...... 1-46 Seat belt warning light and chime ...... 1-15 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Pregnant women ...... 1-16 (front seats) ...... 1-52 Injured persons ...... 1-16 Driver and front passenger supplemental Three-point type seat belt with retractor ...... 1-16 knee air bag...... 1-61 Seat belt extenders ...... 1-19 Front, rear outboard and front central Seat belt maintenance ...... 1-20 seat-mounted side-impact supplemental Child safety ...... 1-20 air bag and roof-mounted curtain Infants ...... 1-21 side-impact and rollover supplemental air Small children ...... 1-21 bag systems ...... 1-63 Larger children ...... 1-21 Seat belts with pretensioners (front and rear outboard seats) ...... 1-65 Supplemental air bag warning labels ...... 1-66 Repair and replacement procedure ...... 1-67 Supplemental air bag warning light ...... 1-66 SEATS

. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. . Do not adjust the driver’s seat SSS0133 while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The well back and upright in the seat seat may move suddenly and WARNING with both feet on the floor and could cause loss of control of adjust the seat properly. See the vehicle. . Do not ride in a moving vehicle “Precautions on seat belt usage” . The seatback should not be re- when the seatback is reclined. (P.1-13). clined any more than needed for This can be dangerous. The . After adjustment, gently rock in comfort. Seat belts are most ef- shoulder belt will not be against the seat to make sure it is se- fective when the passenger sits your body. In an accident, you curely locked. well back and straight up in the could be thrown into it and re- . seat. If the seatback is reclined, ceive neck or other serious inju- Do not leave children unattended the risk of sliding under the lap ries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could belt and being injured is in- the lap belt and receive serious unknowingly activate switches creased. internal injuries. or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious . For the most effective protection accidents. when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/ or damage.

FRONT SEATS Your vehicle seats can be adjusted in manual or power operation. For additional information about adjusting the seats, refer to the steps outlined in this section. JVR0332X Front manual seat adjustment different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-13).) Forward and backward: The seatback may be reclined to allow 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . occupants to rest when the vehicle is 2. Slide the seat to the desired position. parked. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in position. Reclining: 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seatback in position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of 1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system See “Memory seat” (P.3-36) for the seat position memory function (if so equipped).

JVR0333X

Seat lifter (if so equipped): Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved. Front power seat adjustment Operating tips: . The power seat motor has an auto- reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during the seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reacti- vate the switch. . To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not running. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 WAB0160X WAB0062X

Forward and backward: Seat lifter (if so equipped): Move forward or backward the adjusting Move the switch as shown to adjust the switch to the desired position. angle of the front portion or height of the seat. Reclining: Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-13).) The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WAB0063X WAB0126X WAB0132X

Lumbar support (if so equipped) REAR SEATS Before folding the rear seats . The lumbar support feature provides low- Folding Secure the outer seat belt on the seat er back support to the driver. belt hook. (See “Seat belt hook” (P.1- 1. Pull up the lever and fold the seat- 19).) Push the switch as shown to adjust the back flat. . If the rear seat is equipped with the seat lumbar area until the desired posi- 2. To return the seats to a seating head restraints/headrests, slide the tion is achieved. position, push up on the seatback front seat forward to make enough until it latches in place. room behind the seat so that the rear seatback can be folded flat. . Remove drink containers from the rear cup holder. To fold down the seatback Pull the lever (if so equipped) located on the side of the luggage area.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 To return the seatback seat. could cause personal injury. To return the rear seatback, raise the — Be careful not to allow hands seatback until it latches. or feet to get caught or When returning the seatback, make sure pinched in the seat. WARNING that the seat belt is not interfering with . the seatback latch mechanism. Head restraints/headrests should be adjusted properly as they may . After adjustment, gently rock in provide significant protection the seat to make sure it is se- WARNING against injury in an accident. Al- curely locked. ways replace and adjust them . Do not ride in a moving vehicle . Never allow anyone to ride in the properly if they have been re- when the seatback is reclined. cargo area or on the rear seats moved for any reason. This can be dangerous. The when they are in the fold-down . If the head restraints/headrests shoulder belt will not be against position. In a collision, people are removed for any reason, they your body. In an accident, you riding in these areas without should be securely stored to pre- could be thrown into it and re- proper restraints are more likely vent them from causing injury to ceive neck or other serious inju- to be seriously injured or killed. passengers or damage to the ries. You could also slide under . Do not allow people to ride in any vehicle in case of sudden braking the lap belt and receive serious area of your vehicle that is not or an accident. internal injuries. equipped with seats and seat . When returning the seatbacks to . For the most effective protection belts. Be sure everyone in your the upright position, be certain when the vehicle is in motion, the vehicle is in a seat and using a they are completely secured in seat should be upright. Always sit seat belt properly. the latched position. If they are well back and upright in the seat . Do not allow more than one not completely secured, passen- with both feet on the floor and person to use the same seat belt. gers may be injured in an acci- adjust the seat belt properly. (See dent or sudden stop. “Precautions on seat belt usage” . Do not fold down the rear seats . (P.1-13).) when occupants are in the rear Properly secure all cargo to help seat area or any luggage is on the prevent it from sliding or shifting. rear seats. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop — Make sure that the seat path or collision, unsecured cargo is clear before moving the

1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the head re- JVR0327X straint/headrest. Do not use the seat JVR0530X Rear seats if the head restraint/headrest has The illustration shows the seating posi- ARMREST been removed. If the head restraint/ tions equipped with head restraint/head- Pull the armrest down as shown. headrest was removed, reinstall and rest. properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses Indicates the seating position is the seating position. Failure to follow equipped with a head restraint. these instructions can reduce the Indicates the seating position is effectiveness of the head restraint/ equipped with a headrest. headrest. This may increase the risk + Indicates the seating position is not of serious injury or death in a colli- equipped with a head restraint or head- sion. rest. . Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable. . Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 position. . The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame. . Proper Adjustment: — For the adjustable type, align the head restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest. — If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position. SSS0992 JVR0203X . If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is re- ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE- installed and locked in place before HEADREST COMPONENTS STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS riding in that designated seating position. 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Multiple notches 2. Single notch 3. Lock knob 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks 4. Stalks

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS1037 SSS1038 SSS0997 REMOVE INSTALL ADJUST Use the following procedure to remove 1. Align the head restraint/headrest For adjustable head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest. stalks with the holes in the seat. Make Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the 1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to sure that the head restraint/headrest center is level with the center of your ears. the highest position. is facing the correct direction. The If your ear position is still higher than the stalk with the adjustment notch 2. Push and hold the lock knob. recommended alignment, place the head must be installed in the hole with the restraint/headrest at the highest posi- 3. Remove the head restraint/headrest lock knob . tion. from the seat. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push 4. Store the head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest down. properly in a secure place so it is not 3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ loose in the vehicle. headrest before an occupant uses 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head the seating position. restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 JVR0259X SSS0993 SSS0994

For non-adjustable head restraint/ Raise Lower headrest To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull To lower, push and hold the lock knob Make sure the head restraint/headrest is it up. and push the head restraint/headrest positioned so the lock knob is engaged in down. the notch before riding in that designated Make sure the head restraint/headrest is seating position. positioned so the lock knob is engaged in Make sure the head restraint/headrest is the notch before riding in that designated positioned so the lock knob is engaged in seating position. the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat SSS0136 belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0134

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 . Be sure the seat belt tongue is WARNING securely fastened to the proper buckle. . Every person who drives or rides . Do not wear the seat belt inside in this vehicle should use a seat out or twisted. Doing so may belt at all times. Children should reduce its effectiveness. be properly restrained in the rear . seat and, if appropriate, in a child Do not allow more than one restraint. person to use the same seat belt. . . The seat belt should be properly Never carry more people in the adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to vehicle than there are seat belts. do so may reduce the effective- . If the seat belt warning light ness of the entire restraint sys- glows continuously while the tem and increase the chance or ignition is turned ON with all SSS0016 severity of injury in an accident. doors closed and all seat belts Serious injury or death can occur fastened, it may indicate a mal- if the seat belt is not worn prop- function in the system. Have the erly. system checked. It is recom- . Always route the shoulder belt mended you visit a NISSAN dealer over your shoulder and across for this service. your chest. Never put the belt . No changes should be made to behind your back, under your the seat belt system. For exam- arm or across your neck. The belt ple, do not modify the seat belt, should be away from your face add material, or install devices and neck, but not falling off your that may change the seat belt shoulder. routing or tension. Doing so may . Position the lap belt as low and affect the operation of the seat snug as possible AROUND THE belt system. Modifying or tam- HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt pering with the seat belt system SSS0014 worn too high could increase the may result in serious personal risk of internal injuries in an injury. accident. 1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Once a seat belt pretensioner has ignition switch is placed in the ON activated, it cannot be reused and position. must be replaced together with . The front passenger’s seat belt is not the retractor. It is recommended fastened and objects or external force you visit a NISSAN dealer for this on the passenger seat change the service. seat belt reminder classification to “occupied”. . All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hard- The seat belt warning light will flash ware, should be inspected after under the conditions shown above until any collision. It is recommended the necessary seat belt is securely fas- you visit a NISSAN dealer for this tened. service. NISSAN recommends that A warning chime will sound for approxi- all seat belt assemblies in use mately 95 seconds or until one of the during a collision be replaced following conditions is met: JVR0575X unless the collision was minor . The unbuckled front passenger’s seat and the belts show no damage SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND belt is securely fastened. and continue to operate properly. CHIME . The seat belt reminder function in the Seat belt assemblies not in use front passenger seat no longer de- The driver and front passenger seats are during a collision should also be tects that the front passenger seat is equipped with an enhanced seat belt inspected and replaced if either occupied. reminder function. If your vehicle is damage or improper operation is . noted. equipped with an enhanced seat belt The ignition switch is turned off. . reminder function, a visual and audible The below situations could result in the All child restraints and attaching seat belt warning light being illuminated hardware should be inspected alert will operate if a driver or front passenger seat belt is unbuckled at and the chime sounding, even with no after any collision. Always follow occupant present in the passenger seat: the restraint manufacturer’s in- speeds of approximately 10 MPH (15 . spection instructions and repla- km/h) or more under the following con- Heavy objects placed on the seat. cement recommendations. The ditions: . Someone pushing or pulling on the child restraints should be re- . If the driver seat belt is not fastened. front passenger seat. placed if they are damaged. . The front passenger’s seat belt is not . An object placed under the front fastened and the seat is occupied by a passenger seat. passenger for 7 seconds after the Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 . An object placed between the seat THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT becomes wrapped around a cushion and center console or be- WITH RETRACTOR child’s neck with the ALR mode tween the seat cushion and the door. activated, the child can be ser- . An object hanging on the seat or iously injured or killed if the seat placed in the seatback pocket. WARNING belt retracts and becomes tight. . A child restraint or other object press- This can occur even if the vehicle ing against the rear of the seatback. . Every person who drives or rides is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt The rear seats may be equipped with a in this vehicle should use a seat to release the child. If the seat seat belt warning in the vehicle informa- belt at all times. Children should belt can not be unbuckled or is tion display. (See “11. Rear seat belt warn- be in the rear seats and in an already unbuckled, release the ing” (P.2-35).) appropriate restraint. child by cutting the seat belt with PREGNANT WOMEN . Do not ride in a moving vehicle a suitable tool (such as a knife or when the seatback is reclined. scissors) to release the seat belt. NISSAN recommends that pregnant wo- This can be dangerous. The men use seat belts. The seat belt should shoulder belt will not be against Fastening the seat belts be worn snug, and always position the lap your body. In an accident, you belt as low as possible around the hips, could be thrown into it and re- 1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-3).) not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over ceive neck or other serious inju- your shoulder and across your chest. ries. You could also slide under Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your the lap belt and receive serious abdominal area. Contact your doctor for internal injuries. specific recommendations. . For the most effective protection INJURED PERSONS when the vehicle is in motion, the NISSAN recommends that injured persons seat should be upright. Always sit use seat belts, depending on the injury. well back and upright in the seat Check with your doctor for specific re- with both feet on the floor and commendations. adjust the seat belt properly. . Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt 1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see “Child restraints” (P.1-23).

JVR0572X JVR0573X The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During nor- 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the 3. Position the lap belt portion low and mal seat belt use by an occupant, the retractor and insert the tongue into snug on the hips as shown. ALR mode should not be activated. If it the buckle until you hear and feel 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward is activated, it may cause uncomforta- the latch engage. the retractor to take up extra slack . ble seat belt tension. It can also change . The retractor is designed to lock Be sure the shoulder belt is routed the operation of the front passenger air during a sudden stop or on im- over your shoulder and across your bag. pact. A slow pulling motion per- chest. mits the belt to move and allows The three-point seat belts in the front you some freedom of movement WARNING passenger seat and the rear seating in the seat. positions have two modes of operation: . If the seat belt cannot be pulled When fastening the seat belts, be . from its fully retracted position, Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) certain that seatbacks are comple- firmly pull the belt and release it. . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) tely secured in the latched position. Then smoothly pull the belt out of The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) If they are not completely secured, the retractor. mode allows the seat belt to extend and passengers may be injured in an retract to allow the driver and passengers accident or sudden stop. some freedom of movement in the seat. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 . Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.

JVR0574X SSS0351A

Unfastening the seat belts Shoulder belt height adjustment To unfasten the seat belt, push the (for front seats) button on the buckle . The seat belt The shoulder belt anchor height should automatically retracts. be adjusted to the position best for you. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1- Checking seat belt operation 13).) Seat belt retractors are designed to lock To adjust, pull the adjustment button , seat belt movement by two separate and then move the shoulder belt anchor methods: to the desired position , so that the belt . When the belt is pulled quickly from passes over the center of the shoulder. the retractor. The belt should be away from your face . When the vehicle slows down rapidly. and neck, but not falling off of your To increase your confidence in the seat shoulder. Release the adjustment button belts, check the operation as follows: to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position. The range of height adjustment of the 1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system shoulder belt may vary depending on the SEAT BELT EXTENDERS model. If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap/ WARNING shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. . After adjustment, release the ad- The extender adds approximately 8 in justment button and try to move (200 mm) of length and may be used for the shoulder belt anchor up and either the driver or front passenger seat- down to make sure it is securely ing position. It is recommended you visit a fixed in position. NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur- . The shoulder belt anchor height chasing an extender if an extender is should be adjusted to the posi- required. tion best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of WAB0084X the entire restraint system and WARNING increase the chance or severity of Seat belt hook injury in an accident. When the seat belt is not in use and when . It is recommended that only folding down the rear seats, hook the rear NISSAN seat belt extenders, made outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks. by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, be used with NISSAN seat WARNING belts. . Adults and children who can use Before folding up the rear seats, the standard seat belt should not ensure the seat belts are not ob- use an extender. Such unneces- structing the rear seatback latches sary use could result in serious to avoid damage to the seat belt personal injury in the event of an webbing. accident. . Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 CHILD SAFETY

the child could be seriously in- There are three basic types of child jured or killed in a collision or a WARNING restraint systems: sudden stop. . Rear-facing child restraint Do not allow children to play with the . Forward-facing child restraint SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE seat belts. Most seating positions are . Booster seat . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply equipped with Automatic Locking The proper restraint depends on the a mild soap solution or any solution Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If child’s size. Generally, infants up to about recommended for cleaning upholstery the seat belt becomes wrapped 1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and around a child’s neck with the ALR be placed in rear-facing child restraints. allow the seat belts to dry in the mode activated, the child can be Forward-facing child restraints are avail- shade. Do not allow the seat belts to seriously injured or killed if the seat able for children who outgrow rear-facing retract until they are completely dry. belt retracts and becomes tight. This child restraints and are at least 1 year old. can occur even if the vehicle is . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt Booster seats are used to help position a parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to guide of the seat belt anchors, the vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who release the child. If the seat belt can seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the can no longer use a forward-facing child not be unbuckled or is already un- shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry restraint. buckled, release the child by cutting cloth. the seat belt with a suitable tool . Periodically check to see that the (such as a knife or scissors) to WARNING seat belt and the metal components, release the seat belt. such as buckles, tongues, retractors, Infants and children need special flexible wires and anchors, work prop- protection. The vehicle’s seat belts erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts Children need adults to help protect may not fit them properly. The or other damage on the webbing is them. shoulder belt may come too close found, the entire seat belt assembly They need to be properly restrained. to the face or neck. The lap belt may should be replaced. In addition to the general information in not fit over their small hip bones. In this manual, child safety information is an accident, an improperly fitting available from many other sources, in- seat belt could cause serious or fatal cluding doctors, teachers, government injury. Always use appropriate child traffic safety offices, and community or- restraints. ganizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or 1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system territories require the use of approved SMALL CHILDREN obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt child restraints for infants and small Children that are over 1 year old and to fit properly, the booster seat should children. See “Child restraints” (P.1-23). weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain raise the child so that the shoulder belt is A child restraint may be secured in the in a rear-facing child restraint as long as properly positioned across the chest and vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower possible up to the height or weight limit the top, middle portion of the shoulder. Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system of the child restraint. Children who out- The shoulder belt should not cross the or with the vehicle seat belt. See “Child grow the height or weight limit of the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly restraints” (P.1-23) for more information. rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward- across the lower hips or upper thighs, not NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens the abdomen. and children be restrained in the rear facing child restraint with a harness. Refer seat. Studies show that children are to the manufacturer’s instructions for A booster seat can only be used in safer when properly restrained in the minimum and maximum weight and seating positions that have a three-point rear seat than in the front seat. height recommendations. NISSAN recom- type seat belt. The booster seat should fit mends that small children be placed in the vehicle seat and have a label certify- This is especially important because child restraints that comply with Federal ing that it complies with Federal Motor your vehicle has a supplemental re- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana- Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian straint system (Air bag system) for the dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. front passenger. See “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-46). should choose a child restraint that fits A booster seat should be used until the your vehicle and always follow the man- child can pass the seat belt fit test below: INFANTS ufacturer’s instructions for installation . Are the child’s back and hips against and use. Infants up to at least 1 year old should be the vehicle seatback? placed in a rear-facing child restraint. LARGER CHILDREN . Is the child able to sit without slouch- NISSAN recommends that infants be Children should remain in a forward- ing? placed in child restraints that comply with facing child restraint with a harness until . Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Do the child’s knees bend easily over they reach the maximum height or or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- the front edge of the seat with feet flat weight limit allowed by the child restraint dards. You should choose a child restraint on the floor? manufacturer. that fits your vehicle and always follow . Can the child safely wear the seat belt the manufacturer’s instructions for instal- Once a child outgrows the height or (lap belt low and snug across the hips lation and use. weight limit of the harness-equipped and shoulder belt across mid-chest forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN and shoulder)? recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 . Is the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint/headrest? WARNING . Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride? Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision.

JVR0473X If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt. NOTE: Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling.

1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINTS

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- seat than in the front seat. If STRAINTS you must install a forward- facing child restraint in the front seat, see “Forward-fa- WARNING cing child restraint installation using the seat belts” (P.1-38). . Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use — Even with the NISSAN Ad- and installation of child restraints vanced Air Bag System, never could result in serious injury or install a rear-facing child re- death of a child or other passen- straint in the front seat. An gers in a sudden stop or collision: inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child. A — The child restraint must be rear-facing child restraint used and installed properly. SSS0099 must only be used in the rear Always follow all of the child seat. restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation and — Be sure to purchase a child use. restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child re- — Infants and children should straints may not fit properly never be held on anyone’s in your vehicle. lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a — Child restraint anchorages are collision. designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor- — Do not put a seat belt around rectly fitted child restraints. both a child and another pas- Under no circumstances are senger. they to be used to attach — NISSAN recommends that all adult seat belts, or other child restraints be installed in items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could da- SSS0100 the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when mage the child restraint an- properly restrained in the rear chorages. The child restraint Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 . will not be properly installed Check the child restraint in your using the damaged ancho- CAUTION vehicle to be sure it is compatible with rage, and a child could be the vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys- seriously injured or killed in a A child restraint in a closed vehicle tem. . collision. can become very hot. Check the If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the — Never use the anchor points seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint. child restraint and check the various for adult seat belts or har- adjustments to be sure the child nesses. restraint is compatible with your child. This vehicle is equipped with a universal — A child restraint with a top Choose a child restraint that is de- child restraint anchor system, referred to tether strap should not be signed for your child’s height and as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and used in the front passenger weight. Always follow all recom- Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child seat. mended procedures. restraints include rigid or webbing- . — Keep seatbacks as upright as mounted attachments that can be con- If the combined weight of the child possible after fitting the child nected to these anchors. and child restraint is less than 65 lbs restraint. (29.5 kg), you may use either the For details, see “Lower Anchors and LATCH anchors or the seat belt to — Infants and children should Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system” install the child restraint (not both at always be placed in an appro- (P.1-25). the same time). priate child restraint while in If you do not have a LATCH compatible . If the combined weight of the child the vehicle. child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can and child restraint is greater than 65 . When the child restraint is not in be used. lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt use, keep it secured with the Several manufacturers offer child re- (not the lower anchors) to install the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a straints for infants and small children of child restraint. sudden stop or collision, loose various sizes. When selecting any child . Be sure to follow the child restraint objects can injure occupants or restraint, keep the following points in manufacturer’s instructions for instal- damage the vehicle. mind: lation. . Choose only a restraint with a label All U.S. states and Canadian provinces certifying that it complies with Federal or territories require that infants and Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or small children be restrained in an ap- Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- proved child restraint at all times while dard 213. the vehicle is being operated. Canadian 1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system law requires the top tether strap on restraint manufacturer’s instructions for forward-facing child restraints be se- installation. cured to the designated anchor point The LATCH anchor points can be used to on the vehicle. install child restraints in either of the rear outboard seating positions or in the center rear seating position. Please refer to the following section of this Owner’s Manual for specific information about installing a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors.

CAUTION WAB0108X LATCH system anchor location Store the loose LATCH covers (for Lower Anchors and Tethers for example, in the console box) where they will not get damaged to avoid CHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM losing them. (See “Console box” (P.2- Your vehicle is equipped with special 75).) anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the LATCH lower anchor ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child WARNING restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 Failure to follow the warnings and lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the instructions for proper use and in- child and child restraint is greater than 65 stallation of child restraints could lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt result in serious injury or death of a (not the lower anchors) to install the child child or other passengers in a sud- restraint. Be sure to follow the child den stop or collision: Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 . Only attach LATCH system com- collision. patible child restraints to the Lower Anchors shown in the illustration. For additional informa- LATCH lower anchor location tion, refer to the following The LATCH lower anchor points are sections of this Owner’s Manual provided to install child restraints in the for installation guidance. rear seats. Do not attempt to install child . Attach LATCH system compatible restraints in the center and left out- child restraints only at the loca- board seating positions simultaneously tions shown in the illustration. using the LATCH lower anchors. . Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed. . Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circum- WAB0109X stances are they to be used to LATCH lower anchor cover removal attach adult seat belts, or other The LATCH lower anchor points are items or equipment to the vehi- located under covers labelled ISOFIX at cle. Doing so could damage the the bottom of the rear seat cushions. To child restraint anchorages. The access a LATCH lower anchor point, insert child restraint will not be properly your finger into the cover and pull the installed using the damaged an- cover off. chorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a 1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CAUTION WARNING

Store the loose LATCH covers (for Never attach two CRS attachments example, in the console box) where to the same LATCH anchor. This may they will not get damaged to avoid overload the anchor in a collision, losing them. (See “Console box” (P.2- which could increase the risk of the 75).) occupant’s serious injury or death. When installing the CRS in the center rear seating position with the inboard LATCH anchors, be careful to ensure any occupant or CRS in the outboard seating positions is prop- WAB0117X erly restrained using the vehicle seat belt and there is no interference with the center CRS installation. If the LATCH in the center rear seating outboard occupants cannot be prop- position erly restrained, consider using the A 5th LATCH anchor can be found be- vehicle seat belt to restrain the CRS tween the outboard LATCH anchor pairs. in the center seating position, or It is specifically designed to be used moving the CRS to another position together with the inboard LATCH anchor instead. on the driver’s side, in order to install a When installing a CRS in the center CRS in the rear center seating position. seating position, use the seat back These anchors utilize standard LATCH recline feature to align the left and anchor spacing, of 11.02 in (280mm). right sides of the seat back, creating CRS with rigid lower attachments cannot one evenly reclined surface. Never be installed in the center seat. This type of install a CRS in the center seating CRS should only be installed in the out- position when one part of the seat board seating positions. back is further reclined than the other. This may create an unstable surface on which to install the CRS. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 Failure to evenly recline the seat backs before CRS installation could increase the risk of the occupant’s serious injury or death. Remember to re-check that the CRS is properly installed any time the seats are reclined or adjusted.

WAB0118X SSS0643 OK LATCH webbing-mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

WAB0119X NG (the seatback recline is not aligned) 1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system collision. If the cargo cover (if so equipped) contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the cargo cover from the vehicle. If the cargo cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.

SSS0644 WAB0110X LATCH rigid-mounted attachment When installing a child restraint, carefully Top tether anchor point locations read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint. WARNING Top tether anchor Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child WARNING restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult Properly secure cargo and do not seat belts, or other items or equip- allow it to contact the top tether ment to the vehicle. Doing so could strap when it is attached to the top damage the child restraint an- tether anchor. Cargo that is not chorages. The child restraint will not properly secured or cargo that con- be properly installed using the da- tacts the top tether strap may damaged anchorage, and a child could mage the top tether strap during a be seriously injured or killed in a Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 collision. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Anchor points are located on the back For additional information, refer to all side of the seatbacks. Warnings and Cautions in the “Child If a child restraint has a top tether strap, it safety” and “Child restraints” sections must be used when installing with the before installing a child restraint. LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat Do not use the lower anchors if the belts as instructed by the child restraint combined weight of the child and the manufacturer. child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If If you have any questions when instal- the combined weight of the child and the ling a top tether strap child restraint on child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 the rear seat, it is recommended you kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child re- SSS0648 straint manufacturer’s instructions for Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 installation. 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- Follow these steps to install a rear-facing tachments to the LATCH lower an- child restraint using the LATCH system: chors. Check to make sure the LATCH 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. attachment is properly attached to Always follow the child restraint man- the lower anchors. ufacturer’s instructions.

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0649 SSS0639 SSS0650 Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4 3. For child restraints that are equipped 4. After attaching the child restraint, test with webbing-mounted attachments, it before you place the child in it. Push remove any additional slack from the it from side to side while holding the anchor attachments. Press downward child restraint near the LATCH attach- and rearward firmly in the center of ment path. The child restraint should the child restraint with your hand to not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), compress the vehicle seat cushion from side to side. Try to tug it forward and seatback while tightening the and check to see if the LATCH attach- webbing of the anchor attachments. ment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 in all types of vehicles. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT Follow these steps to install a rear-facing 5. Check to make sure the child restraint INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT child restraint using the vehicle seat belts is properly secured prior to each use. If BELTS in the rear seats: the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4. WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision.

For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.

1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0100 SSS0654 SSS0655 Rear-facing — step 1 Rear-facing — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 1. Child restraints for infants must be 2. Route the seat belt tongue through 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is used in the rear-facing direction and the child restraint and insert it into the fully extended. At this time, the seat therefore must not be used in the buckle until you hear and feel the belt retractor is in the Automatic front seat. Position the child restraint latch engage. Be sure to follow the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child on the seat. Always follow the re- child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- restraint mode). It reverts to the straint manufacturer’s instructions. tions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 SSS0656 SSS0657 SSS0658 Rear-facing — step 4 Rear-facing — step 5 Rear-facing — step 6 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 5. Remove any additional slack from the 6. After attaching the child restraint, test on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear- it before you place the child in it. Push slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child it from side to side while holding the restraint to compress the vehicle seat child restraint near the seat belt path. cushion and seatback while pulling up The child restraint should not move on the seat belt. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7. Check to make sure that the child FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- restraint is properly secured prior to STRAINT INSTALLATION USING each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6. LATCH For additional information, refer to all After the child restraint is removed and Warnings and Cautions in the “Child the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode safety” and “Child restraints” sections (child restraint mode) is canceled. before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child re- SSS0645 straint. Be sure to follow the child re- Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2 straint manufacturer’s instructions for 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- installation. tachments to the LATCH lower an- Follow these steps to install a forward- chors. Check to make sure the LATCH facing child restraint using the LATCH attachment is properly attached to system: the lower anchors. 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. If the child restraint is equipped with a Always follow the child restraint man- top tether strap, route the top tether ufacturer’s instructions. strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. See “Installing top tether strap” (P.1-37). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0646 SSS0647 Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing — step 4 3. The back of the child restraint should 4. For child restraints that are equipped be secured against the vehicle seat- with webbing-mounted attachments, back. remove any additional slack from the If necessary, adjust or remove the anchor attachments. Press downward head restraint/headrest to obtain the and rearward firmly in the center of correct child restraint fit. If the head the child restraint with your knee to restraint/headrest is removed, store it compress the vehicle seat cushion in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall and seatback while tightening the the head restraint/headrest when webbing of the anchor attachments. the child restraint is removed. See 5. Tighten the tether strap according to “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-9) for the manufacturer’s instructions to head restraint/headrest adjustment remove any slack. information. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper 1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.

SSS0638 WAB0110X Forward-facing — step 6 6. After attaching the child restraint, test Installing top tether strap it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach- WARNING ment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), . Child restraint anchorages are from side to side. Try to tug it forward designed to withstand only those and check to see if the LATCH attach- loads imposed by correctly fitted ment holds the restraint in place. If the child restraints. Under no circum- restraint is not secure, tighten the stances are they to be used to LATCH attachment as necessary, or attach adult seat belts, or other put the restraint in another seat and items or equipment to the vehi- test it again. You may need to try a cle. Doing so could damage the different child restraint. Not all child child restraint anchorages. The restraints fit in all types of vehicles. child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 seriously injured or killed in a If you have any questions when instal- child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 collision. ling a top tether strap, it is recom- kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer lower anchors) to install the child re- . Do not hook the top tether strap for this service. straint. Be sure to follow the child re- on the seatback carpet. Be sure to FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- straint manufacturer’s instructions for use the tether anchor point to installation. secure the top tether strap. STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS Follow these steps to install a forward- facing child restraint using the vehicle The child restraint top tether strap must seat belt in the rear seats or in the front be used when installing forward-facing passenger seat: child restraint with the LATCH lower WARNING anchor attachments. First, secure the child restraint with the The three-point seat belt with Auto- LATCH lower anchors. matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child re- 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest straint. Failure to use the ALR mode and store it in a secure place. Be sure will result in the child restraint not to reinstall the head restraint/head- being properly secured. The restraint rest when the child restraint is re- could tip over or be loose and cause moved. injury to a child in a sudden stop or See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-9) collision. Also, it can change the for head restraint/headrest adjust- operation of the front passenger air ment, removal and installation infor- bag. See “Front passenger air bag mation. and status light” (P.1-54). 2. Position the top tether strap as shown. For additional information, refer to all 3. Secure the top tether strap to the Warnings and Cautions in the “Child tether anchor point as shown. safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this Do not use the lower anchors if the section before tightening the tether combined weight of the child and the strap. child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the 1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-9) for head restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and installation information. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0640 SSS0360B Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1 Forward-facing — step 3 1. If you must install a child restraint in 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the front seat, it should be placed in the child restraint and insert it into the a forward-facing direction only. buckle until you hear and feel the Move the seat to the rearmost posi- latch engage. Be sure to follow the tion. Child restraints for infants must child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- be used in the rear-facing direction tions for belt routing. and, therefore, must not be used in If the child restraint is equipped with a the front seat. top tether strap, route the top tether 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. strap and secure the tether strap to Always follow the child restraint man- the tether anchor point (rear seat ufacturer’s instructions. installation only). See “Installing top The back of the child restraint should tether strap” (P.1-42). Do not install be secured against the vehicle seat- child restraints that require the use back. of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether If necessary, adjust or remove the anchor. head restraint/headrest to obtain the Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 SSS0651 SSS0652 SSS0653 Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 5 Forward-facing — step 6 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 6. Remove any additional slack from the fully extended. At this time, the seat on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear- belt retractor is in the Automatic slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint with your knee to compress restraint mode). It reverts to Emer- the vehicle seat cushion and seatback gency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode while pulling up on the seat belt. when the seat belt is fully retracted. 7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.

1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

SSS0641 JVR0192X Forward-facing — step 8 Forward-facing — step 10 8. After attaching the child restraint, test 10. If the child restraint is installed in the it before you place the child in it. Push front passenger seat, place the igni- it from side to side while holding the tion switch in the ON position. The child restraint near the seat belt path. front passenger air bag status light The child restraint should not move should illuminate. If this light is not more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to illuminated, see “Front passenger air side. Try to tug it forward and check to bag and status light” (P.1-54). Move see if the belt holds the restraint in the child restraint to another seating place. If the restraint is not secure, position. Have the system checked. It tighten the seat belt as necessary, or is recommended you visit a NISSAN put the restraint in another seat and dealer for this service. test it again. You may need to try a After the child restraint is removed and different child restraint. Not all child the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR restraints fit in all types of vehicles. mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. 9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 seriously injured or killed in a If you have any questions when instal- collision. ling a top tether strap, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for . Do not hook the top tether strap this service. on the seatback carpet. Be sure to use the tether anchor point to BOOSTER SEATS secure the top tether strap. For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle, follow the The child restraint top tether strap must instructions outlined in this section. be used when installing forward-facing child restraint with the seat belts. Precautions on booster seats First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt. WARNING 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest WAB0110X and store it in a secure place. Be sure If a booster seat and seat belt are not to reinstall the head restraint/head- used properly, the risk of a child Installing top tether strap rest when the child restraint is re- being injured or killed in a sudden moved. stop or collision greatly increases: WARNING See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-9) . Make sure the shoulder portion of for head restraint/headrest adjust- the belt is away from the child’s ment, removal and installation infor- face and neck and the lap portion . Child restraint anchorages are mation. of the belt does not cross the designed to withstand only those stomach. loads imposed by correctly fitted 2. Position the top tether strap as child restraints. Under no circum- shown. . Make sure the shoulder belt is not stances are they to be used to 3. Secure the top tether strap to the behind the child or under the attach adult seat belts, or other tether anchor point as shown. child’s arm. items or equipment to the vehi- 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint . A booster seat must only be cle. Doing so could damage the installation procedure steps in this installed in a seating position that child restraint anchorages. The section before tightening the tether has a lap/shoulder belt. child restraint will not be properly strap. installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be 1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seats of various sizes are offered . Make sure the child’s head will be by several manufacturers. When selecting properly supported by the booster any booster seat, keep the following seat or vehicle seat. The seatback points in mind: must be at or above the center of . Choose only a booster seat with a the child’s ears. For example, if a low label certifying that it complies with back booster seat is chosen, the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard vehicle seatback must be at or above 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety the center of the child’s ears. If the Standard 213. seatback is lower than the center of the child’s ears, a high back booster . Check the booster seat in your vehicle seat should be used. to be sure it is compatible with the . vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various LRS0453 adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures.

LRS0455

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster LRS0464 seats” sections earlier in this section SSS0640 before installing a child restraint. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces 1. If you must install a booster seat in or territories require that infants and Follow these steps to install a booster the front seat, move the seat to the small children be restrained in an ap- seat in the rear seat or in the front rearmost position. passenger seat: proved child restraint at all times while 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. the vehicle is being operated. Only place it in a forward-facing The instructions in this section apply to direction. Always follow the booster booster seat installation in the rear seats seat manufacturer’s instructions. or the front passenger seat.

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat. 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. LRS0454 JVR0192X 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and Front passenger position instructions for properly fastening a 7. If the booster seat is installed in the 3. The booster seat should be positioned seat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-13). front passenger seat, place the igni- on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. tion switch in the ON position. The If necessary, adjust or remove the front passenger air bag status light head restraint/headrest to obtain the may or may not illuminate de- correct booster seat fit. If the head pending on the size of the child and restraint/headrest is removed, store it the type of booster seat used. See in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall “Front passenger air bag and status the head restraint/headrest when light” (P.1-54). the booster seat is removed. See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-9) for head restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and installation information. If the head restraint/headrest of the seating position is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

PRECAUTIONS ON SRS Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- designed to inflate on the side where the plemental air bag system:This system vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the This SRS section contains important in- can help cushion the impact force to the curtain air bags on both sides are deformation concerning the following sys- chest and pelvic area of the driver and signed to inflate. Under both side-impact tems: front passenger in certain side impact and rollover situations, the curtain air . Driver and front passenger supple- collisions. The side air bag is designed to bags will remain inflated for a short mental front-impact air bag (NISSAN inflate on the side where the vehicle is period of time. Advanced Air Bag System) impacted. These supplemental restraint systems are . Driver and front passenger supple- Rear outboard seat-mounted side-im- designed to supplement the crash pro- mental knee air bag pact supplemental air bag system: This tection provided by the driver, passenger . Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- system can help cushion the impact force and rear outboard seat belts and are not plemental air bag to the chest and pelvic area of the rear a substitute for them. Seat belts should . Rear outboard seat-mounted side- outboard seat passengers in certain side- always be correctly worn and the occu- impact supplemental air bag impact collisions. The side air bags are pant seated a suitable distance away . Front central seat-mounted side-im- designed to inflate on the side where the from the steering wheel, instrument pa- pact supplemental air bag (if so vehicle is impacted. nel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts” equipped) Front central seat-mounted side-im- (P.1-13) for instructions and precautions . Roof-mounted curtain side-impact pact supplemental air bag (if so on seat belt usage.) and rollover supplemental air bag equipped): This system can help cushion The supplemental air bags operate only . Seat belt with pretensioner (front and the impact force to the head area of the when the ignition switch is in the ON rear outboard seats) driver and front passenger in certain side- position. Supplemental front-impact air bag sys- impact collisions. The front central side- After the ignition is placed in the ON tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- impact air bag is designed to inflate in the position, the supplemental air bag tem can help cushion the impact force to front central area where the vehicle is warning light illuminates. The supple- the head and chest of the driver and front impacted. mental air bag warning light will turn passenger in certain frontal collisions. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and off after about 7 seconds if the systems Driver and front passenger supplemen- rollover supplemental air bag system: are operational. tal knee air bag system: This system can This system can help cushion the impact help cushion the impact force to the force to the heads of occupants in front driver’s and front passenger’s knees in and rear outboard seating positions in certain collisions. certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a side-impact, the curtain air bags are 1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. . The front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag will not inflate if the front passenger air SSS0131 bag status light is lit. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-54). . The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive ser- SSS0132 ious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 against the seatback and as far- increase the risk that they are away as practical from the steer- injured if the front air bag in- ing wheel or instrument panel. flates. Always properly use the seat belts. . The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Ad- vanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an SSS0007 accident. . The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag OFF under some conditions. These sensors are only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-54). . Keep hands on the outside of the SSS0006 steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could 1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. . Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly SSS0008 SSS0099 restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible. . Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See “Child restraints” (P.1-23) for details.

SSS0009 SSS0100

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 SSS0059A SSS0140 SSS0159 Do not lean against doors or windows. WARNING

Front, front central and rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof- mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags: . The side air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts SSS0162 to help reduce the risk or severity SSS0188A of injury in various kinds of accidents. 1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . The curtain air bags ordinarily will properly restrained. Some exam- not inflate in the event of a front ples of dangerous riding posi- impact, rear impact, or lower tions are shown in the severity side collision. Always illustrations. wear your seat belts to help . Do not use seat covers on the reduce the risk or severity of front and rear seatbacks. They injury in various kinds of acci- may interfere with side air bag dents. inflation. . The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bags on the side of the seatback of the front and rear seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations. . When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bags inflate, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51 10. Front door pressure sensors (driver’s side shown; front passenger side similar) 11. Lap outer pretensioners (front seats) 12. Seat belt with pretensioners (front seats) 13. Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag (if so equipped) 14. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown; front passenger side similar) 15. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules 16. Seat belt with pretensioners (rear outboard seats) NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS- TEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passenger’s Advanced Air Bag system, please observe the following items. . WAB0079X Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the 1. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod- mental air bag modules seatback pocket. ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags) 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and . Do not place heavy loads heavier 2. Occupant classification system control rollover supplemental air bag inflators than 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seat- unit 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and back, head restraint or in the 3. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) rollover supplemental air bag modules seatback pocket. 4. Occupant classification sensors (weight 8. Crash zone sensor . Make sure nothing is pressing sensors) 9. Driver and front passenger supplemental against the rear of the seatback, 5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- knee air bags 1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system such as a child restraint installed contact the instrument panel, the tion, cautions and warnings in this in the rear seat or an object system may determine the seat is manual apply and must be followed. stored on the floor. occupied and the passenger air The driver supplemental front-impact air . Make sure that there is no object bag and front passenger knee air bag is located in the center of the placed under the front passenger bag may deploy in a collision. steering wheel. The passenger supple- seat. Also the front passenger air bag mental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove . status light may not illuminate. Make sure that there is no object See “Child restraints” (P.1-23) for box. The front air bags are designed to placed between the seat cushion information about installing and inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, and center console or between using child restraints. although they may inflate if the forces in the seat cushion and the door. . another type of collision are similar to . Confirm the operating condition Be sure that the front passenger with the front passenger air bag those of a higher severity frontal impact. seat does not contact the rear status light. They may not inflate in certain frontal seat, instrument panel, etc., or the collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is . head restraint does not contact If you notice that the front pas- not always an indication of proper front the roof. senger air bag status light is not air bag operation. . operating as described in this Do not position the front passen- section, it is recommended you The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has ger seat so it contacts the rear visit a NISSAN dealer to check the dual stage air bag inflators. The system seat. If the front seat does con- passenger seat Advanced Air Bag monitors information from the Air bag tact the rear seat, the air bag System. Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen- system may determine a sensor sors and the occupant classification sen- . malfunction has occurred and the Until you have confirmed with sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is front passenger air bag status your dealer that your passenger based on the severity of a collision and light may illuminate and the sup- seat Advanced Air Bag is working seat belt usage for the driver. For the plemental air bag warning light properly, position the occupants front passenger, the occupant classifica- may flash. in the rear seating positions. tion sensors are also monitored. Based on . If a forward facing child restraint information from the sensors, only one is installed in the front passenger This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN front air bag may inflate in a crash, seat, do not position the front Advanced Air Bag System for the driver depending on the crash severity and passenger seat so the child re- and front passenger seats. This system is whether the front occupants are belted straint contacts the instrument designed to meet certification require- or unbelted. Additionally, the front pas- panel. If the child restraint does ments under U.S. regulations. It is also senger air bag and front passenger knee permitted in Canada. All of the informa- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53 air bag may be automatically turned OFF flating front air bag may cause facial under some conditions, depending on the abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags, information provided by the occupant other than the driver’s and front passen- classification sensors. If the front passenger’s knee air bags, do not provide ger air bag and front passenger knee air restraint to the lower body. bag are OFF, the front passenger air bag Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat status light will be illuminated. (See “Front belts should be correctly worn and the passenger air bag and status light” (P.1- driver and passenger seated upright as 54) for further details.) One front air bag far as practical away from the steering inflating does not indicate improper per- wheel or instrument panel. The front air formance of the system. bags inflate quickly in order to help If you have any questions about your air protect the front occupants. Because of bag system, it is recommended you visit a this, the force of the front air bag inflating NISSAN dealer to obtain information can increase the risk of injury if the about the system. If you are considering occupant is too close to, or is against, JVR0192X modification of your vehicle due to a the air bag module during inflation. Front passenger air bag status light disability, you may also contact NISSAN. The front air bags deflate quickly after a Front passenger air bag and status Contact information is contained in the collision. front of this Owner’s Manual. light The front air bags operate only when When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud the ignition switch is in the ON position. noise may be heard, followed by release WARNING of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and After the ignition is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag does not indicate a fire. Care should be The front passenger air bag and taken not to inhale it, as it may cause warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn front passenger knee air bag are irritation and choking. Those with a designed to automatically turn OFF history of a breathing condition should off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational. under some conditions. Read this get fresh air promptly. section carefully to learn how it Front air bags, along with the use of seat operates. Proper use of the seat, belts, help to cushion the impact force on seat belt and child restraints is ne- the head and chest of the front occu- cessary for most effective protec- pants. They can help save lives and tion. Failure to follow all reduce serious injuries. However, an in- instructions in this manual concern- 1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ing the use of seats, seat belts and Status light: child restraints can increase the risk The front passenger seat is equipped with or severity of injury in an accident. occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the map light. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55 FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND PASSENGER AIR BAG CONDITION DESCRIPTION FRONT PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAG INDICATOR LIGHT ( ) STATUS Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Nobody/Somebody ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Small Adult in front passenger seat Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

1-56 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system In addition to the above, certain objects Air Bag System is designed to turn the senger knee air bag OFF for specified placed on the front passenger seat may passenger air bag OFF in accordance child restraints as required by the regula- also cause the light to operate as de- with the regulations. Also, if a child tions. Failing to properly secure child scribed above depending on their weight. restraint of the type specified in the restraints and to use the Automatic Lock- For additional information related to the regulations is on the seat, its weight and ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint normal operation and troubleshooting of the child’s weight can be detected and mode) may allow the restraint to tip or this occupant classification sensor sys- cause the air bag to turn OFF. move in an accident or sudden stop. This tem, please refer to “Normal operation” Front passenger seat adult occupants can also result in the passenger air bag (P.1-58) and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-59) in who are properly seated and using the and front passenger knee air bag inflating this section. seat belt as outlined in this manual in a crash instead of being OFF. (See should not cause the passenger air bag “Child restraints” (P.1-23) for proper use Front passenger air bag: and front passenger knee air bag to be and installation.) The front passenger air bag is designed automatically turned OFF. For small If the front passenger seat is not occu- to automatically turn OFF when the adults it may be turned OFF, however, if pied, the passenger air bag and front vehicle is operated under some condi- the occupant takes his/her weight off the passenger knee air bag are designed not tions as described below as permitted by seat cushion (for example, by not sitting to inflate in a crash. However, heavy U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, objects placed on the seat could result bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The or by otherwise being out of position), this in air bag inflation, because of the object’s driver air bag and other air bags in your could cause the sensors to turn the air weight detected by the occupant classi- vehicle are not part of this system. bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and fication sensors. Other conditions could The purpose of the regulation is to help wearing the seat belt properly for the also result in air bag inflation, such as if a reduce the risk of injury or death from an most effective protection by the seat belt child is standing on the seat, or if two inflating air bag to certain front passen- and supplemental air bag. children are on the seat, contrary to the ger seat occupants, such as children, by NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and instructions in this manual. Always be requiring the air bag to be automatically children be properly restrained in a rear sure that you and all vehicle occupants turned OFF. Certain sensors are used to seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap- are seated and restrained properly. meet the requirements. propriate child restraints and booster Using the front passenger air bag status The occupant classification sensor in this seats be properly installed in a rear seat. light, you can monitor when the front vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to If this is not possible, the occupant passenger air bag and front passenger detect an occupant and objects on the classification sensors are designed to knee air bag are automatically turned seat by weight. For example, if a child is in operate as described above to turn the OFF. the front passenger seat, the Advanced front passenger air bag and front pas- If an adult occupant is in the seat but the Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57 front passenger air bag status light is tion the occupant or child restraint in a . Make sure that the front passenger illuminated (indicating that the front pas- rear seat. seat or seatback is not forced back senger air bag and front passenger knee The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System against an object on the seat or floor air bag are OFF), it could be that the and front passenger air bag status light behind it. person is a small adult, or is not sitting on will take a few seconds to register a . Make sure that there is no object the seat properly. change in the passenger seat status. This placed under the front passenger If a child restraint must be used in the is normal system operation and does not seat. front seat, the front passenger air bag indicate a malfunction. . Make sure that the front passenger status light may or may not be illumi- If a malfunction occurs in the front seat head restraint does not contact nated, depending on the size of the child passenger air bag system, the supple- the roof when adjusting the front and the type of child restraint being used. mental air bag warning light , located passenger seat. If the front passenger air bag status light in the meters and gauges area, will Steps: is not illuminated (indicating that the air illuminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have 1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See bag might inflate in a crash), it could be the system checked. It is recommended “Seats” (P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaning that the child restraint or seat belt is not you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. being used properly. Make sure that the against the seatback, and centered child restraint is installed properly, the Normal operation: on the seat cushion with your feet seat belt is used properly and the occu- In order for the occupant classification comfortably extended to the floor. pant is positioned properly. If the front sensor system to classify the front pas- 2. Make sure there are no objects on passenger air bag status light is not senger based on weight, please follow the your lap. illuminated, reposition the occupant or precautions and steps outlined below: 3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See child restraint in a rear seat. Precautions: “Seat belts” (P.1-13).) Front passenger If the front passenger air bag status light seat belt buckle status is monitored . Make sure that there are no objects will not illuminate even though you be- by the occupant classification system, weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on lieve that the child restraint, the seat belts and is used as an input to determine the seat or placed in the seatback and the occupant are properly positioned, occupancy status. So, it is highly it is recommended that you take your pocket. . recommended that the front passen- vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN Make sure that a child restraint or ger fasten their seat belt. dealer can check the system status by other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback. 4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds using a special tool. However, until you allowing the system to classify the . Make sure that a rear passenger is not have confirmed with your dealer that front passenger before the vehicle is pushing or pulling on the back of the your air bag is working properly, reposi- put into motion. front passenger seat. 1-58 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5. Ensure proper classification by check- . Occupant is not sitting upright, lean- mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ing the front passenger air bag status ing against the seatback, and cen- service. light. tered on the seat cushion with his/her 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child NOTE: feet comfortably extended to the or child restraint occupying the front floor. passenger seat. This vehicle’s occupant classification . A child restraint or other object press- This may be due to the following condi- sensor system generally keeps the tions that may be interfering with the classification locked during driving, so ing against the rear of the seatback. . weight sensors: it is important that you confirm that the A rear passenger pushing or pulling . Small adult or child is not sitting front passenger is properly classified on the back of the front passenger upright, leaning against the seatback, prior to driving. However, the occupant seat. and centered on the seat cushion with classification sensor system may recal- . Forcing the front seat or seatback his/her feet comfortably extended to culate the weight of the occupant under against an object on the seat or floor behind it. the floor. some conditions (both while driving and . when stopped), so the front passenger . An object placed under the front The child restraint is not properly seat occupant should continue to re- passenger seat. installed, as outlined. (See “Child remain seated as outlined above. . straints” (P.1-23).) An object placed between the seat . Troubleshooting: cushion and center console or be- An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) tween the seat cushion and the door. hanging on the seat or placed in the If you think the front passenger air bag seatback pocket. status light is incorrect: If the vehicle is moving, please come to a . stop when it is safe to do so. Check and A child restraint or other object press- 1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying ing against the rear of the seatback. the front passenger seat: correct any of the above conditions. . A rear passenger pushing or pulling . Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. Occupant is a small adult — the front on the back of the front passenger NOTE: passenger air bag status light is func- seat. tioning as intended. The front passen- A system check will be performed dur- . Forcing the front seat or seatback ger air bag and front passenger knee ing which the front passenger air bag against an object on the seat or floor air bag are suppressed. status light will remain lit for about 7 behind it. However, if the occupant is not a small seconds initially. . An object placed under the front adult, then this may be due to the If the light is still ON after this, the person passenger seat. following conditions that may be interfer- should be advised not to ride in the front . ing with the weight sensors: An object placed between the seat passenger seat and the vehicle should be cushion and center console. checked as soon as possible. It is recom-

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59 . The front passenger seat head replace any objects between any bag system. This is to prevent straint contacting the roof. occupant and the steering wheel accidental inflation of the supple- If the vehicle is moving, please come to a or instrument panel. Such objects mental air bag or damage to the stop when it is safe to do so. Check and may become dangerous projec- supplemental air bag system. correct any of the above conditions. tiles and cause injury if the front . Do not make unauthorized Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. air bags inflate. changes to your vehicle’s electri- NOTE: . Do not place objects with sharp cal system, suspension system or A system check will be performed dur- edges on the seat. Also, do not front end structure. This could ing which the front passenger air bag place heavy objects on the seat affect proper operation of the status light will remain lit for about 7 that will leave permanent impres- front air bag system. seconds initially. sions in the seat. Such objects . Tampering with the front air bag If the light is still OFF after this, the small can damage the seat or occupant system may result in serious per- adult, child or child restraint should be classification sensors (weight sonal injury. Tampering includes repositioned in the rear seat and it is sensors). This can affect the op- changes to the steering wheel recommended that the vehicle should be eration of the air bag system and and the instrument panel assem- checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as result in serious personal injury. bly by placing material over the possible. . Do not use water or acidic clea- steering wheel pad and above the 3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger ners (hot steam cleaners) on the instrument panel or by installing and no objects on the front passenger seat. This can damage the seat or additional trim material around seat, the vehicle should be checked as occupant classification sensors. the air bag system. soon as possible. It is recommended you This can also affect the operation . Removing or modifying the front visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. of the air bag system and result in passenger seat may affect the Other supplemental front-impact serious personal injury. function of the air bag system air bag precautions . Immediately after inflation, sev- and result in serious personal eral front air bag system compo- injury. nents will be hot. Do not touch . Modifying or tampering with the WARNING them; you may severely burn front passenger seat may result yourself. in serious personal injury. For . Do not place any objects on the . No unauthorized changes should example, do not change the front steering wheel pad or on the be made to any components or seats by placing material on the instrument panel. Also, do not wiring of the supplemental air seat cushion or by installing ad-

1-60 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ditional trim material, such as . A cracked windshield should be seat covers, on the seat that is replaced immediately by a quali- not specifically designed to as- fied repair facility. A cracked sure proper air bag operation. windshield could affect the func- Additionally, do not stow any tion of the supplemental air bag objects under the front passen- system. ger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may inter- *The SRS wiring harness connectors are fere with the proper operation of yellow and orange for easy identifica- the occupant classification sen- tion. sors. When selling your vehicle, we request that . No unauthorized changes should you inform the buyer about the front air be made to any components or bag system and guide the buyer to the wiring of the seat belt system. appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- WAB0127X This may affect the front air bag ual. system. Tampering with the seat Driver’s side belt system may result in serious DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER personal injury. SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG . It is recommended you visit a The knee air bag is located in the knee NISSAN dealer for work on and bolster, on the driver’s and front passen- around the front air bag. It is also ger’s sides. All of the information, cau- recommended you visit a NISSAN tions and warnings in this manual apply dealer for installation of electrical and must be followed. The knee air bag equipment. The Supplemental is designed to inflate in higher severity Restraint System (SRS) wiring frontal collisions, although it may inflate if harnesses* should not be modi- the forces in another type of collision are fied or disconnected. Unauthor- similar to those of a higher severity ized electrical test equipment frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain and probing devices should not collisions. be used on the air bag system.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61 other injuries. The knee air bag provides . Right after inflation, the knee air restraint to the lower body. bag system components will be The knee air bag inflates quickly in order hot. Do not touch them; you may to help protect the occupants. Because of severely burn yourself. this, the force of the knee air bag inflating . No unauthorized changes should can increase the risk of injury if the be made to any components or occupant is too close to, or is against, wiring of the knee air bag system. this air bag module during inflation. The This is to prevent damage to or knee air bag will deflate quickly after the accidental inflation of the knee collision is over OR the knee air bag will air bag system. remain inflated for a short time. . Do not make unauthorized The knee air bag operates only when changes to your vehicle’s electri- the ignition switch is placed in the ON cal system or suspension system. position. WAB0048X This could affect proper opera- After placing the ignition switch in the Front passenger’s side tion of the knee air bag system. ON position, the supplemental air bag . Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not Tampering with the knee air bag warning light illuminates. The supple- system may result in serious per- always an indication of proper knee air mental air bag warning light will turn bag operation. sonal injury. For example, do not off after about 7 seconds if the system change the driver or front pas- When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly is operational. senger knee bolster or install loud noise may be heard, followed by additional trim material around release of smoke. This smoke is not the knee air bag. harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care WARNING . should be taken not to inhale it, as it may It is recommended that you visit a cause irritation and choking. Those with a . Do not place any objects between NISSAN dealer for work on and history of a breathing condition should the knee bolster and the driver’s around the knee air bag. It is also get fresh air promptly. or front passenger’s seat. Such recommended that you visit a objects may become dangerous NISSAN dealer for installation of The knee air bag helps to cushion the electrical equipment. The SRS impact force on the knees of the driver projectiles and cause injury if a knee air bag inflates. wiring harnesses* should not be and front passenger. It can help reduce modified or disconnected. Un- serious injuries. However, an inflating authorized electrical test equip- knee air bag may cause abrasions or 1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ment and probing devices should be followed. The side air bags and not be used on the knee air bag curtain air bags are designed to inflate system. in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a *The SRS wiring harness or connectors higher severity side impact. They are are yellow or orange for easy identifica- designed to inflate on the side where tion. the vehicle is impacted. They may not When selling your vehicle, we request that inflate in certain side collisions. you inform the buyer about the knee air Curtain air bags are also designed to bag system and guide the buyer to the inflate in certain types of rollover colli- appropriate sections in this manual. sions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain WAB0128X air bags to inflate. FRONT, REAR OUTBOARD AND Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air FRONT CENTRAL* SEAT-MOUNTED bag and curtain air bag operation. SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR When the side air bags and curtain air BAG AND ROOF-MOUNTED CUR- bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be TAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER heard, followed by release of smoke. This SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS smoke is not harmful and does not *: if so equipped indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and The side air bags are located in the choking. Those with a history of a breath- outside of the seatback of the front and ing condition should get fresh air rear seats. The front central side air bag (if promptly. so equipped) is located in the inside of the seatback of the driver’s seat. The curtain Side air bags, along with the use of seat air bags are located in the side roof rails. belts, help to cushion the impact force on All of the information, cautions and the chest and pelvic area of the front and warnings in this manual apply and must rear outboard occupants. Front central side air bag, along with the use of seat Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63 belts, helps to cushion the impact force in the ON position. curtain air bag systems. on the head area of the front occupants. After placing the ignition switch in the . Do not make unauthorized Curtain air bags help to cushion the ON position, the supplemental air bag impact force to the head and chest area changes to your vehicle’s electri- warning light illuminates. The supple- cal system, suspension system or of occupants in the front and rear out- mental air bag warning light will turn board seating positions. They can help side panel. This could affect prop- off after about 7 seconds if the systems er operation of the side air bag save lives and reduce serious injuries. are operational. However, an inflating side air bag or and curtain air bag systems. curtain air bag may cause abrasions or . Tampering with the side air bag other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air WARNING system may result in serious per- bags do not provide restraint to the lower sonal injury. For example, do not body. . Do not place any objects near the change the front and rear seats The seat belts should be correctly worn seatback of the front and rear by placing material near the seat- and the driver, front passenger and rear seats. Also, do not place any backs or by installing additional outboard occupants seated upright as far objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) trim material, such as seat covers, as practical away from the side air bags. between the front and rear door around the side air bag. Rear seat passengers should be seated as finisher, the center console, and . Removing or modifying the front far away as practical from the door the front and rear seats. Such and rear passenger seat may finishers and side roof rails. The side air objects may become dangerous affect the function of the air bag bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in projectiles and cause injury if a system and result in serious per- order to help protect the occupants. side air bag inflates. sonal injury. Because of this, the force of the side air . Right after inflation, several side . It is recommended you visit a bags and curtain air bags inflating can air bag and curtain air bag sys- NISSAN dealer for work on and increase the risk of injury if the occupant tem components will be hot. Do around the side air bag and is too close to, or is against, these air bag not touch them; you may severely curtain air bag. It is also recom- modules during inflation. The side air burn yourself. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer bags will deflate quickly after the collision . for installation of electrical equip- is over. The front central side air bag and No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or ment. The Supplemental Re- curtain air bags will remain inflated for a straint System (SRS) wiring short time. wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. This is to harnesses* should not be modi- The side air bags and curtain air bags prevent damage to or accidental fied or disconnected. Unauthor- operate only when the ignition switch is inflation of the side air bag and ized electrical test equipment 1-64 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system and probing devices should not wiring of the pretensioner sys- helping to restrain front and rear out- be used on the side air bag or tem. This is to prevent damage to board seat occupants. curtain air bag systems. or accidental activation of the The pretensioner is encased with the seat pretensioners. Tampering with belt retractor. These seat belts are used *The SRS wiring harness connectors are the pretensioner system may re- the same way as conventional seat belts. yellow and orange for easy identifica- sult in serious personal injury. When a pretensioner activates, smoke is tion. . It is recommended you visit a released and a loud noise may be heard. When selling your vehicle, we request that NISSAN dealer for work on and The smoke is not harmful and does not you inform the buyer about the side air around the pretensioner system. indicate a fire. Care should be taken not bag and curtain air bag systems and It is also recommended you visit a to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and guide the buyer to the appropriate sec- NISSAN dealer for installation of choking. Those with a history of a breath- tions in this Owner’s Manual. electrical equipment. Unauthor- ing condition should get fresh air ized electrical test equipment promptly. SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS and probing devices should not (front and rear outboard seats) After pretensioner activation, load limiters be used on the pretensioner sys- allow the seat belt to release webbing (if tem. necessary) to reduce forces against the WARNING . If you need to dispose of a pre- chest. tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is The supplemental air bag warning light . The pretensioners cannot be re- recommended you visit a NISSAN is used to indicate malfunctions in used after activation. They must dealer for this service. Correct the pretensioner system. See “Supple- be replaced together with the pretensioner disposal procedures mental air bag warning light” (P.1-66). If retractor and buckle as a unit. are set forth in the appropriate the operation of the supplemental air bag NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect . If the vehicle becomes involved in warning light indicates there is a mal- disposal procedures could cause function, have the system checked. It is a collision but a pretensioner is personal injury. not activated, be sure to have the recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer pretensioner system checked for this service. The pretensioner system may activate and, if necessary, repaired. It is When selling your vehicle, we request that with the supplemental air bag system in recommended you visit a NISSAN you inform the buyer about the preten- certain types of collisions. Working with dealer for this service. sioner system and guide the buyer to the the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the . No unauthorized changes should appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- seat belt when the vehicle becomes ual. be made to any components or involved in certain types of collisions, Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65 deploys, it may cause serious injury or death.

SSS1020 SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS LIGHT Warning labels about the supplemental The supplemental air bag warning light, front-impact air bag system are placed in displaying in the instrument panel, the vehicle as shown in the illustration. monitors the circuits for the air bag systems, pretensioners and all related SRS air bag wiring. The warning labels are located on the When the ignition switch is in the ON surface of the sun visors. position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system WARNING is operational. Do not use a rear-facing child re- If any of the following conditions occur, straint on a seat protected by an air the air bag and/or pretensioner systems bag in front of it. If the air bag need servicing:

1-66 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . The supplemental air bag warning REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- and pretensioner should be re- light remains on after approximately CEDURE placed. It is recommended you 7 seconds. The front air bags, knee air bags, side air visit a NISSAN dealer for this . The supplemental air bag warning bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners service. However, the air bag light flashes intermittently. are designed to activate on a one-time- modules and pretensioner sys- . The supplemental air bag warning only basis. As a reminder, unless it is tem cannot be repaired. light does not come on at all. damaged, the supplemental air bag . The front air bag, knee air bag, Under these conditions, the air bag and/ warning light will remain illuminated after side air bag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate inflation has occurred. These systems systems, and pretensioner sys- properly. They must be checked and should be repaired and/or replaced as tem should be inspected if there repaired. It is recommended you visit a soon as possible. It is recommended you is any damage to the front end or NISSAN dealer for this service. visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. side portion of the vehicle. It is When maintenance work is required on recommended you visit a NISSAN WARNING the vehicle, the front air bags, knee air dealer for this service. bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and . If you need to dispose of a sup- pretensioners and related parts should be If the supplemental air bag warning plemental air bag or pretensioner pointed out to the person performing the light is on, it could mean that the or scrap the vehicle, it is recom- maintenance. The ignition switch should front air bag, knee air bag, side air mended you visit a NISSAN deal- always be in the OFF position when bag, curtain air bag and/or preten- er. Correct supplemental air bag working under the hood or inside the sioner systems will not operate in an and pretensioner system dispo- vehicle. accident. To help avoid injury to sal procedures are set forth in the yourself or others, have your vehicle appropriate NISSAN Service Man- checked as soon as possible. It is WARNING ual. Incorrect disposal procedures recommended you visit a NISSAN could cause personal injury. . dealer for this service. . If there is an impact to your Once a front air bag, knee air bag, vehicle from any direction, your side air bag or curtain air bag has Occupant Classification Sensor inflated, the air bag module will (OCS) should be checked to verify not function again and must be it is still functioning correctly. It is replaced. Additionally, the acti- recommended that you visit a vated pretensioners must also NISSAN dealer for this service. be replaced. The air bag module The OCS should be checked even Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-67 if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact. Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death.

1-68 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ...... 2-3 Startup display ...... 2-23 Instrument panel ...... 2-4 Settings ...... 2-24 Meters and gauges ...... 2-5 Vehicle information display warnings Models with analog meter and and indicators ...... 2-34 color display ...... 2-5 Trip computer ...... 2-44 Models with full-screen display ...... 2-6 Clock and outside air temperature ...... 2-46 Speedometer and odometer ...... 2-8 Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped)...... 2-47 Tachometer ...... 2-9 How to use the HUD ...... 2-49 Engine coolant temperature gauge ...... 2-9 Driver Assistance/Navigation/Traffic Fuel gauge...... 2-10 Sign/Audio/TEL/SMS linking ...... 2-50 Instrument brightness control ...... 2-11 Security systems ...... 2-50 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Vehicle Security System (if so equipped) ...... 2-50 position indicator ...... 2-11 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ...... 2-51 ECO Drive Report ...... 2-11 Wiper and washer switch...... 2-52 Warning lights, indicator lights and Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-53 audible reminders ...... 2-13 Rear window wiper and Checking lights ...... 2-14 washer operation ...... 2-53 Warning/indicator lights (red)...... 2-14 Rear window and outside mirror Warning/indicator lights (yellow) ...... 2-17 (if so equipped) defroster switch ...... 2-55 Warning/indicator lights (other) ...... 2-21 Headlight and turn signal switch ...... 2-55 Audible reminders ...... 2-22 Headlight switch ...... 2-55 Vehicle information display ...... 2-22 Turn signal switch ...... 2-62 Changing the meter screen view Fog light switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-62 (models with full-screen display)...... 2-23 Horn ...... 2-63 How to use the vehicle Heated steering wheel (if so equipped)...... 2-63 information display ...... 2-23 Heated seats (if so equipped) ...... 2-63 Sunglasses holder...... 2-76 Operation with switch ...... 2-64 Card holder ...... 2-77 Steering Assist switch (models with Coat hooks ...... 2-77 ProPILOT Assist) ...... 2-65 Cargo cover (if so equipped)...... 2-77 Rear Door Alert ...... 2-65 Luggage hooks ...... 2-78 Power outlets ...... 2-66 Roof rack (if so equipped)...... 2-78 USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging Windows ...... 2-79 connector (if so equipped) ...... 2-67 Power windows ...... 2-79 Wireless charger (if so equipped) ...... 2-68 Moonroof (if so equipped) ...... 2-83 Emergency Call (SOS) button (if Automatic moonroof and sunshade ...... 2-83 so equipped) ...... 2-70 Interior lights ...... 2-85 Emergency support ...... 2-70 Interior light switch ...... 2-85 Storage ...... 2-71 Map lights ...... 2-86 Cup holders ...... 2-71 Room lights (if so equipped) ...... 2-86 Soft bottle holders ...... 2-72 Rear personal lights (if so equipped)...... 2-86 Adjustable luggage floor (if so equipped) ...... 2-72 Vanity mirror light...... 2-87 Glove box ...... 2-75 Cargo light ...... 2-87 Console box...... 2-75 Lower console tray ...... 2-76 COCKPIT

— Cruise control switches* — ProPILOT Assist switch* — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System switches** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Hazard indicator flasher switch 10. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) 11. Instrument brightness control 12. Power liftgate switch* 13. Push-button ignition switch 14. Parking brake switch 15. Automatic brake hold switch 16. Drive Mode Selector *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0172X

1. Steering Assist switch* (models with Pro- — Audio control** PILOT Assist) — Vehicle information display control 2. Head Up Display (HUD) switch* 6. Steering wheel 3. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light — Horn switch* 7. Wiper and washer switch 4. Paddle shifters 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) side) Instruments and controls 2-3 INSTRUMENT PANEL

11. Driver supplemental knee air bag 12. Heater and air conditioner control — Defroster switch — Heated seat switches* — Heated steering wheel switch* 13. USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection ports** 14. Wireless charger* 15. Power outlet 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag 17. Glove box *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

WAA0173X

1. Side ventilator — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 2. Meters and gauges/Clock tem** 3. Head Up Display (HUD)* 6. Front passenger supplemental air bag 4. Center ventilator 7. Hood release handle 5. Audio system** or navigation system** 8. Fuse box cover — RearView Monitor* 9. Tilt and telescopic steering lock lever — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* 10. Driver supplemental front-impact air bag

2-4 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES

MODELS WITH ANALOG METER AND COLOR DISPLAY

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens. . Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.

WAA0046X

1. Tachometer 2. Warning and indicator lights 3. Vehicle information display — Odometer 4. Speedometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Fuel gauge

Instruments and controls 2-5 MODELS WITH FULL-SCREEN DIS- PLAY

CAUTION

WAA0167X

1. Tachometer 2. Vehicle information display — Odometer 3. Warning and indicator lights 4. Speedometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Fuel gauge

2-6 Instruments and controls To change the meter screen view: 1. Push the control switch on the left side of the steering wheel. “Shortcut Menu” appears on the vehicle information display area. 2. Select “Change Meter View” by rotating the scroll dial and push it to change the view.

WAC0428X 1. Tachometer Changing the meter screen view 2. Engine coolant temperature gauge (models with full-screen display) 3. Personal Display For models with full-screen display, the 4. Speedometer meter screen view can be changed to 5. Fuel gauge expand the vehicle information display area.

Instruments and controls 2-7 . If the amount of fuel added is small, the display just before the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position may continue to be displayed. . When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display. Odometer: The odometer is displayed in the vehicle information display to display the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

JVI1006X WAC0429X Example Example SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Distance to empty (dte)/Odometer Speedometer Distance to empty (dte): The speedometer indicates vehicle speed The distance to empty (dte) provides an in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers estimation of the distance that can be per hour (km/h). driven before refueling. The dte is con- stantly being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. The display is updated every 30 seconds. The dte mode includes a low range warning feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is displayed on the screen. When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte display will change to “———”.

2-8 Instruments and controls ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature. The engine coolant temperature is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration. The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.

WAC0562X WAC0430X CAUTION Example Full-screen model . TACHOMETER If the gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature is near the The tachometer indicates engine speed in hot (H) end of the normal range, revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev reduce vehicle speed to decrease the engine into the red zone . the temperature. . If the gauge is over the normal CAUTION range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine When engine speed approaches the idle. red zone, shift to a higher gear or . If the engine is overheated, con- reduce engine speed. Operating the tinued operation of the vehicle engine in the red zone may cause may seriously damage the en- serious engine damage. gine. (See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-13) for immediate JVI1296X action required.) Analog model Instruments and controls 2-9 FUEL GAUGE vehicle inspected. It is recom- The fuel gauge indicates the approximate mended you visit a NISSAN dealer fuel level in the tank when the ignition for this service. switch is in the ON position. . For additional information, see The gauge may move slightly during “Malfunction Indicator Light braking, turning, accelerating, or going (MIL)” (P.2-19). up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank. The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads 0 (empty). WAC0431X The arrow, , indicates the location of Full-screen model the fuel-filler door. Refuel before the gauge reads the empty (0) position. There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reads the empty (0) position.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the malfunction indicator light (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few driving trips, the light should JVI0640X turn off. If the light remains on Analog model after a few driving trips, have the 2-10 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON- TROL The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode. Push the + side of the switch to brighten the instrument panel lights. The bar moves to the right side. Push the - side of the switch to dim the lights. The bar moves to the left side. WAC0566X The vehicle information display returns to WAC0513X the normal display when the instrument Example brightness control switch is not operated ECO DRIVE REPORT for more than 5 seconds. When the ignition switch is placed in the CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- ON or OFF position, the ECO Drive Report MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICA- is displayed. TOR ECO evaluation The Continuously Variable Transmission Previous 5 times (History) (CVT) position indicator indicates the shift Current fuel economy lever position when the ignition switch is Best fuel economy in the ON position. (See “19. Continuously The result of ECO evaluation is displayed Variable Transmission (CVT) position in- when the vehicle is driven for about 10 dicator” (P.2-36).) minutes or more. : The more economically you drive, the WAC0489X more appear. : The average fuel economy for the previous 5 times will be displayed. Instruments and controls 2-11 : The average fuel economy since the last reset will be displayed. : The best fuel economy of the past history will be displayed. When the “See Tire Pressure” message appears in the ECO Drive Report, the display can be switched to the Tire Pressures display by pushing the scroll dial on the steering wheel to show an additional message.

2-12 Instruments and controls WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Warning/indicator lights (red) Warning/indicator lights (yellow) Warning/indicator lights (other) Automatic brake hold indicator light Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn- (white) Brake warning light (red) ing light Automatic brake hold indicator light (green) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Charge warning light Exterior light indicator system OFF warning light Electric shift control system warning Front fog light indicator light (if so Electric power steering warning light light equipped) Electronic parking brake system High beam assist indicator light warning light (yellow) Electronic parking brake warning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights Hands OFF warning light (if so Master warning light equipped) Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system Master warning light OFF warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Slip indicator light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off Supplemental air bag warning light indicator light

Instruments and controls 2-13 CHECKING LIGHTS NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Anti- or Brake warning light With all doors closed, apply the parking lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” brake, fasten the seat belts and place the This light functions for both the parking (P.2-17).) ignition switch in the ON position without brake and the foot brake systems. starting the engine. The following lights (if Low brake fluid warning light: WARNING so equipped) will come on: When the ignition switch is placed in the , , PARK or , , , ON position, the brake warning light . Your brake system may not be The following lights (if so equipped) come illuminates, and then turns off. If the light working properly if the warning on briefly and then go off: illuminates while the engine is running light is on. Driving could be dan- with the parking brake not applied, stop , , , , or , , or gerous. If you judge it to be safe, the vehicle and perform the following: (red), (yellow), . drive carefully to the nearest 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake service station for repairs. Other- If any light does not come on or operates fluid is necessary, add fluid and have wise, have your vehicle towed in a way other than described, it may the system checked. It is recom- because driving it could be dan- indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a mended you have this service per- gerous. system malfunction. It is recommended formed by a NISSAN dealer. (See . you have the system checked by a Pressing the brake pedal with the “Brake fluid” (P.8-9).) NISSAN dealer. engine stopped and/or low brake 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have fluid level may increase your WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red) the warning system checked. It is stopping distance and braking See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). recommended you have this service will require greater pedal effort performed by a NISSAN dealer. as well as pedal travel. . Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the indicator: brake fluid reservoir, do not drive When the parking brake is released and until the brake system has been the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both checked. It is recommended you the brake warning light and the Anti-lock visit a NISSAN dealer for this Braking System (ABS) warning light illu- service. minate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended you visit a 2-14 Instruments and controls curs in the electric shift control system. light (yellow) illuminates, it may Charge warning light When the master warning light illumi- indicate that the electronic parking brake When the ignition switch is in the ON nates, the chime sounds and the follow- system is not functioning properly. Have position, the charge warning light illumi- ing message is displayed in the vehicle the system checked, and if necessary nates and then turns off. information display: “When parked apply repaired. It is recommended you visit a If the light illuminates while the engine is parking brake”. NISSAN dealer for this service. running, it may indicate the charging When the ignition switch is placed in the system is not functioning properly. Turn OFF position, the chime sounds continu- Engine oil pressure warning the engine off and check the alternator ously. Ensure the parking brake is applied. light belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or Have the system checked by a NISSAN This light warns of low engine oil pres- if the light remains on, have your vehicle dealer. sure. When the ignition switch is in the ON serviced immediately. It is recommended position, the engine oil pressure warning you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. or Electronic parking light illuminates. After starting the engine, brake warning light the engine oil pressure warning light CAUTION turns off. This indicates that the oil The electronic parking brake warning pressure sensors in the engine are opera- light indicates that the electronic parking tional. Do not continue driving if the alter- brake system is operating. If the engine oil pressure warning light nator belt is loose, broken or miss- When the ignition switch is placed in the ing. illuminates or blinks while the engine is ON position, the electronic parking brake running, it may indicate that the engine warning light illuminates. When the en- oil pressure is low. gine is started and the parking brake is Electric shift control system released, the warning light turns off. Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- warning light ble. Stop the engine immediately and call If the parking brake is not released, the a NISSAN dealer. When the ignition switch is in the ON electronic parking brake warning light position, the electric shift control system remains on. Be sure that the electronic warning light illuminates, and then turns parking brake warning light has turned CAUTION off. This indicates the electric shift control off before driving. (See “Parking brake” system is operational. (P.5-25).) . Running the engine with the en- The electric shift control system warning If the electronic parking brake warning gine oil pressure warning light light illuminates when a malfunction oc- light illuminates or flashes while the illuminated could cause serious electronic parking brake system warning damage to the engine. Instruments and controls 2-15 . about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat The engine oil pressure warning Master warning light light is not designed to indicate a belt is securely fastened. low oil level. The oil level should When the ignition switch is in the ON When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH be checked using the dipstick. position, the master warning light illumi- (15 km/h), the chime will sound unless the (See “Engine oil” (P.8-5).) nates if a warning message appears in rear passenger’s seat belts are securely the vehicle information display. fastened. The chime will continue to See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). sound for about 35 seconds until the rear Hands OFF warning light (if so passenger’s seat belts are fastened. equipped) Seat belt warning light and For additional information, refer to “Seat When the Steering Assist is activated, it chime belt warning light and chime” (P.1-15). monitors the driver’s steering wheel op- The light and chime remind you to fasten eration. If the steering wheel is not the seat belts. Supplemental air bag warning operated or the driver takes his/her The light illuminates whenever the igni- light hands off the steering wheel for a period tion switch is placed in the ON position, After placing the ignition switch in the ON of time, the warning light illuminates. If and will remain illuminated until the seat position, the supplemental air bag warn- the driver does not operate the steering belts are fastened. ing light will illuminate. The supplemental wheel after the warning light has been air bag warning light will turn off after illuminated, an audible alert sounds and The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is about 7 seconds if the supplemental front the warning flashes in the vehicle infor- air bag and supplemental side air bag, mation display, followed by a quick brake not fastened when the front passenger’s seat is occupied. curtain air bag systems and/or preten- application to request the driver to take sioner seat belt are operational. control of the vehicle again. If the driver When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH remains unresponsive, the vehicle will (15 km/h), the light will continue to blink If any of the following conditions occur, automatically turn on the hazard lights for about 95 seconds until the driver’s the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air and slow to a complete stop. (See “Steer- seat belt is fastened and the light will bag and pretensioner systems need ser- ing Assist” (P.5-113).) blink unless the front passenger’s seat vicing. belts is securely fastened and the chime . The supplemental air bag warning will sound for about 95 seconds unless light remains on after approximately the front passenger’s seat belt is securely 7 seconds. fastened. . The supplemental air bag warning When the ignition switch is placed in the light flashes intermittently. ON position, the chime will sound for 2-16 Instruments and controls . The supplemental air bag warning ON, it may indicate that the system is light does not illuminate at all. or Anti-lock Braking Sys- unavailable. See “Automatic Emergency It is recommended you visit a NISSAN tem (ABS) warning light Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection dealer for these services. When the ignition switch is in the ON system” (P.5-122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P.5-132). Unless checked and repaired, the Supple- position, the Anti-lock Braking System mental Restraint Systems and/or the (ABS) warning light illuminates and then pretensioners may not function properly. turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera- Electric power steering warn- tional. For additional information, see “Supple- ing light mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-46). If the ABS warning light illuminates while When the ignition switch is in the ON the engine is running, or while driving, it position, the electric power steering may indicate the ABS is not functioning warning light illuminates. After starting WARNING properly. Have the system checked. It is the engine, the electric power steering recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer warning light turns off. This indicates the If the supplemental air bag warning for this service. electric power steering is operational. light is on, it could mean that the If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti- If the electric power steering warning front air bag, side air bag, curtain air lock function is turned off. The brake light illuminates while the engine is run- bag and/or pretensioner systems system then operates normally, but with- ning, it may indicate the electric power will not operate in an accident. To out anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake sys- steering is not functioning properly and help avoid injury to yourself or tem” (P.5-155).) may need servicing. Have the system others, have your vehicle checked. It checked. It is recommended that you visit is recommended you visit a NISSAN Automatic Emergency Braking a NISSAN dealer for this service. dealer for this service. (AEB) system OFF warning light When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (yel- When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the AEB system OFF warning the power assist to the steering will cease low) light illuminates. After starting the engine, operation but you will still have control of See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). the warning light turns off. the vehicle. At this time, greater steering efforts are required to operate the steer- This light illuminates when the AEB with ing wheel, especially in sharp turns and at pedestrian detection system is set to OFF low speeds. on the vehicle information display. (See “Electric power steering” (P.5-154).) If the light illuminates or flashes when the AEB with pedestrian detection system is Instruments and controls 2-17 Low tire pressure warning: flash for approximately 1 minute when the Electronic parking brake sys- If the vehicle is being driven with low tire ignition switch is placed in the ON posi- tem warning light pressure, the warning light will illuminate. tion. The light will remain on after the 1 When the ignition switch is in the ON The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning minute. Have the system checked. It is position, the electronic parking brake also appears in the vehicle information recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer system warning light illuminates and then display. for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low - turns off. Add Air” warning does not appear if the When the low tire pressure warning light low tire pressure warning light illuminates The electronic parking brake system illuminates, you should stop and adjust to indicate a TPMS malfunction. warning light functions for the electronic the tire pressure to the recommended parking brake system. If the warning light COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and For additional information, see “Tire Pres- illuminates, it may indicate that the elec- Loading Information label. The low tire sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-6). tronic parking brake system is not func- pressure warning light does not automa- tioning properly. Have the brake system tically turn off when the tire pressure is WARNING checked, and, if necessary, repaired. It is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended that you visit a NISSAN recommended pressure, the vehicle must . dealer for this service. be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 If the light does not illuminate km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off with the ignition switch placed in the low tire pressure warning light. Use a the ON position, have the vehicle Low tire pressure warning checked. It is recommended you light tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure. visit a NISSAN dealer for this Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire service as soon as possible. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that . If the light illuminates while driv- monitors the tire pressure of all tires is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. ing, avoid sudden steering man- except the spare tire. euvers or abrupt braking, reduce The low tire pressure warning light warns For additional information, see “Vehicle vehicle speed, pull off the road to of low tire pressure or indicates that the information display” (P.2-22), “Tire Pres- a safe location and stop the TPMS is not functioning properly. sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-6) vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System ing with under-inflated tires may After the ignition switch is placed in the (TPMS)” (P.6-3). ON position, this light illuminates for permanently damage the tires about 1 second and turns off. TPMS malfunction: and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage If the TPMS is not functioning properly, could occur and may lead to an the low tire pressure warning light will 2-18 Instruments and controls . accident and could result in ser- Replacing tires with those not Malfunction Indicator Light ious personal injury. Check the originally specified by NISSAN tire pressure for all four tires. could affect the proper operation (MIL) Adjust the tire pressure to the of the TPMS. If the malfunction indicator light comes recommended COLD tire pressure on steady or blinks while the engine is shown on the Tire and Loading running, it may indicate a potential emis- Information label to turn the low sion control and/or Continuously Variable tire pressure warning light OFF. If CAUTION Transmission (CVT) malfunction. the light still illuminates while The malfunction indicator light may also . driving after adjusting the tire The TPMS is not a substitute for illuminate steady if the vehicle runs out of pressure, a tire may be flat or the regular tire pressure check. fuel. Check to make sure that the vehicle the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Be sure to check the tire pressure has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel If you have a flat tire, replace it regularly. in the fuel tank. with a spare tire as soon as . If the vehicle is being driven at After a few driving trips, the light possible. If no tire is flat and all speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 should turn off if no other potential tires are properly inflated, it is km/h), the TPMS may not operate emission control system malfunction ex- recommended you consult a correctly. ists. NISSAN dealer. . Be sure to install the specified If this indicator light remains on for 20 . Since the spare tire is not size of tires to the four wheels seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds equipped with the TPMS, when a correctly. when the engine is not running, it indi- spare tire is mounted or a wheel cates that the vehicle is not ready for an is replaced, the TPMS will not emission control system inspection/ function and the low tire pressure maintenance test. (See “Readiness for warning light will flash for ap- Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10- proximately 1 minute. The light 29).) will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or Operation: TPMS system reset as soon as The malfunction indicator light will come possible. It is recommended you on in one of two ways: visit a NISSAN dealer for these . services. Malfunction indicator light on steady — An emission control system and/or CVT malfunction has been detected. It Instruments and controls 2-19 is recommended you visit a NISSAN omy, and possible damage to the Slip indicator light dealer for this service. You do not emission control system. need to have your vehicle towed to When the ignition switch is in the ON the dealer. position, the slip indicator light illumi- . nates and then turns off. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Master warning light An engine misfire has been detected The light will blink when the Vehicle which may damage the emission When the ignition switch is in the ON Dynamic Control (VDC) system or the control system. position, the master warning light illumi- traction control system is operating, thus To reduce or avoid emission control nates if a warning message appears in alerting the driver that the vehicle is system damage: the vehicle information display. nearing its traction limits. The road sur- 1) Do not drive at speeds above 45 See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). face may be slippery. MPH (72 km/h). If the light illuminates while the VDC 2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system is on, this light alerts the driver eration. system OFF warning light to the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe 3) Avoid steep uphill grades. This light comes on when the ignition mode is operating, for example the VDC 4) If possible, reduce the amount of switch is placed in the ON position. It system may not be functioning properly. cargo being hauled or towed. turns off after the engine is started. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this The malfunction indicator light may This light illuminates when the RAB sys- stop blinking and remain on. service. If a malfunction occurs in the tem is turned off in the vehicle informa- system, the VDC system function will be Have the vehicle inspected. It is re- tion display. canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. commended you visit a NISSAN dealer If the light illuminates when the RAB For additional information, see “Vehicle for this service. You do not need to system is on, it may indicate that the Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-157) have your vehicle towed to the dealer. system is unavailable. For additional in- of this manual. formation, see “Rear Automatic Braking CAUTION (RAB)” (P.5-143). Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light Continued vehicle operation without The light comes on when the VDC is having the emission control system turned OFF. This indicates that the VDC and/or CVT system checked and system and traction control system are repaired as necessary could lead to not operating. poor driveability, reduced fuel econ- 2-20 Instruments and controls Turn the VDC on using the vehicle in- WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS Front fog light indicator light formation display, or restart the engine (other) and the system will operate normally. (if so equipped) See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- The front fog light indicator light illumi- tem” (P.5-157).) nates when the front fog lights are on. The light also comes on when placing the Automatic brake hold indica- (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-62).) ignition switch in the ON position. The tor light (white) light will turn off after about 2 seconds if The automatic brake hold indicator light High beam assist indicator the system is operational. If the light stays (white) illuminates when the automatic light on or comes on along with the brake hold system is on standby. (See indicator light while you are driving, have “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-28).) The high beam assist indicator light the VDC system checked. It is recom- illuminates when the high beam assist system is turned on and it is operational. mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for Automatic brake hold indica- this service. (See “High beam assist” (P.2-59).) tor light (green) The automatic brake hold indicator light WARNING High beam indicator light (green) illuminates while the automatic This light illuminates when the headlight brake hold system is operating. (See high beam is on and goes out when the The VDC should remain on unless “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-28).) low beam is selected. freeing a vehicle from mud or snow. Exterior light indicator Turn signal/hazard indicator While the VDC system is operating, you This indicator illuminates when the headlights might feel a slight vibration or hear the light switch is turned to the AUTO, or system working when starting the vehicle position and the front parking lights, The light flashes when the turn signal or accelerating, but this is not a malfunc- rear combination lights, license plate switch lever or hazard switch is turned on. tion. lights or headlights are on. The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off.

Instruments and controls 2-21 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

AUDIBLE REMINDERS . Rear Sonar System (RSS) For additional information, refer to the “5. Light reminder chime Starting and driving” section of this man- The light reminder chime will sound when ual. the headlight switch is placed in the or position after the engine was Door lock warning chime turned off, and the driver’s door is opened When the chime sounds, be sure to check with the light is on. both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. Turn the light switch to the OFF (if so See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13). equipped) or AUTO position when you Brake pad wear warning leave the vehicle. The disc brake pads have audible wear Driving Aid chimes (if so equipped) warnings. When a brake pad requires An audible alert/chime may be heard if replacement, it will make a high pitched any of the following systems (if so scraping sound when the vehicle is in JVI1272X equipped) are active: motion. This scraping sound will first Example occur only when the brake pedal is . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) The vehicle information display is depressed. After more wear of the brake located as shown above, and it displays . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) pad, the sound will always be heard even . the warnings and information. The fol- Blind Spot Warning (BSW) if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have lowing items are also displayed if the . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- the brakes checked as soon as possible if vehicle is equipped with them: BSI) the warning sound is heard. . . Tachometer Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . Speedometer ProPILOT Assist . . Vehicle settings Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . with pedestrian detection Trip computer information . . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning Driver Assistance . (I-FCW) Cruise control system information . . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ProPILOT Assist . . Sonar system Intelligent Key operation information

2-22 Instruments and controls . Audio information STARTUP DISPLAY . Navigation - turn by turn When the ignition switch is placed in the . Indicators and warnings ON position, the vehicle information dis- . Tire pressure information play may display the following screens if . Other information the vehicle is equipped with them: CHANGING THE METER SCREEN . Home VIEW (models with full-screen dis- . Blank play) . Drive Computer — Average Speed-Trip For the model with full-screen display, the (Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy meter screen view can be changed to . Tire Pressures expand the vehicle information display . 4x4–i area. See “Changing the meter screen . Compass or Navigation view (models with full-screen display)” . WAC0313X Audio (P.2-7) for how to change the view. . Driving Aids HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFOR- . ProPILOT Assist MATION DISPLAY . Traffic sign The vehicle information display can be . Warnings changed using the scroll dial , , . Settings and located on the steering Warnings will only display if there are any wheel. present. For more information on warn- Scroll dial - navigate through the items ings and indicators, see “Vehicle informa- and change or select an item in vehicle tion display warnings and indicators” (P.2- information display 34). this scroll dial allows up/down navigation To control what items display in the and push to select vehicle information display, see “Settings” - go back to the previous menu (P.2-24). - change from one display screen to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)

Instruments and controls 2-23 SETTINGS NOTE: Lane: The vehicle should be driven with the The setting mode allows user to change . Warning(LDW) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system the information displayed in the vehicle Allows user to turn the Lane Depar- ON for most driving conditions. (See information display and some settings: ture Warning (LDW) system ON/OFF. “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” . . VDC Setting (P.5-157).) Prevention(LDP) . Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Driver Assistance Driver Assistance . Personal Display (if so equipped) Intervention (I-LI) system ON/OFF. To change the status, warnings or turn on . Head-Up Display (if so equipped) (See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- or off any of the systems/warnings dis- . ECO Mode Setting 46) and “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- played in the “Driver Assistance” menu, LI)” (P.5-115).) . TPMS Setting use the scroll dial to select and change . Clock a menu item: Blind Spot: . . Vehicle Settings . Steering Assist (if so equipped) Warning(BSW) . Maintenance . Lane Allows user to turn the Blind Spot . Customize Display . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system ON/OFF. . . Unit/Language . Emergency Brake Intervention(BSI) (if so equipped) . Key-Linked Settings (if so equipped) . Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Intelligent . Factory Reset . Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) system Speed Adjust by Route (if so equipped) ON/OFF. . VDC Setting Spd. Limit Assist (if so equipped) (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-57) . Parking Aids and “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- To change the setting, use the scroll dial . to select and push it. Cross Traffic Alert BSI)” (P.5-65).) . Driver Attention Alert . System Emergency Brake: . Timer Alert Allows user to turn the Vehicle Dy- . Front . Low Temp. Alert namic Control (VDC) system ON or Allows user to turn the Automatic OFF. By default the VDC system will be Steering Assist (if so equipped): Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedes- turned ON. If the VDC system is turned . Allows user to turn the Steering Assist trian detection system and Intelligent off, the VDC OFF indicator light will ON/OFF. Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) sys- illuminate. (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-84).) tem ON/OFF.

2-24 Instruments and controls . Rear Parking Aids: “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-168).) Allows user to turn the Rear Auto- To change the status or turn on or off any Cross Traffic Alert: matic Braking (RAB) system ON/OFF. of the systems displayed in the “Parking Allows user to turn the Rear Cross Traffic (See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Aids” menu, use the scroll dial to select Alert (RCTA) system ON/OFF. (See “Rear with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- and change a menu item: Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-76).) 122), “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- . Moving Object (if so equipped) ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-132) and “Rear Automatic Driver Attention Alert: Allows user to turn the Moving Object Braking (RAB)” (P.5-143).) Detection (MOD) ON/OFF. Allows user to turn the Intelligent Driver Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped): . Auto Show Sonar (if so equipped) Alertness (I-DA) on or off. (See “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P.5-141).) Allows user to turn the Traffic Sign Allows user to turn the sonar system Recognition (TSR) ON/OFF. (See “Traffic or the Rear Sonar System (RSS) display Timer Alert: Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P.5-43).) ON/OFF. Allows user to adjust the Timer Alert or . Speed Adjust by Route (if so equipped): Front (if so equipped) reset. Allows user to turn the Speed Adjust by Allows user to turn the front sonar . (Current Time)/(Set Time) Route (ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link) sensors ON/OFF. . Reset . Rear function ON/OFF. (See “Speed Limit Assist Low Temp. Alert: - a feature of ProPILOT Assist with Navi- Allows user to turn the rear sonar link” (P.5-102).) sensors ON/OFF. Allows user to turn the Low Temperature . Side (if so equipped) Alert function ON/OFF. Spd.Limit Assist (if so equipped): Allows user to turn the side sonar Personal Display (if so equipped) Allows user to customize the Speed Limit sensors ON/OFF. Assist (ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link) To change the display in the “Personal . Distance (if so equipped) options. Display” menu, use the scroll dial to Allows user to select the sonar sen- . OFF select and change a menu item: sor’s detection distance (Long, Med- . . Manual ium or Short). Blank . . Auto . Volume Navigation . (See “Speed Limit Assist - a feature of Allows user to select the volume of the Time to Destination . ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-102).) sonar tone (High, Medium or Low). Fuel Economy (See “Moving Object Detection (MOD)” — Manual Reset1 (P.4-22), “Sonar system” (P.5-162) and

Instruments and controls 2-25 — Manual Reset2 ECO Mode Setting TPMS Setting — Auto Refuel This setting allows user to change the The following submenu appears. . Trip ECO mode system settings. — Manual Reset1 To change the status or turn on or off any — Manual Reset2 of the systems displayed in the “ECO — Auto Refuel Mode Settings” menu, use the scroll dial . Gear position to select and change a menu item: . Average speed . ECO Customize — Manual Reset1 — Cruise Control — Manual Reset2 . ECO Drive Assist — Auto Refuel — ECO Indicator — ECO Drive Report Head-Up Display (if so equipped) . View History To change the status or turn on or off any To reset the View History: of the systems displayed in the “Head-Up Display” menu, use the scroll dial to 1) Select “View History” using the select and change a menu item: scroll dial and push it. 2) Push the scroll dial . . Brightness . 3) Select “Yes” by pushing the scroll Height dial . . Rotation . Tire Pres ECO advice . Contents selection Push the scroll dial to turn the “Tire — Navigation (if so equipped) Pres ECO advice” ON/OFF. — Driving Assist — Speed Limit Sign — Audio — TEL/SMS . Reset (See “Head Up Display (HUD)” (P.2-47).)

2-26 Instruments and controls Tire Pressure Unit: The unit for tire pressure that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed to: . psi . kPa . bar . kgf/cm2 Use the scroll dial to select and change the unit. If necessary, refer to the following table to convert between units.

JVI0938X Clock Vehicle Settings Allows user to adjust the clock settings The vehicle settings allows user to and time within the vehicle information change settings for the following menus. display. . Power Back Door (if so equipped) . Clock Mode (if so equipped) . Lighting . Clock Format . Locking . Daylight Saving (if so equipped) . Wipers . Time Zone (if so equipped) . Driving Position (if so equipped) . Set Clock Manually . Rear Door Alert The clock may also be set in the center The vehicle settings can be changed display. For additional information, refer using the scroll dial . to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual. Power Back Door (if so equipped): This allows user to turn the power liftgate ON or OFF.

Instruments and controls 2-27 Lighting: Locking: will flash twice when locking the The “Lighting” menu has the following The “Locking” menu has the following vehicle with the Intelligent Key. Use options: options: the scroll dial to activate or deactivate this function. . Welcome Headlight . Ext. Door Switch (if so equipped) The welcome lighting can be set to be When this item is turned on, the Wipers: ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn request switch on the door is acti- The “Wipers” menu has the following this feature ON or OFF. vated. Use the scroll dial to activate options: . Auto Room Lamp or deactivate this function. . Speed Dependent . The interior light can be set to be ON Selective Unlock (if so equipped) The “Speed Dependent” feature can be or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn When this item is turned on, and the activated or deactivated. Use the this feature ON or OFF. door handle request switch is pushed, scroll dial to turn this feature ON . Accent Lighting (if so equipped) only the corresponding door is un- or OFF. The brightness of the Accent Lighting locked. All the doors can be unlocked . Reverse Link can be adjusted. Use the scroll dial if the door handle request switch is The “Reverse Link” wiper feature can to select the brightness. pushed again within 1 minute. When be set to be ON or OFF. Use the scroll this item is turned to off, all the doors . Auto Headlight dial to turn this feature ON or OFF. will be unlocked when the door han- The sensitivity of the Intelligent Auto dle request switch is pushed once. Use Driving Position (if so equipped): Headlight can be adjusted. Use the the scroll dial to activate or deacti- . Exit Seat Slide scroll dial to select the required vate this function. sensitivity. The following options are This allows user to turn the entry/exit . Auto Door Unlock available: function ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial The “Auto Door Unlock” feature allows — Turn on earliest to turn this function ON or OFF. (See user to customize the auto door “Memory seat” (P.3-36).) — Turn on earlier unlock options. Use the scroll dial — Turn on standard to change the mode. Rear Door Alert: — Turn on later — Shift to P The “Rear Door Alert” feature allows user to customize the Rear Door Alert options. . Light Off Delay — IGN OFF Use the scroll dial to change the mode. The duration of the automatic head- — OFF . Horn & Alert lights can be changed from 0 to 180 . Horn beeps on lock (if so equipped) seconds. Use the scroll dial to When selected, the alert is displayed When this item is turned on, the horn change the duration. and the horn sounds. will chirp and the hazard indicators 2-28 Instruments and controls . Alert Only Display when When selected, only the alert is dis- Display timing Action Required CAUTION played. ignition is ON . OFF If the oil replacement indicator is Engine Plan to have Remaining oil When selected, no alert or horn will be Oil Ser- your vehicle ser- displayed, change the engine oil life is less than active. vice due viced. within two weeks or less than 500 940 miles (1,500 (See “Rear Door Alert” (P.2-65).) in xxx miles (800 km). km). miles Maintenance Operating the vehicle with deterio- Have your vehi- rated oil can damage the engine. cle serviced The maintenance mode allows user to set Engine Remaining oil alerts for the reminding of maintenance within two Oil Ser- life is 0 miles (0 weeks or less To reset oil control system: intervals. To change an item: vice due km). than 500 miles 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON Select “Maintenance” using the scroll dial (800 km). and push it. position. . Oil Control System (if so equipped) The oil change interval cannot be ad- 2. Push the and buttons on the . justed manually. steering wheel until “Settings” appears Oil and Filter in the vehicle information display. Use . The distance to oil change interval is Tire the scroll dial to select “Maintenance”. . calculated depending on the driving con- Other ditions and set automatically by the oil Then, push the scroll dial. Oil Control System (if so equipped): control system. A reminder will be dis- 3. Select the “Oil Control System” and The Oil Control System can be accessed played when approaching the end of the push the scroll dial. in the Maintenance portion of the vehicle service interval. 4. Push the scroll dial according to the information display settings. When the Factory Reset option is selected reset instructions displayed at the Engine oil information informs the disin the vehicle information display, the oil bottom of the “Oil Control System” tance to oil change. Never exceed one control system will also be reset to initial maintenance screen. value. Please change the engine oil when year or 10,000 miles (16,000 km) between Oil and Filter: Factory Reset is selected. oil change intervals for the PR25DD en- This indicator appears when user set gine. distance comes for changing the engine oil and filter. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing these items. For scheduled maintenance items Instruments and controls 2-29 and intervals, refer to the “9. Maintenance Other: Welcome Effect: and schedules” section. This indicator appears when the user set The “Welcome Effect” displays the avail- Tire: distance comes for checking or replacing able welcome effect settings. This indicator appears when the user set maintenance items other than the engine . Gauges (if so equipped) oil, oil filter and tires. Other maintenance distance comes for replacing tires. You . Animation can set or reset the distance for replacing items can include such things as air filter Operation guidance: tires. or tire rotation. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the The “Operation guidance” displays the items. available operation guidance settings. WARNING Customize Display . Lights . Wiper The tire replacement indicator is not The display settings allows user to choose from the various meter selections. . Seat Memory (if so equipped) a substitute for regular tire checks, . including tire pressure checks. (See The display settings can be changed Cruise Control (if so equipped) “Changing wheels and tires” (P.8- using the scroll dial . Unit/Language 33).) Many factors including tire in- Main Menu Selection: flation, alignment, driving habits and The units that are shown in the vehicle road conditions affect tire wear and Displays available screens that can be information display can be changed: when tires should be replaced. shown in the vehicle information display. . Mileage/Fuel Setting the tire replacement indica- Route Guidance (if so equipped): . Tire Pressure tor for a certain driving distance To change the setting, use the scroll dial . Temperature does not mean your tires will last to select and push it. . Language that long. Use the tire replacement Use the scroll dial to select and change indicator as a guide only and always . Alerts the units of the vehicle information dis- perform regular tire checks. Failure The “Alerts” allows user to turn the play. to perform regular tire checks, in- Navigation Settings alerts on or off. cluding tire pressure checks could Transition (Cruise) (if so equipped): Mileage/Fuel: result in tire failure. Serious vehicle The unit for the mileage that is shown in damage could occur and may lead to The ”Transition (Cruise)” allows user to turn the cruise screen transition on or off. the vehicle information display can be a collision, which could result in changed. serious personal injury or death.

2-30 Instruments and controls . miles, MPG Key-Linked Settings (if so equipped) . km, km/l The Key-Linked Settings can be turned . km, l/100km ON/OFF using the scroll dial . It will Use the scroll dial to select and change display the key synchronized and in use the unit. for this vehicle. Tire Pressure: Factory Reset The unit for tire pressures that is shown The settings in the vehicle information in the vehicle information display can be display can be reset back to the factory changed to: default. To reset the vehicle information . psi display: . kPa 1. Select “Factory Reset” using the scroll . bar dial and push it. . kgf/cm2 2. Select “Yes” to return all settings back (See “TPMS Setting” (P.2-26).) to default by pushing the scroll dial . Temperature: The temperature that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed from: . °C . °F Use the scroll dial to toggle choices. Language: The language of the vehicle information display can be changed. Use the scroll dial to select and change the language of the vehicle information display.

Instruments and controls 2-31 WAC0315X

2-32 Instruments and controls WAC0316X

Instruments and controls 2-33 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).) 7. Release Parking Brake warning WARNINGS AND INDICATORS 4. Key Battery Low warning This warning appears when the accelerator pedal is depressed when the The displayed images may differ depend- This warning appears when the Intelli- ing on the model. electronic parking brake automatic re- gent Key battery is running out of power. lease function cannot be used. Release 1. Engine start operation indicator If this indicator appears, replace the the electronic parking brake manually. This indicator appears when the shift battery with a new one. See “Intelligent position is in the P (Park) position. Key battery replacement” (P.8-20). 8. Low Fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level This indicator means that the engine will 5. Engine start operation for Intelli- in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as start by pushing the ignition switch with gent Key system indicator soon as it is convenient, preferably before the brake pedal depressed. You can start the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There the engine directly in any position of the This indicator appears when the Intelli- will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank ignition switch. gent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key system and when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 2. No Key Detected warning vehicle are not communicating normally. (Empty). This warning appears when the door is If this indicator appears, touch the igni- 9. Low Washer Fluid warning (if so closed with the Intelligent Key left outside tion switch with the Intelligent Key while equipped) the vehicle and the engine is running. depressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli- Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-16).) This warning appears when the window the vehicle. washer fluid is at a low level. Add window 6. Key System Error: See Owner’s washer fluid as necessary. For additional See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for Manual warning information, refer to “Window washer more details. This warning appears if there is a mal- fluid” (P.8-9). 3. Shift to Park warning (if so function in the Intelligent Key system. 10. Door/liftgate open warning equipped) If this warning appears while the engine is This warning appears if any of the doors This warning appears when the door is stopped, the engine cannot be started. If and/or the liftgate are open or not closed opened while the shift position is other this warning appears while the engine is securely. The vehicle icon indicates which than P (Park). running, the vehicle can be driven. How- door or the liftgate is open on the display. If this warning appears, push the park ever, it is recommended that you visit a button to engage the P (Park) position. NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible. An inside warning chime will also sound. 2-34 Instruments and controls 11. Rear seat belt warning 13. Shift to P range warning 16. CVT Malfunction Stop safely This warning appears for 35 seconds This warning appears when the driver’s warning after the ignition switch is placed in the door is opened while the shift lever is in This warning appears when there is a ON position. any position other than P (Park). malfunction with the CVT system. If this This warning shows the status of the If this warning appears, push the park warning appears, stop the vehicle in a three rear seat belts. When one of the rear button to engage the P (Park) position. safe place. Have the system checked. It is seat belts is buckled, the corresponding An inside warning chime will also sound. recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer rear seat belt indicator will appear gray. (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).) for this service. When one of the rear seat belts is unbuckled, the corresponding rear seat 14. CVT Malfunction Service now 17. Check position of shift lever belt indicator will appear red. warning warning For precautions on seat belt usage, see This warning appears when there is a This warning appears if the system can- “Seat belts” (P.1-13). malfunction with the CVT system. If this not detect the shift position. Make sure warning appears, have the system the vehicle is placed in a position properly. 12. Tire Pressure Low — Add Air checked. It is recommended that you visit Have the system checked. It is recom- warning a NISSAN dealer for this service. mended you contact a NISSAN dealer for This warning appears when the low tire this service. 15. CVT hot Power reduced warning pressure warning light in the meter 18. When parked apply parking illuminates and low tire pressure is de- The CVT has a high fluid temperature brake warning tected. The warning appears each time protection mode. If the fluid temperature the ignition switch is placed in the ON becomes too high (for example, climbing This warning appears if a malfunction position as long as the low tire pressure steep grades in high temperatures with occurs in the electric shift control system. warning light remains illuminated. If this heavy loads, such as when towing a Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as warning appears, stop the vehicle and trailer), engine power and, under some possible. When parking the vehicle, make adjust the pressure to the recommended conditions, vehicle speed will be de- sure that the parking brake is applied. If COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and creased automatically to reduce the the parking brake is not applied, the Loading Information label. (See “Low tire chance of transmission damage. Vehicle ignition switch may not be turned off. pressure warning light” (P.2-18) and “Tire speed can be controlled with the accel- Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5- erator pedal, but the engine and vehicle 6).) speed may be reduced.

Instruments and controls 2-35 19. Continuously Variable Trans- 21. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual 23. Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s mission (CVT) position indicator warning (if so equipped) Manual warning (if so equipped) This indicator shows the CVT shift posi- This warning appears when the All-Wheel This warning may appear if there is a tion. Drive (AWD) system is not functioning large difference between the diameters of In the manual shift mode, when the properly while the engine is running. front and rear wheels and tires. Pull off transmission does not shift to the se- Reduce vehicle speed and have your the road in a safe area, with the engine lected gear due to a transmission protec- vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is idling. Check that all the tire sizes, brand, tion mode, the CVT position indicator will recommended that you visit a NISSAN construction and tread pattern are the blink and a chime will sound. dealer for this service. (See “Intelligent same, that the tire pressures are correct 4x4” (P.5-151).) and that the tires are not excessively See “Continuously Variable Transmission worn. If you have any problems, change (CVT)” (P.5-19) for further details. 22. AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle tires or adjust tire pressures correctly. Do 20. Drive Mode Selector indicator warning (if so equipped) not select the SNOW or OFF-ROAD mode This warning appears when the oil tem- with the Drive Mode Selector and do not When a driving mode is selected using the drive fast. (See “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-151).) Drive Mode Selector, the selected mode perature of the powertrain parts in- indicator is displayed. creases due to the difference in rotation between the front and rear wheels is 24. Shipping Mode On Push Storage . OFF-ROAD (AWD models) large (wheel slip), such as when driving Fuse warning (if so equipped) . SNOW (AWD models) on rough roads, driving through sand or This warning may appear if the extended . STANDARD (2WD models) mud, or freeing a stuck vehicle. If this storage switch is not pushed in. When this . AUTO (AWD models) warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with warning appears, push in the extended . ECO the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to storage switch to turn off the warning. do so. In these cases, the AWD changes to (See “Extended storage switch” (P.8-20).) . SPORT 2WD to protect the powertrain parts. (See “Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-30).) Then if the warning turns off, you can 25. Power will turn off to save the continue AWD driving. (See “Intelligent battery warning 4x4” (P.5-151).) Under the specific conditions, this warning may appear after the ignition switch is in the ON position for a certain period of time.

2-36 Instruments and controls 26. Power turned off to save the 30. Chassis Control System Error: Alerts can be provided for other battery warning See Owner’s Manual warning stops during the trip. Selecting “Dis- Under the specific conditions, this warn- This warning appears if the chassis con- able Alert” turns off the Rear Door ing may appear after the ignition switch is trol module detects a malfunction in the Alert system for the remainder of a automatically turned OFF to save the chassis control system. Have the system trip and no audible alert will be battery. checked. It is recommended that you visit provided. a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See 27. Reminder Turn OFF Headlights “Chassis control” (P.5-160).) NOTE: warning 31. Rear Door Alert is activated This system is disabled until the driver This warning appears when the driver enables it using the settings menu. See side door is opened with the headlight indicator “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). switch is left ON and the ignition switch is When the system is enabled, this message placed in the OFF position. Place the appears when the Rear Door Alert system 32. Check Rear Seat For all articles headlight switch in OFF (if so equipped) is active and can remind the driver to indicator or AUTO position. For additional informa- check the rear seat. When the system is enabled, this message tion, (See “Headlight and turn signal . Using the steering switch, the driver appears when the vehicle comes to a switch” (P.2-55).) can select “Dismiss Message” to clear complete stop, the shift position is placed from the D (Drive) to P (Park), and the 28. Headlight System Error: See the display for a period of time. . driver exits the vehicle. This message Owner’s Manual warning Using the steering switch, the driver can select “Disable Alert” to disable the alerts the driver, after a period of time, This warning appears if the LED head- horn alert for the remainder of the to check for items in the rear seat after lights are malfunctioning. Have the sys- current trip. the audible alert has been provided. tem checked. It is recommended that you For additional information, see “Rear Door NOTE: visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Alert” (P.2-65). This system is disabled until the driver 29. Time for a break? indicator enables it using the settings menu. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). This indicator appears when the set WARNING Timer Alert activates. You can set the time for up to 6 hours. Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a stop within a trip temporarily dis- misses the message for that stop without turning the system off. Instruments and controls 2-37 33. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ (See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) 38. Malfunction warning Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- This warning appears when the following 122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- systems malfunction. indicator ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-132).) This indicator appears when the Lane . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Departure Warning (LDW) and/or Intelli- 36. Cruise indicator (if so equipped) . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systems are Models without Intelligent Cruise Con- with pedestrian detection engaged. trol (ICC) system: . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- This indicator shows the cruise control (I-FCW) 46) or “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” system status. The status is shown by the (See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5- (P.5-51).) color. 76), “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (See “Cruise control” (P.5-82).) with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- 34. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Intel- 122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- ligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) Models with Intelligent Cruise Control ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-132).) indicator (ICC) system: 39. Malfunction See Owner’s Man- This indicator appears when the Blind This indicator shows the conventional Spot Warning (BSW) and/or Intelligent (fixed speed) cruise control mode status. ual warning (if so equipped) Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (if so The status is shown by the color. This warning appears when the following equipped) systems are engaged. (See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise systems malfunction. (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-57) or control mode” (P.5-118).) . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” 37. Speed control status/set dis- equipped) (P.5-65).) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) tance/lane marker indicator (if so 35. Vehicle ahead detection indica- (See “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P.5- equipped) 43) or “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P.5- tor This indicator shows the status of the 143).) This indicator shows the status of the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system following systems: and the detection of the lane markers. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) The status is shown by the color and with pedestrian detection shape. (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-84).) . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)

2-38 Instruments and controls 40. Not Available System Malfunc- Once the interior temperature has 43. Forward Driving Aids tempora- tion warning reached normal levels, the warning rily disabled Front Sensor blocked should disappear. This warning appears when the following warning If the warning continues to display, have systems malfunction. If the front radar sensor area on the front the system checked. It is recommended . of the vehicle is covered with dirt or Lane Departure Warning (LDW) that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this obstructed, making it impossible to de- . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) service. . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) tect a vehicle ahead, the following system For additional information, refer to “Lane is automatically turned off. . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-46), “Intel- . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (on BSI) (if so equipped) ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-115), ProPILOT Assist system) (if so . ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with equipped) pedestrian detection system” (P.5-122), (See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- . 46), “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (P.5-51), “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5- (P.5-65) or “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” with pedestrian detection . 57) or “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-84).) (P.5-43). Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) 41. Unavailable High Cabin Tem- 42. Currently not available warning If the warning message appears, park the perature warning This warning appears when the Intelli- vehicle in a safe location and turn the This warning appears if the interior tem- gent Lane Intervention (I-LI), Intelligent engine off. perature of the vehicle has reached such Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (if so Check to see if the sensor area is blocked. a high temperature that the sensor for equipped) or the Intelligent Cruise Control If the sensor area is blocked, remove the the following systems can no longer (ICC) system (if so equipped) becomes blocking material. Restart the engine. If function reliably. unavailable in the following conditions: the warning message continues to ap- . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) pear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system is turned off . dealer for this service. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) The SNOW mode or the OFF-ROAD with pedestrian detection mode is selected (AWD models). For more details, see “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-84), “Automatic Emergency Braking . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- For additional information, refer to “In- (AEB) with pedestrian detection system” BSI) telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-51), . “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P.5-122) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so (P.5-65) or “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” Warning (I-FCW)” (P.5-132). equipped) (P.5-97). Instruments and controls 2-39 44. Unavailable Side Radar Ob- 46. Steering Assist indicator (if so Step on the brake pedal immediately. struction warning equipped) 49. Not Available Poor Road Condi- This warning appears when the following This indicator appears when the Steering tions warning (if so equipped) systems become unavailable because a Assist system is engaged. radar blockage is detected. This warning appears when the following See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-84). systems become unavailable because the . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) road is slippery. . 47. Hands on detection warning (if Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) BSI) (if so equipped) so equipped) . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- . This warning may appear when the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) BSI) (if so equipped) Steering Assist system is engaged and (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-57), . the following condition(s) occur: Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” equipped) (P.5-65) or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” . When not holding the steering wheel (P.5-76).) . (See “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” When there is no steering wheel (P.5-51), “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention 45. I-LI ON indicator/I-BSI ON indi- operation (I-BSI)” (P.5-65) or “Intelligent Cruise Con- Hold on the steering wheel immediately. trol (ICC)” (P.5-97).) cator/ProPILOT Assist status indi- When the steering operation is detected, cator the warning turns off and the Steering 50. Not Available Seat Belt Not This indicator appears when the following Assist function is automatically restored. Fastened indicator (if so equipped) systems are turned on: For additional information, refer to “Pro- This message may appear when the . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) PILOT Assist” (P.5-84). Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- 48. Press Brake Pedal indicator (if engaged. BSI) (if so equipped) so equipped) Under the following condition, the ICC . ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) system is automatically canceled: This message may appear when the See “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is . When the driver’s seat belt is not (P.5-51), “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention engaged and the following condition fastened. (I-BSI)” (P.5-65) or “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5- occurs: The ICC system cannot be used when the 84). . While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC driver’s seat belt is not fastened. system, the driver’s door is opened but the electronic parking brake was not activated. 2-40 Instruments and controls 51. Not Available Bad Weather in- . Strong light, such as sunlight or high the electronic parking brake is activated. dicator (if so equipped) beams from oncoming vehicles, enter the front camera 55. Automatic Emergency Braking This message may appear when the (AEB) emergency warning indicator Steering Assist system is engaged. 53. Steering Assist Not Available This warning indicator appears along Under the following conditions, the Steer- Cannot Detect Lane indicator (if so with an audible warning, when the Auto- ing Assist system is automatically can- equipped) matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pe- celed: This indicator may appear when the destrian detection system detects the . When the wiper (HI) operates. Steering Assist system is engaged. The possibility of a forward collision. . When lane markers in the traveling Steering Assist system is automatically See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) lane cannot be correctly detected for canceled when the lane markers in the with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- a period of time due to such items as a traveling lane cannot be correctly de- 122). snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy tected for a period of time due to such day or several unclear lane markers items as a snow rut, reflection of light on 56. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) are present. a rainy day or several unclear lane mar- system warning indicator If you want to use the Steering Assist kers are present. This warning indicator appears to indi- system again, cancel the ProPILOT Assist If you want to use the Steering Assist cate the status of the Rear Automatic system and set it again when lane system again, cancel the ProPILOT sys- Braking (RAB) system. markers are clearly visible. tem and set it again when lane markers See “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P.5- are clearly visible. 52. Not Available Front Camera 143). Obstructed indicator (if so 54. Not Available Parking Brake On 57. Sonar system/Rear Sonar Sys- equipped) indicator (if so equipped) tem (RSS) indicator This message may appear when the This message may appear when the This indicator appears to indicate the Steering Assist system is engaged. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is status of the sonar system (if so Under the following conditions, the Steer- engaged. equipped) or the Rear Sonar System ing Assist system is automatically can- Under the following condition, the ICC (RSS) (if so equipped). celed: system is automatically canceled: See “Sonar system” (P.5-162) or “Rear . The camera area of the windshield is . The electronic parking brake is ap- Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-168). fogged up or covered with dirt, water, plied. drops, ice, snow, etc. The above system cannot be used when

Instruments and controls 2-41 58. Parking Sensor Error warning 61. Caution Steep slope indicator 65. Neutral Hold Mode guidance This warning appears when there is a This indicator appears when the auto- indicator (if so equipped) malfunction with the sonar system (if so matic brake hold function is activated This indicator appears when the ignition equipped) or the Rear Sonar System (RSS) while the vehicle is on a steep hill. (See switch is placed in the OFF position while (if so equipped). (See “Sonar system” (P.5- “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-28).) the shift position is in the N (Neutral) 162) or “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5- position (Neutral hold mode is available). 168).) 62. Steep Slope Apply foot brake (See “Neutral hold mode function” (P.5- indicator 22).) 59. Press Brake Pedal warning This indicator appears if “Caution Steep This warning appears in the following slope indicator” has appeared over about 66. Neutral Hold Mode activated situations: 3 minutes. Then, the parking brake will indicator (if so equipped) . The driver tries to release the electro- automatically be applied and the brake This indicator appears when the Neutral nic parking brake manually without force of the automatic brake hold will be hold mode is activated. To exit the Neutral depressing the brake pedal. released, and vehicle may move or roll hold mode, place the vehicle in other than . The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill away unexpectedly. Apply the foot brake N (Neutral) position. (See “Neutral hold and there is a possibility of moving to stop the vehicle moving. (See “Auto- mode function” (P.5-22).) backward, even if the electronic park- matic brake hold” (P.5-28).) 67. Neutral Hold Mode was not ing brake is applied. 63. Take a Break? indicator . This warning appears if the vehicle activated indicator (if so equipped) moves while the automatic brake hold This indicator appears when the Intelli- This indicator appears when the Neutral is activated. gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system detect hold mode is unavailable. To activate the that the driver attention is decreasing. Neutral hold mode, wait for a while with- 60. Press brake to operate switch (See “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” out shifting and then perform the opera- indicator (P.5-141).) tions again. (See “Neutral hold mode This indicator appears if the automatic 64. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) function” (P.5-22).) brake hold switch is pushed without malfunction warning depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold function is acti- This warning appears when the Intelli- vated. Depress the brake pedal and push gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system mal- the switch to deactivate the automatic functions. (See “Intelligent Driver Alertness brake hold function. (See “Automatic (I-DA)” (P.5-141).) brake hold” (P.5-28).) 2-42 Instruments and controls WAC0520X

Instruments and controls 2-43 1. Home 3. Drive Computer The Home mode shows the following Average fuel consumption: information. The average fuel consumption shows the . Vehicle speed average fuel consumption since the last . Navigation (if so equipped) reset. . Audio Average speed: 2. Speed and Average speed (if so The average speed shows the average equipped) vehicle speed since the last reset. The Speed and Average speed mode Trip odometer: shows the current vehicle speed and the The trip odometer shows the total dis- average vehicle speed since the last reset. tance the vehicle has been driven since The Speed and Average speed mode have the last reset. WAC0313X three modes of operation. You can switch between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 or Elapsed time: TRIP COMPUTER Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial . The elapsed time shows the time since Switches for the trip computer are lo- Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by the last reset. cated on the left side of the steering using the scroll dial . The Drive Computer mode have three wheel. Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by modes of operation. You can switch Scroll dial - navigate through the items using the scroll dial , or will be reset between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 and change or select an item in vehicle automatically each time the ignition or Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial information display switch is placed in the OFF position (if so . this scroll dial allows up/down navigation equipped). Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by and push to select using the scroll dial . - go back to the previous menu Auto Refuel will be reset automatically - change from one display screen each time when refueling. Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy) using the scroll dial , or will be reset automatically each time the ignition The displayed images may differ depend- switch is placed in the OFF position (if so ing on the model. equipped). Auto Refuel will be reset automatically

2-44 Instruments and controls each time when refueling. 5. ECO Pedal Guide When the Tire Pressure Low — Add Air warning appears, the display can be 4. Fuel economy display When the ECO mode is selected, you can view the ECO Pedal Guide function for switched to the tire pressure mode by Current fuel consumption: improving fuel economy. pushing the scroll dial to reveal additional details on the displayed warning. The Fuel economy display mode shows The ECO Pedal Guide mode have three the current fuel consumption. modes of operation. You can switch 7. Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution Average fuel consumption: between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 display (if so equipped) or Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial The Fuel economy display mode shows When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribu- . the average fuel consumption since the tion display is selected, you can view the last reset. Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by distribution ratio of the transmission using the scroll dial . The Fuel economy display mode have torque to the front and rear wheels three modes of operation. You can switch Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by during driving. between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 or using the scroll dial , or will be reset 8. Compass (if so equipped) Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial . automatically each time the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position (if so This display indicates the heading direc- Manual Reset1 can be reset manually by equipped). tion of the vehicle. using the scroll dial . Auto Refuel will be reset automatically Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by 9. Navigation (if so equipped) each time when refueling. using the scroll dial , or will be reset When the route guidance is set in the automatically each time the ignition (See “ECO Pedal Guide function” (P.5-33).) navigation system, this item shows the switch is placed in the OFF position (if so navigation route information. equipped). 6. Tire Pressures The tire pressure mode shows the pres- 10. Audio Auto Refuel will be reset automatically sure of all four tires while the vehicle is each time when refueling. The audio mode shows the status of driven. audio information. With the “Tire Pres ECO advice” function ON, when the tire pressure is getting low, ”Check Tire Pressures for Best Fuel Econ- omy” or ”Add air for Best Fuel Economy” appears. (See “ECO Mode Setting” (P.2-26) and “Tire Pres ECO advice” (P.5-33).)

Instruments and controls 2-45 11. Driver Assistance 12. ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) The Driver Assistance mode shows the The ProPILOT Assist mode shows the operating condition for the following operating conditions for the following systems. systems: . Forward: . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) — Automatic Emergency Braking . Steering Assist (AEB) with pedestrian detection The display will also be shown when the system ProPILOT Assist is turned on. For addi- — Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- tional information, see “ProPILOT Assist” ing (I-FCW) (P.5-84). . Lane: 13. Traffic Sign Recognition (if so — Lane Departure Warning (LDW) equipped) — Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Blind Spot: The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system WAC0521X provides the driver with information — Blind Spot Warning (BSW) about the most recently detected speed CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM- — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention limit. See “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” PERATURE (I-BSI) (if so equipped) (P.5-43) for more details. The clock and outside air temperature For more details, see “Automatic Emer- are displayed on the upper side of the gency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian de- vehicle information display. tection system” (P.5-122), “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-46), “Intelligent Lane Clock Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-51), “Blind Spot For clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-27) Warning (BSW)” (P.5-57) or “Intelligent or the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P.5-65). Manual (if so equipped).

2-46 Instruments and controls HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (if so equipped)

Outside air temperature (°F or °C) The outside air temperature is displayed WARNING in °F or °C in the range of −40 to 140°F (−40 to 60°C). . Failure to properly adjust the The outside air temperature mode in- brightness and position of the cludes a low temperature warning fea- displayed image may interfere ture. If the outside air temperature is with the driver’s ability to see below 27°F (−3°C), the indicator is through the windshield, which displayed. could cause an accident leading to severe injury or death. The outside temperature sensor is lo- . cated in front of the radiator. The sensor Do not use the Head Up Display may be affected by road or engine heat, (HUD) for extended periods of wind directions and other driving condi- time as that can cause you to not see other vehicles, pedes- tions. The display may differ from the WAC0417X actual outside temperature or the tem- trians or objects, which could perature displayed on various signs or cause an accident leading to se- billboards. vere injury or death. The Head Up Display (HUD) can display one or more of the following features (if so equipped): Vehicle speed Navigation Driving Assist Traffic Sign Audio TEL/SMS

WAC0544X

Instruments and controls 2-47 NOTE: . Depending on weather conditions . Do not place any type of liquid on or (rain, snow, sunlight, etc.), the dis- near the projector. Doing so may play may be difficult to see. cause malfunction of the equipment.

WAC0515X . Do not touch any internal parts of the projector. Doing so may cause malfunction of the equipment. . To prevent scratches to the projector glass, do not place any sharp objects on or near the projector opening. . Do not place any objects on the instrument panel which may obstruct the display of the HUD. . If you wear polarized sunglasses, the display may be difficult to see. In- crease the brightness of the HUD in the vehicle information display or remove your sunglasses.

2-48 Instruments and controls — Driving Assist — Speed Limit Sign — Audio — TEL/SMS . Reset NOTE: Emergency information may display even if the HUD is turned off. This product includes the following software. (1) Panasonic Corporation or software developed for Panasonic Corporation JVI1787X (2) Third-party software licensed to Pana- WAC0516X sonic Corporation HOW TO USE THE HUD NOTE: (3) Open source software . To turn the HUD on, push the HUD switch. The HUD has a built-in sensor that Regarding (3) Open source software, it controls the brightness of the dis- To turn the HUD off, push the switch includes open source software (OSS), again. played image. If you block the sen- including various software to which li- sor with an object, the display will If the HUD is turned off, it will remain off cense information applies. darken, making it difficult to see. even if the vehicle is restarted. Refer to the license web site at: http://car. The following settings can be changed in panasonic.jp/oss/i02lln39 the vehicle information display: Display brightness . Brightness . Height The brightness of the display may be controlled in the vehicle information dis- . Rotation play. The brightness will also be adjusted . Contents selection automatically according to the exterior — Navigation (if so equipped) ambient lighting brightness.

Instruments and controls 2-49 SECURITY SYSTEMS

DRIVER ASSISTANCE/NAVIGATION/ The Audio System linking display will TRAFFIC SIGN/AUDIO/TEL/SMS show the following items: LINKING . Songs . The HUD will display Driver Assistance and Radio stations navigation information. The TEL/SMS linking display will show the following item: The Driver Assistance display will show warning situations for the following sys- . Caller’s name or phone number tems: . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) JVI1587X . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Hands-free warning (for vehicles with Your vehicle has two types of security ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) systems, as follows: The Navigation System linking display will . Vehicle security system (if so show the following items: equipped) . Intersection names . NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . Arrows indicating turning direction VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if so . Distance to the next intersection equipped) . Recommended lane indicator The vehicle security system provides The Traffic Signs Recognition (TSR) sys- visual and audio alarm signals if someone tem linking display will show the following opens the doors, hood and liftgate when items: the system is armed. It is not, however, a . Speed Limit Sign motion detection type system that acti- . No Entry Sign vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the 2-50 Instruments and controls theft of interior or exterior vehicle com- cing the ignition switch in the ON NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- ponents in all situations. Always secure position, the system will be released. TEM your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the Vehicle security system activation The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System vehicle, and always lock it when unat- The vehicle security system will give the will not allow the engine to start without tended. Be aware of your surroundings, following alarm: the use of the registered key. and park in secure, well-lit areas when- . The headlights or the hazard indicator If the engine does not start using the ever possible. lights blink and the horn sounds registered Intelligent Key, it may be due to Many devices offering additional protec- intermittently. interference caused by: tion, such as component locks, identifica- . The alarm automatically turns off . Another Intelligent Key. tion markers, and tracking systems, are after approximately 30 seconds. How- . Automated toll road device. available at auto supply stores and speci- ever, the alarm reactivates if the . Automated payment device. alty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may also vehicle is tampered with again. . Other devices that transmit similar offer such equipment. Check with your The alarm is activated by: signals. insurance company to see if you may be . Start the engine using the following eligible for discounts for various theft opening any doors, the hood or lift- procedure: protection features. gate without using Intelligent Key (even if the door is unlocked by 1. Remove any items that may be caus- How to arm the vehicle security releasing the door inside lock knob). ing the interference away from the system How to stop an activated alarm Intelligent Key. The system can be 2. Start the engine again. 1. Close all windows. The alarm stops by pushing the UNLOCK armed even if the windows are open. button on the Intelligent Key, pushing If this procedure allows the engine to 2. Remove the keys from the vehicle. the request switch (if so equipped) in start, NISSAN recommends placing the 3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lock range of the door handle or placing the registered Intelligent Key separate from all doors. The doors can be locked ignition switch in the ON position. other devices to avoid interference. with Intelligent Key, door handle re- Statement related to section 15 of FCC quest switch (if so equipped). rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Even when the driver and/or passen- System (CONT ASSY-SMART KEYLESS) gers are in the vehicle, the system will FCC Notice: activate with all the doors, hood and For USA: liftgate locked with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position. When pla- FCC ID : KR5HFM401 Instruments and controls 2-51 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

This device complies with Part 15 of the not use the window washer re- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the WARNING servoir tank to mix the washer following two conditions: (1) This device fluid concentrate and water. may not cause harmful interference, In freezing temperatures the washer and (2) this device must accept any solution may freeze on the wind- If the windshield wiper operation is interference received, including inter- shield and obscure your vision which interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper ference that may cause undesired op- may lead to an accident. Warm wind- may stop moving to protect its motor. If eration. shield with the defroster before you this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the Note: Changes or modifications not wash the windshield. OFF position and remove the snow or expressly approved by the party re- ice that is on and around the wiper sponsible for compliance could void arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the user’s authority to operate the the switch on again to operate the equipment. CAUTION wiper. For Canada: . IC ID : 7812D–HFM401 Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 sec- This device complies with Industry Ca- onds. nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). . Operation is subject to the following Do not operate the washer if the two conditions: (1) this device may not reservoir tank is empty. cause interference, and (2) this device . Do not fill the window washer must accept any interference, including reservoir tank with washer fluid interference that may cause undesired concentrates at full strength. operation of the device. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank. . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do 2-52 Instruments and controls High — continuous high speed operation REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the wiper operates in the OPERATION high speed position, the wiper will not operate the next time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. To operate WARNING the wiper, move the lever to any position other than high speed. In freezing temperatures the washer Push the lever up to have one sweep solution may freeze on the rear operation of the wiper. window glass and obscure your vision. Warm the rear window with the Pull the lever toward you to operate the defroster before you wash the rear washer. Then the wiper will also operate window. several times. NOTE: WAC0317X The Speed Dependent feature may be disabled. For additional information, CAUTION WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER refer to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). OPERATION . Do not operate the washer con- The windshield wiper and washer oper- CAUTION tinuously for more than 30 sec- ates when the ignition switch is in the ON onds. position. . Do not operate the washer if the Do not operate the windshield wiper reservoir tank is empty. Push the lever down to operate the wiper while the wiper arm is pulled up. The at the following speed: wiper arm may be damaged. . Do not fill the window washer Intermittent — intermittent operation can reservoir tank with washer fluid be adjusted by turning the knob toward concentrates at full strength. (Faster) or (Slower). Also, the inter- Some methyl alcohol based mittent operation speed varies in accor- washer fluid concentrates may dance with the vehicle speed. (For permanently stain the grille if example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be spilled while filling the window faster.) washer reservoir tank. Low — continuous low speed operation

Instruments and controls 2-53 . Pre-mix washer fluid concen- wiper. trates with water to the manu- NOTE: facturer’s recommended levels The Reverse Link feature may be dis- before pouring the fluid into the abled. For additional information, refer window washer reservoir tank. Do to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.

If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper WAC0318X arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn The rear window wiper and washer the switch on again to operate the operate when the ignition switch is in wiper. the ON position. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper. Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not adjustable) Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times. Reverse Link feature: When the windshield wiper switch is on, moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position will operate the rear window 2-54 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH (if so equipped) DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

WAC0418X WAC0536X Type A (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped) To defog/defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine and push the switch on. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approximately 20 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window WAC0419X defroster. Type B (if so equipped) Instruments and controls 2-55 WAC0533X WAC0319X WAC0560X

Lighting Type B: Intelligent Auto Headlight system Rotate the switch to the position, and Type A: the front parking, tail, license plate, and Type A: Rotate the switch to the position, and instrument panel lights will come on. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system the front parking, tail, license plate, and The Intelligent Auto Headlight system will allows the headlights to be set so they instrument panel lights will come on. also be set in this position. turn on and off automatically. Rotate the switch to the position, and Rotate the switch to the position, and the headlights will come on and all the To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight the headlights will come on and all the system: other lights remain on. The daytime run- other lights remain on. The daytime running light will turn off. ning light will turn off. 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position . 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. 3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.

2-56 Instruments and controls To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight position. system off, turn the switch to the OFF, The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can or position. turn on the headlights automatically The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can when it is dark and turn off the headlights turn on the headlights automatically when it is light. when it is dark and turn off the headlights If the ignition switch is placed in the ON when it is light. position when the parking brake is ap- The headlights will also be turned on plied, the headlights remain off. automatically at twilight or in rainy With the position selected, the head- weather (when the windshield wiper is lights turn off when the ignition switch is operated continuously). placed in the OFF position, the shift If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position is placed in the P (Park) position position and one of the doors is opened or the parking brake is applied. (The front and this condition is continued, the head- WAC0320X parking, tail, license plate, and instrument lights remain on for 5 minutes. panel lights are on.) Type B: The headlights will also be turned on The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically at twilight or in rainy allows the headlights to be set so they weather (when the windshield wiper is turn on and off automatically. operated continuously). To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight With the AUTO position selected (head- system: lights are on), if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in doors is opened and this condition is the or AUTO position . continued, the headlights remain on for 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON 5 minutes. position. 3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off. To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight system off, turn the switch to the Instruments and controls 2-57 For automatic headlights off delay setting, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27).

WAC0522X WAC0321X Example Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top Headlight beam select of the instrument panel. The photo To select the high beam, push the lever sensor controls the Intelligent Auto forward and release it. The high beam Headlight; if it is covered, the photo lights come on and the light illumi- sensor reacts as if it is dark and the nates. headlights will illuminate. Pull the lever back and release it to select the low beam. Automatic headlights off delay: To flash the headlights when the high You can keep the headlights on for up to beam is not selected, pull the lever 180 seconds after you place the ignition towards the rear position. To flash the switch in the OFF and open any door then headlights when the high beam is se- close all the doors. You can adjust the lected, pull the lever twice towards the rear position. period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds.

2-58 Instruments and controls High beam assist the vicinity of the vehicle. . The timing of switching the low The high beam assist system will operate — When the headlights of the beam and high beam may when the vehicle is driven at speeds of oncoming vehicle or the lead- change under the following situa- approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and ing vehicle are turned off, tions. above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading when the color of the light is — The brightness of the head- vehicle appears in front of your vehicle affected due to foreign mate- lights of the oncoming vehicle when the headlight high beam is on, the rials on the lights, or when the or leading vehicle. headlight will be switched to the low light beam is out of position. beam automatically. — The movement and direction — When there is a sudden, con- of the oncoming vehicle and Precautions on high beam assist: tinuous change in brightness. the leading vehicle. — When driving on a road that — When only one light on the WARNING passes over rolling hills, or a oncoming vehicle or the lead- road that has level differ- ing vehicle is illuminated. . The high beam assist system is a ences. — When the oncoming vehicle or convenience but it is not a sub- — When driving on a road with the leading vehicle is a two- stitute for safe driving operation. many curves. wheeled vehicle. The driver should remain alert at all times, ensure safe driving — When a sign or mirror-like — Road conditions (incline, practices and switch the high surface is reflecting intense curve, the road surface, etc.). beams and low beam manually light towards the front of the — The number of passengers when necessary. vehicle. and the amount of cargo. . The high beam or low beam may — When the container, etc. being not switch automatically under towed by a leading vehicle is the following conditions. Switch reflecting intense light. the high beam and low beam — When a headlight on your manually. vehicle is damaged or dirty. — During bad weather (rain, fog, — When the vehicle is leaning at snow, wind, etc.). an angle due to a punctured — When a light source similar to tire, being towed, etc. a headlight or tail light is in Instruments and controls 2-59 headlight remains the low beam. To turn off the high beam assist system, push the switch again.

WAC0322X WAC0523X Example High beam assist operations: Ambient image sensor maintenance: To activate the high beam assist system, The ambient image sensor for the high push the switch as illustrated with the beam assist system is located in front of AUTO position (or position, depend- the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the high beam assist system ing on the model). The high beam assist indicator light in the meter will illuminate and prevent a system malfunction, be while the headlights are turned on. sure to observe the following: . Always keep the windshield clean. If the high beam assist indicator light . does not illuminate in the above condi- Do not attach a sticker (including tion, it may indicate that the system is not transparent material) or install an functioning properly. It is recommended accessory near the ambient image you have the system checked by a sensor. NISSAN dealer. . Do not strike or damage the areas When the vehicle speed lowers to less around the ambient image sensor. Do than approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the not touch the sensor lens that is located on the ambient image sensor. 2-60 Instruments and controls If the ambient image sensor is damaged for extended periods of time even position. due to an accident, it is recommended if the headlights turn off auto- you contact a NISSAN dealer. matically. WARNING Battery saver system . When the headlight switch is in the Daytime Running Light (DRL) sys- When the LED DRL system is active or position while the ignition tem with the headlight switch in the OFF switch is in the ON position, the lights The LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) position (if so equipped), tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is will automatically turn off within a automatically illuminate when the engine period of time after the ignition switch is started and the parking brake is necessary at dusk to turn on your has been placed in the OFF position. released. The LED DRL operate with the headlights. Failure to do so could . When the headlight switch remains in headlight switch in the OFF (if so cause an accident injuring yourself the or position after the lights equipped), , or AUTO (when the head- and others. automatically turn off, the lights will lights are off) position. When you turn the turn on when the ignition switch is headlight switch to the position for placed in the ON position. full illumination, the LED lights switch from LED DRL to the park function. CAUTION Type A: If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the LED DRL do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate . When you turn on the headlight when the parking brake is released. This switch again after the lights auto- feature will work in the , AUTO or OFF matically turn off, the lights will position. The LED DRL will remain on until not turn off automatically. Be the ignition switch is placed in the OFF sure to turn the light switch to position. the OFF (if so equipped) or the AUTO position when you leave Type B: If the parking brake is applied the vehicle for extended periods before the engine is started, the LED DRL of time, otherwise the battery will do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate be discharged. when the parking brake is released. This feature will work in the AUTO or . Never leave the light switch on position. The LED DRL will remain on until when the engine is not running the ignition switch is placed in the OFF Instruments and controls 2-61 not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automatically flash three times. Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.

WAC0323X WAC0324X Example Example TURN SIGNAL SWITCH FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) Turn signal To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch to the position, then turn Move the lever up or down to signal the the fog light switch to the position. turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automati- To turn the fog lights on with the head- cally. light switch in the AUTO position, the headlights must be on, then turn the fog Lane change signal light switch to the position. Move the lever up or down until the turn To turn them off, turn the fog light switch signal begins to flash, but the lever does to the OFF position. not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold The headlights must be on for the fog the lever until the lane change is com- lights to operate. pleted. The fog lights automatically turn off when Move the lever up or down until the turn the high beam headlights are selected. signal begins to flash, but the lever does 2-62 Instruments and controls HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped) HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.

WAC0565X WAC0420X CAUTION Example To sound the horn, push the center pad . area of the steering wheel. Push the heated steering wheel switch to The battery could run down if the warm the steering wheel after the engine seat heater is operated while the starts. The indicator light on the switch engine is not running. WARNING will illuminate. . Do not use the seat heater for If the surface temperature of the steering extended periods or when no one Do not disassemble the horn. Doing wheel is below 86 to 104°F (30 to 40°C), is using the seat. so could affect proper operation of the system will heat the steering wheel . Do not put anything on the seat the supplemental front air bag sys- and cycle off and on to maintain a which insulates heat, such as a tem. Tampering with the supple- temperature above 86 to 104°F (30 to blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. mental front air bag system may 40°C). The indicator light will remain on as Otherwise, the seat may become result in serious personal injury. long as the system is on. overheated. The heated steering wheel system is . Do not place anything hard or automatically turned off after 30 minutes. heavy on the seat or pierce it with Push the switch again to turn the heated a pin or similar object. This may steering wheel system off manually. The result in damage to the heater. indicator light will turn off. Instruments and controls 2-63 . Any liquid spilled on the heated The front and rear (if so equipped) seats seat should be removed immedi- are warmed by built-in heaters. The ately with a dry cloth. switches are located on the instrument panel and the back of the center console . When cleaning the seat, never use box and can be operated independently gasoline, thinner, or any similar of each other. materials. OPERATION WITH SWITCH . If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, 1. Start the engine. turn the switch off and have the 2. Push the heated seat switch and system checked. It is recom- select the desired heat range. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer . For high heat, push the switch once. for this service. . For medium heat, push the switch twice. WAC0524X . For low heat, push the switch three Front times. . The indicator light on the switch will illuminate depending on the heat level when the heater is on. 3. To turn off the heater, push the heated seat switch until the indicator light turns off. The heater is controlled by a control module, automatically adjusting the heat level to maintain comfort according to the selected heat range. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, WAC0525X or before you leave the vehicle, be Rear (if so equipped) sure to turn off the seat heater. 2-64 Instruments and controls STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (models REAR DOOR ALERT with ProPILOT Assist)

The Rear Door Alert system functions . When the driver puts the vehicle in the under certain conditions to indicate there P (Park) position, a notification mes- may be an object or passenger in the rear sage appears in the vehicle informa- seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting tion display with the options to the vehicle. “Dismiss Message” or “Disable Alert” if The Rear Door Alert system is initially desired. disabled. The driver can enable the sys- — Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily tem using the vehicle information display. disable for that stop. (See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27).) — No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” When the system is enabled: will keep the alert enabled for that stop. . The system is activated when a rear . door is opened and closed. When the If the alert is enabled when a driver vehicle is started and the system is exits the vehicle, a message will appear in the vehicle information display WAF0222X activated, a visual message appears in the vehicle information display. (See that states “Check Rear Seat for All Articles.” The Steering Assist switch is used to “31. Rear Door Alert is activated indi- temporarily turn on and off the Steering cator” (P.2-37).) If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected: Assist system. . If a rear door is opened and closed but — An audible horn sound will occur after a short time unless a rear You can also use the “Driver Assistance” the vehicle is not driven, the system door is opened and closed within a menu in the vehicle information display to will not be activated. A rear door must short time to deactivate the alert. turn on and off the Steering Assist be opened and closed and the car system. (See “How to enable/disable the driven for the system to activate. — If the doors are locked before the Steering Assist” (P.5-96).) . The time interval to activate the alert is deactivated by opening a rear door, the horn will sound. The Steering Assist system controls the system between when the rear door — If the liftgate is opened before a steering system to help keep your vehicle is opened and closed and the vehicle rear door is opened, the horn will be near the center of the lane when driving. is started is about 10 minutes. A longer delayed until after the liftgate is (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-84).) interval does not indicate a malfunction. closed. When the Rear Door Alert system is NOTE: activated: If “Alert Only” setting is selected, the message alert will still be shown in the

Instruments and controls 2-65 POWER OUTLETS vehicle information display but the horn The power outlets are located in the will not sound. lower part of the instrument panel and in the luggage area. WARNING CAUTION . If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, no audible alert will be . The outlet and plug may be hot provided regardless of rear door during or immediately after use. open/close status. . . Do not use with accessories that There may be times when there is exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) an object or passenger in the rear power draw. Do not use double seat(s) but the audible alert does adapters or more than one elec- not sound. For example, this may trical accessory. occur if rear seat passengers WAC0325X . Use power outlet with the engine enter or exit the vehicle during a Instrument Panel trip. running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. . The system does not directly . detect objects or passengers in Avoid using power outlet when the rear seat(s). Instead, it can the air conditioner, headlights or detect when a rear door is rear window defroster is on. opened and closed, indicating . This power outlet is not designed that there may be something in for use with a cigarette lighter the rear seat(s). unit. . Push the plug in as far as it will NOTE: go. If good contact is not made, There may be times when the horn the plug may overheat. sounds but there are no objects or . Before inserting or disconnecting passengers in the rear seat(s). a plug, be sure the electrical (See “31. Rear Door Alert is activated accessory being used is turned indicator” (P.2-37).) WAC0421X OFF. Luggage area 2-66 Instruments and controls . When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any CAUTION liquid to contact the outlet. . Do not force a USB device into the connector. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the connector may damage the connector. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the connector. . Do not use a reversible USB cable. Using the reversible USB cable may damage the connector. WAC0326X USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR- GING CONNECTOR (if so equipped) The USB charging connector is located on the back of the center console box. The USB charging connector can be used only for charging an external device. Connect a USB device into the connector. Charging will start automatically (maximum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A). The external device will be charged continuously while the ignition switch is in the ON position. Some mobile devices cannot be charged depending on their specifications.

Instruments and controls 2-67 . Do not hit the surface of the WARNING wireless charger. . Do not spill liquid (water, drinks, . Never put metallic materials be- etc.) on the charging pad. tween the wireless charger and a . smartphone. Do not use grease, oil or alcohol for cleaning charging pad. . Those who use a pacemaker or other medical equipment should contact the electric medical Wireless charger Indicator equipment manufacturer for the The indicator will illuminate in orange possible influences before use. when the charging process is started. . Never put cloth over the smart- When the charging has completed, the phone during charging process. indicator illuminates in green. WAC0327X . Never charge a smartphone when If a malfunction occurs or the charging it is wet. process has stopped, the indicator will 1. Charging pad . Never put metallic materials or blink in orange for 8 seconds then turn 2. Indicator small goods such as a cigarette off. WIRELESS CHARGER (if so equipped) lighter, Intelligent Key or memory Operation of the wireless charger The wireless charger is located on the drive. To use the wireless charger, it is neces- front of the center console. Lay the sary to seat the smartphone well within smartphone on the pad of the wireless the charging pad. To maximize charging charger. Charging will start automatically. CAUTION performance, ensure the smartphone is The smartphone will be charged continu- fully seated on the center of the charging ously while the ignition switch is in the ON . Do not put an RFID/NFC/credit pad over the "Qi" logo . Because the position. card between the wireless char- location of the power receiver may vary ger and a smartphone. This could depending on the smartphone, you will cause data corruption in the card. need to try and find the area that suits . Do not use the wireless charger your smartphone. with dust accumulated or dirt on Because some smartphone cases or ac- the pad. cessories may adversely affect charging,

2-68 Instruments and controls remove them before wireless charging. charger with a USB cable connected. This equipment should be installed and Turn off the vibration function of the However, charging is not performed. operated with a minimum distance of smartphone before wireless charging. . Depending on the type of the smart- 15cm between the radiator and your body. NOTE: phone, the indicator may remain . Only a Qi compatible smartphone illuminated in orange even when ISED Compliance Statement the charging process has been com- can be used. This device complies with RSS-Gen of IC pleted. . The smartphone may be warmed Rules during charging process and the FCC ID: BEJWC500MNM Operation is subject to the following charging may stop by the protection IC: 2703H-WC500MNM two conditions: function of the wireless charger. This (1) This device may not cause harmful is not a malfunction. If this occurs, This device complies with part 15 of the interference, and restart charging after the smart- FCC Rules and RSS-Gen of IC Rules. phone cooled down. The indicator Operation is subject to the following (2) This device must accept any inter- will blink in orange then turn off. two conditions: ference received, including interference . The wireless charging process may (1) This device may not cause harmful that may cause undesired operation. be stopped by the status of the interference, and Changes or modifications made to this smartphone (battery temperature, (2) This device must accept any inter- device, not expressly approved by LG etc.). ference received, including interference Vehicle Components Company, will void . If a radio noise interference occurs that may cause undesired operation. the user’s authority to operate the during charging process, put the equipment. Changes or modifications not expressly smartphone onto the center (“Qi” approved by the party responsible for ISED RF Radiation Exposure Statement: logo) position of the wireless char- compliance could void the user’s This equipment complies with ISED RF ger. authority to operate the equipment. Radiation exposure limits set forth for . The wireless charging process will an uncontrolled environment. This de- stop during process of searching the RF Radiation Exposure Statement: This vice and its antenna must not be co- Intelligent Key. equipment complies with FCC RF Radia- located or operating in conjunction with tion exposure limits set forth for an . The wireless charging process will any other antenna or transmitter. This uncontrolled environment. not be started when a USB (Univer- equipment should be installed to oper- sal Serial Bus) cable is connected to This device and its antenna must not be ate with a minimum distance of 15cm the smartphone. The indicator may co-located or operating in conjunction between the radiator and the end- illuminate in orange or blink if the with any other antenna or transmitter. user’s body and arms. smartphone is put on the wireless Instruments and controls 2-69 EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so equipped)

EMERGENCY SUPPORT be used in the following condi- collision and/or emergency. tions: NissanConnect® Services provide various . Park the vehicle in a safe location services to support dealing with emer- — Emergency functions and ser- and set the parking brake before gencies of the subscribed vehicle and the vices will not be available operating the Emergency Call driver. without a paid subscription (SOS) button. to NissanConnect® Services. For example, in case of an illness or . Only use this service in case of an serious injury, you can seek support by — The NissanConnect® Services emergency. There may be a pen- pushing the in-vehicle Emergency Call network system is disabled. alty for inappropriate use of the (SOS) button and connecting to the service. NissanConnect® Services Response Cen- — The vehicle moves outside the . Radio waves could adversely after. The NissanConnect® Services Re- service area where the TCU fect electric medical equipment. sponse Center can specify the location (Telematics Control Unit) is Individuals who use a pacemaker of the vehicle via GPS, and the informa- connected to the system. should contact the device manu- tion will be sent to the police or other — The vehicle is outside the area facturer regarding any possible agencies as needed. where the cellular network effects before using the system. For information about other NissanCon- service is receivable. . The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) nect® Services emergency support re- — The vehicle is in a location antenna is installed inside the lated services, contact the with poor signal reception upper central part of the instru- NissanConnect® Customer Support line such as tunnels, underground ment panel. An occupant should at 1-855-426-6628 or refer to the Nissan- parking garages, behind not get any closer to the antenna Connect® Services website www.nissanu- buildings or in mountainous than specified by the pacemaker sa.com/connect (for U.S.) or www.nissan. areas. manufacturer. The radio waves ca/nissanconnect (English)/www.nissan. from the TCU antenna may ad- ca/nissanconnect/fr (French) (for Cana- — The line is busy. versely affect the operation of the da). — The TCU (Telematics Control pacemaker while using the Nis- Unit) or other systems of your sanConnect® Services. vehicle are not working prop- WARNING erly. . Please note that the Automatic — It may not be possible to Collision Notification service and make an emergency call de- Emergency Call function cannot pending on the severity of a 2-70 Instruments and controls STORAGE

NOTE: . After the Emergency Call (SOS) but- CUP HOLDERS ton is pushed, it may take some time until the system initiates connec- CAUTION tion, depending on the technical environment and whether the TCU . (Telematics Control Unit) is being Avoid abrupt starting and braking used by other services. when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. . An indicator light on the Emergency If the liquid is hot, it can scald you Call (SOS) button shows the readi- or your passenger. ness of the emergency support system. If the indicator light is not . Use only soft cups in the cup illuminated, pushing the Emergency holder. Hard objects can injure Call (SOS) button does not connect you in an accident. WAC0491X your vehicle to the Response Spe- cialist. Making an emergency call The indicator light blinks while connected to the NissanConnect® Ser- The Emergency Call (SOS) button is lo- vices Response Center. cated near the map light. . Even when the indicator light is 1. Push the cover to expose the Emer- illuminated, connection to the Nis- gency Call (SOS) button . sanConnect® Services Response 2. Push the Emergency Call (SOS) button Center may not be possible. If this to make an emergency call. occurs in an emergency situation, contact the authorities by other 3. When the line is connected, speak to means. the Response Specialist. . To avoid disconnecting the line, If you want to cancel the emergency call, keep the engine running during an push and hold the Emergency Call (SOS) emergency call, if it is safe to do so. button for a few seconds.

Instruments and controls 2-71 WAC0422X JVI0873X WAC0423X Center console Door (front and rear) Front Rear seat ADJUSTABLE LUGGAGE FLOOR (if so The rear cup holders are located in the equipped) rear fold-down armrest. You can use the luggage compartment in SOFT BOTTLE HOLDERS different ways using the adjustable luggage boards. CAUTION WARNING . Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be Do not put objects heavier than 165 thrown about in the vehicle and lbs (75 kg) on the load floor while in possibly injure people during the upper position. sudden braking or an accident. . Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.

2-72 Instruments and controls CAUTION

. Do not push the front edge of the luggage board forcibly. Doing so may cause the luggage board to be tilted, resulting in personal injury. . Do not handle the luggage board forcibly as this may deform it. . While in the upper position, do not recline the seatbacks. . Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop WAC0527X or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. Before moving the rear (outer) luggage board, release the lock on the both sides of the board as shown.

Instruments and controls 2-73 WAC0328X WAC0526X

Two-stage mode 3. Pull up the front (inner) board and Vertical mode 1. Pull the rear board upward to push it into the bottom of the luggage under space in the same way . 1. Pull the rear board upward to 90°. approximately 30°. 2. Push down the board until it stops. 2. Pull the rear board toward the rear of the vehicle and then push it into the bottom of the luggage under space .

2-74 Instruments and controls WAC0561X WAC0532X WAC0424X

Luggage under space GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX To use the luggage under space, pull off To open the console box lids, push the the rear board. WARNING knob in the rearward. To close, push each lid down until the lock Keep glove box lid closed while driv- latches. ing to help prevent injury in an If something is put on top of either side of accident or a sudden stop. the lids, that side lid may not open. Remove any object and push the knob To open the glove box, pull the handle. again to open the lid. To close, push the lid in until the lock latches. The glove box light (if so equipped) illuminates when the headlight switch is turned on.

Instruments and controls 2-75 CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other than sunglasses. . Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder. WAC0545X WAC0425X LOWER CONSOLE TRAY SUNGLASSES HOLDER

CAUTION WARNING

Do not place any objects in lower Keep the sunglasses holder closed console tray that could be thrown while driving to avoid obstructing about vehicle and cause injury dur- the driver’s view and to help prevent ing sudden braking or collision. an accident.

2-76 Instruments and controls WAC0490X SIC3505 CARD HOLDER COAT HOOKS Slide a card in the card holder. The coat hook is located above the rear side window.

CAUTION WAC0329X Do not apply a total load of more than 2 lb (1 kg) to the hook. CARGO COVER (if so equipped) The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside. To use the cargo cover, pull it out and insert both sides to the guide . To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover and push the button . Instruments and controls 2-77 ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargo cover, no matter how small. Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop. . Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder. . The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the cargo cover or items in the luggage area. Remove the WAC0534X JVI0889X cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it in the luggage area. Also LUGGAGE HOOKS Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails. Cross bars must be installed secure any items in the luggage To use the hook, pull it down as illu- before applying load/cargo/luggage to area. Your child could be seriously strated. injured or killed in a collision if the the roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN top tether strap is damaged. accessory cross bars are available WARNING through a NISSAN dealer. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for . Always make sure that the cargo additional information. is properly secured. Use the sui- The service load capacity for the roof side table ropes and hooks. rails is 163 lb (74 kg), however do not . Unsecured cargo can become exceed the accessory cross bars load dangerous in an accident or sud- capacity. den stop. Be careful that your vehicle does not . Do not apply a total load of more exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook. (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and

2-78 Instruments and controls WINDOWS

GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V. . Properly secure all cargo with POWER WINDOWS M.S.S. certification label (located on the ropes or straps to help prevent it driver’s door pillar). For additional infor- from sliding or shifting. In a sud- mation regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer den stop or collision, unsecured WARNING to “Vehicle loading information” (P.10-13). cargo could cause personal injury. . Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the WARNING vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use . Always install the cross bars onto CAUTION the window lock switch to pre- the roof side rails before loading vent unexpected use of the cargo of any kind. Loading cargo Use care when placing or removing power windows. directly onto the roof side rails or items from the roof rack. If you . To help avoid risk of injury or the vehicle’s roof may cause ve- cannot comfortably lift the items hicle damage. death through unintended opera- onto the roof rack from the ground, tion of the vehicle and or its . Drive extra carefully when the use a ladder or a stool. systems, including entrapment vehicle is loaded at or near the in windows or inadvertent door cargo carrying capacity, espe- lock activation, do not leave chil- cially if the significant portion of dren, people who require the that load is carried on the cross assistance of others or pets un- bars. attended in your vehicle. Addi- . Heavy loading of the cross bars tionally, the temperature inside a has the potential to affect the closed vehicle on a warm day can vehicle stability and handling quickly become high enough to during sudden or unusual hand- cause a significant risk of injury ling maneuvers. or death to people and pets. . Roof rack cross bars should be evenly distributed. The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or for . Do not exceed maximum roof a period of time after the ignition switch is rack cross bars load. placed in the OFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened dur-

Instruments and controls 2-79 ing this period of time, power to the Locking rear passenger’s windows windows is canceled. When the window lock button is pushed (the indicator illuminates), the rear passenger’s windows cannot be operated with the rear passenger’s power window switch. The rear passenger’s windows can only be operated with the main switch (driver side switches). To cancel the passenger’s windows lock, push the window lock button again.

WAC0426X

1. Window lock button 2. Driver side window 3. Rear left passenger side window 4. Front passenger side window 5. Rear right passenger side window Main power window switch (driver’s side) To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it. The main switch (driver side switches) will open or close all the windows.

2-80 Instruments and controls Auto-reverse function (driver’s side)

WARNING

There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.

The auto-reverse function enables a window to automatically reverse when WAC0535X WAC0427X something is caught in the window as it is closing by the automatic function. Passenger side power window Automatic operation (driver’s side) When the control unit detects an obsta- switch The automatic function enables a win- cle, the window will be lowered immedi- The passenger’s switch can control its dow to fully open or close without holding ately. corresponding window. When the win- the switch down or up. Depending on the environment or driving dow lock button on the driver’s switch is To fully open the window, push the power conditions, the auto-reverse function pushed, the rear passenger’s switch can- window switch down to the second may activate if an impact or load similar not be operated. detent and release the switch. To fully to something being caught in the window close the window, pull the power window occurs. switch up to the second detent and Window timer: release the switch. The switch does not The window timer allows the window have to be held during window operation. switch to be operated for a short time To stop the window open/close opera- even if the ignition switch is placed in the tion during the automatic function, push OFF position. The window timer will be down or pull up the switch in opposite cancelled when the driver’s or front directions. passenger’s side door is opened or the preset time has expired. Instruments and controls 2-81 When power window switch does switch, then pull and hold it again to fully If the power window functions do not not operate close the window. operate properly after performing the *2: After pulling or pushing the power procedure above, have your vehicle If the power window automatic function checked by a NISSAN dealer. does not operate properly, perform the window switch and holding it for approxi- following procedure to initialize the mately 5 seconds or more, the window power window functions. will move again. 1. Close the door. If the window cannot automatically be closed since the auto-reverse function 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON activated due to a malfunction, perform position. the following procedure to cancel the 3. Pull the power window switch and auto-reverse function. hold it to fully close the window.*1 1. Pull the power window switch up until 4. Release the power window switch. the auto-reverse function is activated, 5. Pull the power window switch and then the window will reverse automa- hold it for approximately 5 seconds or tically. more.*2 2. Repeat the procedure twice. 6. Push the power window switch down 3. Pull the power window switch and and hold it to fully open the window. hold it to close the window to confirm 7. Release the power window switch. that the cancellation is completed. 8. Push the power window switch down and hold it for approximately 5 sec- WARNING onds or more.*2 9. Pull the power window switch and When the auto-reverse function is hold it to fully close the window.*1 canceled, the window will not auto- 10. Operate the window by the automatic matically reverse even if the control function (window open and close) to unit detects an obstacle. Make sure confirm that the initialization is com- that all passengers have their hands, plete. etc. inside the vehicle before closing the windows. *1: If the window stops before reaching the fully closed position, release the 2-82 Instruments and controls MOONROOF (if so equipped)

When the moonroof switch is pushed to WARNING the CLOSE position , the moonroof will automatically close. When the sunshade switch is pushed to the CLOSE position , . In an accident you could be the sunshade will close. (If the sunshade thrown from the vehicle through starts to close from the position between an open moonroof. Always use full and half open, the sunshade will stop seat belts and child restraints. half. When the switch is pushed again, the . Do not allow anyone to stand up sunshade will close fully. However, if the or extend any portion of their moonroof is open or tilted up, the sun- body out of the moonroof open- shade will not close beyond half.) ing while the vehicle is in motion To stop the sunshade or moonroof dur- or while the moonroof is closing. ing the operation, push the moonroof switch to either of the OPEN , , CLOSE WAC0330X , or UP position. CAUTION AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND Tilting moonroof . Remove water drops, snow, ice or SUNSHADE To tilt up the moonroof, push the moonroof switch to the up position . sand from the moonroof before Sliding sunshade and moonroof opening. To tilt down the moonroof, push the When the sunshade switch is pushed to switch to the CLOSE position . . Do not place any heavy object on the OPEN position , the sunshade open. the moonroof or surrounding (If the sunshade starts to open from the Comfort mode area. position between close and half open, the This is the position used when driving sunshade will stop half. When the switch with the moonroof open. When driving is pushed again, the sunshade will open with the moonroof fully open, wind noise fully.) When the moonroof switch is may be very loud. Use the comfort mode pushed to the OPEN position , the position when driving. moonroof opens to the comfort mode position. (If the sunshade is close, the sunshade will open half first. When the switch is pushed again, the moonroof will open fully.) Instruments and controls 2-83 Auto-reverse function If the moonroof does not operate ings and instructions for proper use If the moonroof and sunshade do not of the moonroof could result in WARNING operate properly, perform the following serious injury or death. procedure to initialize the operation sys- . Do not allow children to operate tem. There are some small distances just the moonroof. Improper opera- before the closed position which 1. If the moonroof and sunshade are tion by children may cause an cannot be detected. Make sure that open, close them fully by repeatedly accident. If children or others get all passengers have their hands, etc. pushing the moonroof switch to the caught in the moonroof, it could inside the vehicle before closing the CLOSE and position. cause serious injury. moonroof and sunshade. 2. Push and hold the moonroof switch to . To help avoid risk of injury or the CLOSE position for 10 seconds. death through unintended opera- The auto-reverse function enables the 3. After the moonroof and sunshade tion of the moonroof, place the moonroof and sunshade to automatically move slightly to the closed position ignition switch in the OFF position reverse when something is caught in the and then move back a little, release when leaving the vehicle, and do moonroof and sunshade as it is closing. the moonroof switch. not leave children and the Intelli- gent Key inside the vehicle. When the control unit detects an obsta- 4. Push and hold the moonroof switch to cle, the moonroof and sunshade will open the CLOSE position, and the glass . Do not activate the auto-reverse immediately. and shade will move. function intentionally. If hands or Depending on the environment or driving face, etc. get caught in the moon- 5. Release the moonroof switch. Then roof, it could cause serious injury. conditions, the auto-reverse function the moonroof and sunshade will fully may activate if an impact or load similar open and then fully close. to something being caught in the moonroof and sunshade occurs. 6. Check if the moonroof switch operates normally. CAUTION If the auto-reverse function activates consecutively or the battery is dis- . Do not place objects (such as charged, the moonroof and sunshade WARNING newspapers, handkerchiefs, etc.) may not close properly. In this case, push on the sunshade when it is ex- and hold the switch to the CLOSE position The driver is always responsible for tending or retracting causing im- to close the moonroof. operating the moonroof properly, proper operation or damage to including the operation by all pas- the sunshade. sengers. Failure to follow the warn- 2-84 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHTS

. Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands, etc., as this may CAUTION deform it. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may . Do not leave the light switch on result. when the engine is not running . Do not put any object into the for extended periods of time to sunshade inlet port as this may prevent the battery from being result in improper operation or discharged. damage the sunshade. . Turn off the lights when you leave . Do not hang any object on the the vehicle. arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade. . Do not forcefully pull the sun- WAC0066X shade. Doing so may elongate the sunshade. Improper opera- INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH tion or damage to the sunshade The interior light can be turned ON may result. regardless of door position. The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi- If the moonroof does not operate prop- tion when any door is opened. erly after performing the procedure The interior lights can be set to operate above, have your vehicle checked by a when the doors are opened. To turn off NISSAN dealer. the interior lights when a door is open, push the switch, the interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of door position. The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, or the driver’s door is closed and locked.

Instruments and controls 2-85 WAC0067X WAC0090X WAC0509X MAP LIGHTS ROOM LIGHTS (if so equipped) REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS (if so Push the button to turn the map lights Push the button to turn the room lights equipped) on. To turn them off, push the button on. To turn them off, push the button To turn the rear personal lights on, push again. again. the button. To turn them off, push the The lights will also turn off after a The lights will also turn off after a button again. period of time when the lights remain period of time when the lights remain The lights will also turn off after a illuminated to prevent the battery from illuminated to prevent the battery from period of time when the lights remain becoming discharged. becoming discharged. illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

2-86 Instruments and controls The light will also turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

WAC0492X JVI0248X VANITY MIRROR LIGHT CARGO LIGHT The light over the vanity mirror will turn The cargo light has a three-position on when the cover on the vanity mirror is switch. opened. ON position When the cover is closed, the light will When the cargo light switch is in the ON turn off. position , the cargo light illuminates, The lights will also turn off after a regardless of any condition. period of time when the lights remain DOOR position illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged. When the cargo light switch is in the DOOR position , the cargo light illuminates when the liftgate is opened. OFF position When the cargo light switch is in the OFF position , the cargo light does not illuminate, regardless of any condition. Instruments and controls 2-87 MEMO

2-88 Instruments and controls 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...... 3-3 Hood ...... 3-22 Intelligent Key ...... 3-3 Liftgate ...... 3-23 Doors ...... 3-5 Operating manual liftgate (if Locking with key ...... 3-5 so equipped)...... 3-23 Locking with inside lock knob ...... 3-6 Operating power liftgate (if so equipped) ...... 3-24 Locking with power door lock switch...... 3-6 Motion-activated liftgate (if Automatic door locks ...... 3-7 so equipped)...... 3-26 Child safety rear door lock...... 3-7 Garage mode system (if so equipped) ...... 3-27 Intelligent Key system ...... 3-7 Auto closure (if so equipped)...... 3-28 Intelligent Key operating range (models with liftgate release lever ...... 3-28 request switch) ...... 3-9 Fuel-filler door ...... 3-29 Door locks/unlocks precaution (models with Opening the fuel-filler door...... 3-29 request switch) ...... 3-10 How to refuel ...... 3-29 Intelligent Key operation (models with When refueling from a portable request switch) ...... 3-11 fuel container ...... 3-30 Battery saver system ...... 3-12 Tilt/telescopic steering ...... 3-31 Warning lights and audible reminders ...... 3-12 Tilt and telescopic operation ...... 3-31 Troubleshooting guide ...... 3-13 Sun visors...... 3-32 How to use remote keyless entry function ...... 3-15 Rear sunshade (if so equipped) ...... 3-32 Remote engine start (if so equipped) ...... 3-19 Mirrors ...... 3-33 Remote engine start operating range...... 3-20 Inside mirror ...... 3-33 Remote starting the engine ...... 3-20 Outside mirrors ...... 3-34 Extending engine run time ...... 3-20 Vanity mirror ...... 3-36 Canceling a remote engine start ...... 3-21 Memory seat (if so equipped) ...... 3-36 Conditions the remote engine start will Memory storage function ...... 3-36 not work...... 3-21 Entry/Exit function...... 3-38 System operation ...... 3-38 KEYS

cess requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer. A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate. SPA2406 JVP0155X A key number is only necessary when you Type A (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped) have lost all keys and do not have one to 1. Intelligent Key (2 sets) duplicate from. If you still have a key, it 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2 can be duplicated without knowing the sets) key number. 3. Key number plate INTELLIGENT KEY CAUTION Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to . Be sure to carry the Intelligent your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com- Key with you when driving. The ponents and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Intelligent Key is a precision de- System components. As many as 4 In- vice with a built-in transmitter. To telligent Keys can be registered and used avoid damaging it, please note with one vehicle. The new keys must be the following. registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and — The Intelligent Key is water JVP0177X NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of resistant; however, wetting Type B (if so equipped) your vehicle. Since the registration pro- may damage the Intelligent Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 Key. If the Intelligent Key gets If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, wet, immediately wipe until it NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code is completely dry. of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use — Do not bend, drop or strike it to unlock the vehicle. For information against another object. regarding the erasing procedure, it is — If the outside temperature is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly. — Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). SPA2033 — Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. Mechanical key — Do not use a magnet key To remove the mechanical key, release holder. the lock knob at the back of the Intelli- gent Key. — Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance To install the mechanical key, firmly insert such as a television set, per- it into the Intelligent Key until the lock sonal computer or cellular knob returns to the lock position. phone. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock — Do not allow the Intelligent the driver’s door. (See “Doors” (P.3-5).) Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function.

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments DOORS

CAUTION WARNING

Always carry the mechanical key . Always have the doors locked installed in the Intelligent Key. while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders. . Before opening any door, always WAD0251X look for and avoid oncoming traffic. LOCKING WITH KEY . To help avoid risk of injury or To lock the driver’s door, turn the driver’s death through unintended opera- door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle tion of the vehicle and or its . systems, including entrapment To unlock the driver’s door, turn the in windows or inadvertent door driver’s door key cylinder to the front of lock activation, do not leave chil- the vehicle . dren, people who require the assistance of others or pets un- To lock or unlock the other doors and the attended in your vehicle. Addi- liftgate, use the Intelligent Key function. tionally, the temperature inside a (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).) closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch (located on the driver’s and front passenger’s doors) will lock or unlock all the doors. To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver’s and front passenger’s doors open, then close the door. When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. To unlock the doors, push the power door SPA2726 WAD0239X lock switch to the unlock position . Example Driver’s armrest LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Lockout protection To lock the door without the key, move Lockout protection function helps to the inside lock knob to the lock position prevent the keys from being accidentally then close the door. locked inside the vehicle. To unlock, move the inside lock knob to When the power door lock switch (driver’s the unlock position . or front passenger’s side) is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key left To unlock and open the front door within the vehicle and any door open, all doors out using the lock knob, pull once on the will unlock automatically and a chime will door handle to unlock it, and again to sound after the door is closed. open it. When locking the door without a key, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. WAD0240X Front passenger’s armrest 3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS . All doors lock automatically when the WARNING vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h). . Radio waves could adversely af- . All doors unlock automatically when fect electric medical equipment. the ignition switch is placed in the OFF Those who use a pacemaker position or when the shift position is should contact the electric med- placed in the P (Park) position, if ical equipment manufacturer for selected. the possible influences before NOTE: use. . The Automatic door unlock feature can The Intelligent Key transmits be changed using the "Vehicle Settings" radio waves when the buttons menu on the vehicle information dis- are pushed. The FAA advises that play. (See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27).) WAD0021X the radio waves may affect air- craft navigation and communica- CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK tion systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an air- Child safety rear door locks help prevent plane. Make sure the buttons are the rear doors from being opened acci- not operated unintentionally dentally, especially when small children when the unit is stored during a are in the vehicle. flight. When the levers are in the lock position , the rear doors can be opened only The Intelligent Key system can operate all from the outside. the door locks using the remote control- To disengage, move the levers to the ler function or pushing the request switch unlock position . (if so equipped) on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation. Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 . When the vehicle is parked near a CAUTION parking meter. CAUTION In such cases, correct the operating . Be sure to carry the Intelligent conditions before using the Intelligent . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, Key with you when operating the Key function or use the mechanical key. which contains electrical compo- vehicle. Although the life of the battery varies nents, to come into contact with . Never leave the Intelligent Key in depending on the operating conditions, water or salt water. This could the vehicle when you leave the the battery’s life is approximately 2 years. affect the system function. vehicle. If the battery is discharged, replace it with . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. a new one. . Do not strike the Intelligent Key The Intelligent Key is always communi- When the Intelligent Key battery is low, an sharply against another object. indicator illuminates in the vehicle infor- cating with the vehicle as it receives radio . Do not change or modify the waves. The Intelligent Key system trans- mation display. (See “4. Key Battery Low Intelligent Key. mits weak radio waves. Environmental warning” (P.2-34).) . conditions may interfere with the opera- Since the Intelligent Key is continuously Wetting may damage the Intelli- tion of the Intelligent Key system under receiving radio waves, if the key is left gent Key. If the Intelligent Key the following operating conditions. near equipment which transmits strong gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. . When operating near a location where radio waves, such as signals from a TV strong radio waves are transmitted, and personal computer, the battery life . If the outside temperature is be- such as a TV tower, power station and may become shorter. low 14°F (−10°C) degrees, the bat- broadcasting station. For information regarding replacement of tery of the Intelligent Key may not . When in possession of wireless equip- a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery function properly. ment, such as a cellular phone, trans- replacement” (P.8-20). . Do not place the Intelligent Key ceiver, and CB radio. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be for an extended period in an area . When the Intelligent Key is in contact registered and used with one vehicle. For where temperatures exceed with or covered by metallic materials. information about the purchase and use 140°F (60°C). . When any type of radio wave remote of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom- . Do not attach the Intelligent Key control is used nearby. mended that you contact a NISSAN deal- with a key holder that contains a . When the Intelligent Key is placed near er. magnet. an electric appliance such as a perso- . Do not place the Intelligent Key nal computer. near equipment that produces a 3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal com- puters, cellular phone or wireless charger.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you contact a NISSAN dealer. For models with request switch: The WAD0230X Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the In- INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING If the Intelligent Key is too close to the telligent Key function, it is recommended door glass, handle or rear bumper, the that you contact a NISSAN dealer. RANGE (models with request switch) request switches may not function. When the Intelligent Key is within the The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within operating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to the specified operating range from the push the request switch to lock/unlock request switch . the doors including the liftgate. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly. The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) from each request switch .

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 . Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch.

SPA2407 SPA2408 DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU- TION (models with request switch) . Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli- gent Key is outside the vehicle. . After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them. . To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure SPA2710 you carry the key with you and then lock the doors. Example 3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments horn mode” (P.3-18). see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). . Doors lock with the door handle Welcome light function request switch while the ignition When you unlock the doors or the liftgate, switch is not in the OFF position. the daytime running lights, parking lights . Doors do not lock by pushing the and the tail lights will illuminate for a driver’s door handle request switch period of time. The welcome light func- while the driver’s door is open. How- tion can be disabled. For information ever, doors lock with the mechanical about disabling the welcome light func- key even if any door is open. tion, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). . Doors do not lock with the door Locking doors handle request switch with the In- telligent Key inside the vehicle and a 1. Push the park button to engage the P beep sounds to warn you. However, (Park) position. Place the ignition when an Intelligent Key is inside the WAD0147X switch in the OFF position and make vehicle, doors can be locked with Example sure you carry the Intelligent Key with another Intelligent Key. you. INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION (models with request switch) 2. Close all doors. 3. Push the door handle request switch CAUTION You can lock or unlock the doors without or the liftgate request switch taking the key out from your pocket or while carrying the Intelligent Key with . After locking the doors using the bag. you. request switch, make sure that When you carry the Intelligent Key with the doors have been securely 4. All doors and the liftgate will lock. you, you can lock or unlock all doors by locked by operating the door pushing the door handle request switch 5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice handles or the liftgate opener (located on the front and rear doors) or and the outside buzzer sounds twice. switch. liftgate request switch within the range NOTE: . When locking the doors using the of operation. . Request switches for all doors can request switch, make sure to When you lock or unlock the doors, the be deactivated when the “Ext. Door have the Intelligent Key in your hazard indicator will flash and the outside Switch” is turned off in the Vehicle possession before operating the chime will sound as a confirmation. For Settings of the vehicle information request switch to prevent the details, see “Setting hazard indicator and display. For additional information, Intelligent Key from being left in

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 the vehicle. matically after another 1 minute. When a chime or beep sounds or the warning display appears, be sure to check . NOTE: The request switch is operational the vehicle and Intelligent Key. only when the Intelligent Key has The unlocking operation can be chan- been detected by the Intelligent ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13) and Key system. Settings of the vehicle information dis- “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22). play. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). Unlocking doors 1. Push the door handle request switch Opening liftgate or the liftgate request switch 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. while carrying the Intelligent Key with 2. Push the liftgate opener switch . you. 3. The liftgate will unlock and then open. 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once. The cor- BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM responding door or the liftgate will When all the following conditions are met unlock. for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to 3. Push the request switch again within 1 prevent battery discharge. minute. . The ignition switch is in the ON posi- 4. The hazard indicator flashes once and tion. (See “Push-button ignition switch outside chime sounds once again. All positions” (P.5-16).) the doors and the liftgate will unlock. WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE RE- All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is MINDERS performed within 1 minute after pushing To help prevent the vehicle from moving the request switch while the doors are unexpectedly by erroneous operation of locked. the Intelligent Key listed on the following . Opening any door. chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside . Pushing the ignition switch. and outside the vehicle and the warning During this 1-minute time period, if the display appears on the vehicle informa- UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key tion display. is pushed, all doors will be locked auto- 3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take The Shift to P range warning appears on The shift position is not in the P Push the park button to engage the P the display and the inside warning chime (Park) position. (Park) position. sounds continuously. Carry the Intelligent Key inside the The Intelligent Key is not inside the vehicle and push the ignition switch When stopping the engine vehicle. once to stop the engine. “No Key Press and Hold to Stop Engine” message appears on the display. Rapidly push the ignition switch 3 There is not the Intelligent Key or consecutive times or push and hold the battery charge is low. the ignition switch for more than 2 seconds to stop the engine. When opening the driver’s The door/liftgate open warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF door to get out of the vehicle on the display. position. position. The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds Place the ignition switch in the OFF three times and the inside warning The engine is running. position. chime sounds for approximately 3 sec- When closing the door after onds. getting out of the vehicle The Rear Door Alert warning message Check the rear seat for all articles, appears on the display, the horn sounds clear the Rear Door Alert warning three times, pauses, and sounds three The Rear Door Alert is activated. message by using the steering more times, or a Check Rear Seat for All switches. Articles warning appears on the display. When pushing the door han- The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the dle request switch (if so Carry the Intelligent Key with you. mately 3 seconds. vehicle. equipped) Replace the battery with a new one. When pushing the ignition The Key Battery Low warning appears The Intelligent Key battery charge (See “Intelligent Key battery replace- switch to start the engine on the display. is low. ment” (P.8-20).)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 Symptom Possible cause Action to take When pushing the ignition The Key System Error warning appears It warns of a malfunction with the It is recommended that you contact a switch on the display. Intelligent Key system. NISSAN dealer.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS affect the system function. keyless entry function of the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function ENTRY FUNCTION . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. can operate at a distance of approxi- . Do not strike the Intelligent Key mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The WARNING sharply against another object. operating distance depends upon the . Do not change or modify the conditions around the vehicle.) . Radio waves could adversely af- Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function will not fect electric medical equipment. . Wetting may damage the Intelli- operate: Those who use a pacemaker gent Key. If the Intelligent Key . When the Intelligent Key is not within should contact the electric med- gets wet, immediately wipe until the operational range. ical equipment manufacturer for it is completely dry. . When the Intelligent Key battery is the possible influences before . discharged. use. If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- The remote keyless entry function can . The Intelligent Key transmits tery of the Intelligent Key may not also operate the vehicle alarm. radio waves when the buttons function properly. are pushed. The FAA advises that . the radio waves may affect air- Do not place the Intelligent Key craft navigation and communica- for an extended period in an area tion systems. Do not operate the where temperatures exceed Intelligent Key while on an air- 140°F (60°C). plane. Make sure the buttons are . Do not attach the Intelligent Key not operated unintentionally with a key holder that contains a when the unit is stored during a magnet. flight. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, CAUTION audio equipment, personal com- puters, cellular phone or wireless charger. . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical compo- The remote keyless entry function can nents, to come into contact with operate all door locks using the remote water or salt water. This could Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 Locking doors 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position. 2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.* 3. Close all the doors. 4. Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key. 5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock. 6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. *: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ON SPA1926B WAD0030X position. Type A (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped) Operate the door handles to confirm that LOCK button the doors have been securely locked. UNLOCK button Unlocking doors Power liftgate button 1. Push the UNLOCK button on PANIC button the Intelligent Key once. Remote engine start button 2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The When you lock or unlock the doors or the driver’s door will unlock. liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn will sound as a confirmation. For 3. Push the UNLOCK button again details, see “Setting hazard indicator and within 1 minute. horn mode” (P.3-18). 4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the doors and the liftgate will unlock. All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing WAD0148X the UNLOCK button while the doors Type B (if so equipped) are locked. 3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . Opening any door (including the lift- moves in the closing direction and when gate). the liftgate is near the fully close position, . Pushing the ignition switch. it moves in the opening direction. During this 1-minute time period, if the Using panic alarm UNLOCK button is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another If you are near your vehicle and feel 1 minute. threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows: NOTE: 1. Push the PANIC button on the The unlocking operation can be chan- Intelligent Key for more than 0.5 ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle seconds. Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see 2. The theft warning alarm and head- “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). lights will stay on for 25 seconds. 3. The panic alarm stops when: WAD0031X Opening/closing liftgate (if so . equipped) It has run for 25 seconds, or . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Intelligent Key button operation 1. Push the power liftgate button Key is pushed. for more than 1 second. light 2. The liftgate will automatically open. Remote engine start (if so The light blinks only when you push any equipped) button on the Intelligent Key. The light The outside chime sounds 3 times for illumination only signifies that the Intelli- The remote engine start button is approximately 3 seconds. gent Key has transmitted a signal. You on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has To close the liftgate, push the power may look and/or listen to verify that the remote engine start function. This func- liftgate button for more than 1 vehicle has performed the intended option allows the engine to start from second. eration. If the light does not blink, your outside the vehicle. See “Remote engine battery may be too weak to communi- The liftgate will automatically close. start” (P.3-19). cate to the vehicle. If this occurs, the If the button is pushed while the battery may need to be replaced. liftgate is being opened or closed, the liftgate will immediately stop. Pushing the For additional information regarding the button again will reverse the direc- replacement of a battery, see “Intelligent tion of the liftgate. However, when the Key battery replacement” (P.8-20). liftgate is near the fully open position, it Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 Setting hazard indicator and horn Hazard indicator and horn mode: mode Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and Pushing door handle request switch horn mode when you first receive the HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once or liftgate request switch (if so OUTSIDE CHIME - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - once vehicle. equipped) In hazard indicator and horn mode, when HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once Pushing or button the LOCK button is pushed, the HORN - once HORN - none hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK Hazard indicator mode: button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes once. Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Pushing door handle request switch If horns are not necessary, the system HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none (if so equipped) can be switched to the hazard indicator OUTSIDE CHIME - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none or liftgate request switch mode. HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none Pushing or button In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK HORN - none HORN - none button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)

Switching procedure: To switch the hazard indicator and horn WARNING (chime) operation, push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the Intel- To avoid risk of injury or death, do ligent Key simultaneously for more than 4 not use the remote engine start seconds. function when the vehicle is in an . When the hazard indicator mode is enclosed area such as a garage. set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times. . When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.

JVP0446X Example The remote engine start button is on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle. Some systems, such as the air conditioner system, will turn on during a remote engine start, if the system was on the The horn operation can also be turned on last time the ignition switch was turned or off in the vehicle information display. off. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27). Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote engine starters. For example, some laws require a person using remote engine start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for any requirements. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 Other conditions may affect the remote 3. Push the LOCK button again. EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME engine start function. See “Conditions the 4. Within 5 seconds push and hold the The remote engine start function can be remote engine start will not work” (P.3-21). remote engine start button until extended one time by performing the Other conditions can affect the perfor- the turn signal lights flash and the tail steps listed in “Remote starting the en- mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter. lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not gine” (P.3-20). Run time will be calculated See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for within view, push and hold the remote as follows: additional information. engine start button for at least 2 . The first 10 minute run time will start seconds. REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING when the remote engine start func- RANGE The following events will occur when the tion is performed. engine starts: . The remote engine start function can The second 10 minutes will start im- . only be used when the Intelligent Key is The front parking lights will turn on mediately when the remote engine within the specified operating range from and remain on as long as the engine is start function is performed. For exam- the vehicle. running. ple, if the engine has been running for . The doors will be locked and the air 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- the engine will run for a total of 15 charged or other strong radio wave conditioner system may turn on. . The engine will continue to run for minutes. sources are present near the operating . location, the Intelligent Key operating about 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to Extending engine run time will count range becomes narrower, and the Intelli- extend the time for an additional 10 towards the two remote engine start gent Key may not function properly. minutes. See “Extending engine run limit. time” (P.3-20). A maximum of two remote engine starts, The remote engine start operating range Depress and hold the brake pedal, then or a single start with an extension can be is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the used. vehicle. place the ignition switch in the ON position before driving. For further instruc- The vehicle needs to be driven at speeds REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE tions, see “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-19). of 4 MPH (7 km/h) before the remote To use the remote start function to start engine start procedure can be used the engine, perform the following: again. 1. If the doors are unlocked, push the LOCK button to lock all doors. 2. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal START START WILL NOT WORK entry into the vehicle. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indi- To cancel a remote engine start, perform The remote engine start will not operate cate the function is not operated.) one of the following: if any of the following conditions are . Two remote engine starts, or a single present: . Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle remote engine start with an exten- and push the remote engine start . The ignition switch is placed in the ON sion, have already been used. (To use button until the front parking lights position. the remote engine start function turn off. . The hood is not securely closed. again, the vehicle needs to be driven . Turn on the hazard indicator flashers. . The hazard indicator flashers are on. at speeds of 4 MPH (7 km/h).) . Cycle the ignition switch ON and then . The engine is still running. The engine . The shift position is not in the P (Park) OFF. must be completely stopped. This is position. . The extended engine run time has not applicable when extending engine expired. run time. . The first 10 minute timer has expired. . The remote engine start button is . The engine hood has been opened. not pushed and held for at least 2 . The shift position is shifted out of the seconds. P (Park) position. . The remote engine start button is . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal not pushed and held within 5 seconds entry into the vehicle. of pushing the LOCK button. . . The ignition switch is pushed without The doors are not closed and locked. an Intelligent Key in the vehicle. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indicate the function is not . The ignition switch is pushed with an operated.) Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the . brake pedal is not depressed. The liftgate is open. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indi- . The accelerator pedal is depressed. cate the function is not operated.) . The vehicle moves after a remote . The Key System Error warning mes- engine start. (The hazard indicator sage remains on in the vehicle infor- flashers blink once and the engine is mation display. stopped.)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 HOOD

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident. . Never open the hood if steam or smoke is coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury.

WAD0150X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle When closing the hood: located below the driver’s side instru- 1. While supporting the hood, return the ment panel; the hood springs up support rod to its original position. slightly. 2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12 2. Push the lever underneath the front in (20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock, of the hood sideways as illustrated then let it drop. with your fingertips. 3. Make sure it is securely latched. 3. Raise the hood. 4. Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot . Hold the coated parts when removing or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts, as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped.

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments LIFTGATE

WARNING CAUTION

. Always be sure the liftgate has Do not use accessory carriers that been closed securely to prevent it attach to the liftgate. Doing so will from opening while driving. cause damage to the vehicle. . Do not drive with the liftgate open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” (P.5-5). . To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended opera- WAD0151X tion of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment OPERATING MANUAL LIFTGATE (if in windows or inadvertent door so equipped) lock activation, do not leave chil- To open the liftgate, unlock it. Pull up the dren, people who require the liftgate to open. assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Addi- The liftgate can be unlocked by: tionally, the temperature inside a . pushing the UNLOCK button on closed vehicle on a warm day can the Intelligent Key. quickly become high enough to . pushing the liftgate request switch (if cause a significant risk of injury so equipped). or death to people and pets. . pushing the door handle request . Always be sure that hands and switch (if so equipped). feet are clear of the door frame to To close the liftgate, pull down until it avoid injury while closing the securely locks. liftgate.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 OPERATING POWER LIFTGATE (if so equipped) To operate the power liftgate, the vehicle must be in the P (Park) position. The power liftgate will not operate if the battery voltage is low. The power liftgate operation can be activated or deactivated in the vehicle information display. (See “Vehicle Set- tings” (P.2-27).) NOTE: . For models with motion-activated liftgate: When washing, waxing or maintaining your vehicle, placing or WAD0233X WAD0152X replacing the body cover, or splash- Power liftgate switch — Instrument panel Power liftgate button - Key (example) ing water to the area around the kick motion sensor, turn off the power liftgate. . If the power open or close operation is performed consecutively, the safety mode activates and the operation cannot be performed for a certain period of time. In this case, wait for a while and then perform the operation.

WAD0236X WAD0153X Liftgate opener switch Power liftgate close and lock switches — Liftgate 3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Power open (using switches) . pushing the power liftgate button the reverse direction if one of the above When the liftgate is fully closed, the on the key for more than 1 second actions is performed again. . liftgate will fully open automatically by: pushing the power liftgate close The outside chime sounds when the . switch on the lower part of the liftgate starts to reverse. pushing the power liftgate switch liftgate for 1 second on the instrument panel for more Auto reverse function than 1 second The outside chime sounds when the . liftgate starts closing. The auto-reverse function enables the pushing the liftgate opener switch liftgate to automatically reverse when . pushing the power liftgate button Power close and lock something is caught in the liftgate as it on the key for more than 1 second When the liftgate is fully opened and the is opening or closing. When the control The outside chime sounds when the Intelligent Key is carried with you near the unit detects an obstacle, the liftgate will liftgate starts opening. liftgate, the liftgate will fully close and lock reverse and return to the full open or full NOTE: automatically by pushing the power lift- close position. gate lock switch on the lower part of The liftgate can be opened by the If a second obstacle is detected, the the liftgate. power liftgate switch or the power liftgate motion will stop. The liftgate will liftgate button even if the The outside chime sounds when the enter the manual mode. liftgate is locked. The liftgate can be liftgate starts closing. A pinch sensor is mounted on each side unlocked and opened independently of Stop and reverse function (if so of the liftgate. If an obstacle is detected the other doors, even when they are by the pinch sensor during power close, locked. The liftgate must be unlocked equipped) the liftgate will reverse and return to the (or the Intelligent Key must be within The power liftgate will stop immediately if full open position immediately. range) to open with the liftgate opener one of the following actions is performed NOTE: switch . during power open or close. . If the pinch sensor is damaged or Power close (using switches) pushing the power liftgate switch removed, the power close function will When the liftgate is fully opened, the . pushing the liftgate opener switch not operate. liftgate will fully close automatically by: . pushing the power liftgate close . pushing the power liftgate switch switch on the lower part of the WARNING on the instrument panel for more liftgate than 1 second . pushing the power liftgate button on the key There is a small distance immediately before the closed position that And then the power liftgate will move in cannot be detected. Make sure that Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25 all passengers keep their hands, etc., MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE (if so clear from the liftgate opening be- equipped) fore closing the liftgate. The liftgate can be operated using a quick kicking motion under the center of the Manual mode rear bumper. If power operation is not available, the The kick motion sensor is located on liftgate can be operated manually. Power the back of the rear bumper. when you operation may not be available if multiple move your foot under and then away obstacles have been detected in a single from the operating range similar to a power cycle or if the battery voltage is kicking motion, while carrying the Intelli- low. When the power liftgate is turned off, gent Key with you, the liftgate will open or the liftgate can be opened manually by close automatically. pushing the liftgate opener switch. If the Proper operation technique power liftgate opener switch is pushed WAD0154X . While at the rear of the vehicle, begin during power open or close, the power making a quick forward kicking mo- operation will be canceled and the liftgate tion. can be operated manually. This will allow . Raise your foot straight under the normal power operation functions to center of the rear bumper then im- resume. mediately return your foot to the ground in a continuous motion. . You do not need to hold your foot under the bumper or move it side to side. Immediately return your foot to the ground. . The kicking motion should be straight, smooth and consistent. . After your kick motion is complete, step back and allow the liftgate to JVP0487X open/close.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . Three beeps will sound and the lift- Stop and reverse function gate will begin moving within 2 sec- CAUTION The power liftgate will stop immediately if onds after the kick. a kick motion is performed during power . When the Intelligent Key is carried open or close. The liftgate can be stopped WARNING with you near the liftgate, even even if you do not carry the Intelligent someone, who does not carry the Key. Intelligent Key, may be able to Prevent unintentional liftgate open- And then the power liftgate will move in open or close the liftgate with a ing/closing. There may be conditions the reverse direction if a kick motion is kick motion. when opening/closing the liftgate is performed again. The power liftgate can not desired. Keep the Intelligent Key . Do not perform a kick motion be reversed when you carry the Intelli- out of range of the liftgate, (7 ft (2 m) near the exhaust system compo- gent Key. or more) or inside the vehicle, when nents while they are hot. You may GARAGE MODE SYSTEM (if so severely burn yourself. washing or working around the back equipped) of the vehicle. . Do not perform a kick motion on an unstable place (for example, The liftgate can be set to open to a on a slope or a muddy ground, specific height by performing the follow- NOTE: ing: . The kick motion sensor may not etc.). function under the following condi- 1. Open the liftgate. tions: Power open or close function 2. Pull the liftgate down to the desired — When operating near a location position and hold the liftgate (the The liftgate will fully open automatically where strong radio waves are liftgate will have some resistance using the kick motion sensor. transmitted, such as a TV tower, when being manually adjusted). power station or broadcasting 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. 3. While holding the liftgate in position, station. 2. Move your foot under and away from press and hold the power liftgate — When the vehicle is parked near a the rear bumper similarly to a kicking close and lock switch located on parking meter. motion within the operation range of the liftgate for approximately 3 sec- . The power liftgate may not operate the kick motion sensor. onds or until 2 beeps are heard. when your foot remains in the oper- 3. The liftgate will automatically open or The liftgate will open to the selected ating range . close. position setting. To change the position of the liftgate, repeat steps 1-3 for setting the position of the liftgate.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27 . Do not let children operate the CAUTION liftgate.

Do not set the height of the liftgate below approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor using garage mode. Even if you set the height below approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor, the height will automatically be set to approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor.

AUTO CLOSURE (if so equipped) When the liftgate reaches the secondary WAD0155X position, the closure motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVER position. If the liftgate cannot be opened with the Do not apply excessive force when the power door lock switch due to a dis- auto closure is operating. Excessive charged battery, follow these steps. force applied may cause the mechan- 1. Fold the rear seats down. (See “Seats” ism to malfunction. (P.1-3).) 2. Insert a suitable tool in the access CAUTION opening. Move the release lever to the left. The liftgate will be unlatched. . The liftgate will automatically 3. Push the liftgate up to open. close from the secondary posi- Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as tion. To avoid pinching, keep possible for repair. hands and fingers away from liftgate opening.

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments FUEL-FILLER DOOR

CAUTION

. Avoid applying direct water pressure, such as high-pressured sprayer, on or around the fuel- filler door. . Be sure to close the fuel-filler door before using an automatic car wash or a high-pressured car wash.

WAD0231X JVP0524X OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR HOW TO REFUEL To open the fuel-filler door, push the The fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel- middle left side of the door. filler cap. After opening the fuel-filler door, insert the fuel pump nozzle directly into the fuel-filler opening. When the fuel pump nozzle is pulled out, the fuel-filler opening will be sealed. To refuel: Be sure to insert the fuel pump nozzle slowly into the fuel-filler opening as far as it will go before fueling. Never move the nozzle during refueling. Pull out the nozzle approximately 5 seconds after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically (initial shut-off).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29 Close the fuel-filler door after refueling. stop engine and do not smoke or If you need to refuel from a portable fuel allow open flames or sparks near container, use the funnel supplied with the vehicle when refueling. your vehicle. (See “When refueling from a . Do not attempt to top off the fuel portable fuel container” (P.3-30).) tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Contin- CAUTION ued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. . Do not attempt to open the flaps . on the fuel-filler opening using Never pour fuel into the throttle any tool other than the fuel pump body to attempt to start your nozzle. vehicle. . . This fuel-filler opening is only Do not fill a portable fuel contain- conformable to normal fuel pump er in the vehicle or trailer. Static nozzles at gas stations. Using a electricity can cause an explosion nozzle with a small diameter may of flammable liquid, vapor or gas damage the opening and the fuel in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce system. the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel contain- . If fuel is spilled on the vehicle ers: body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage. — Always place the container on the ground when filling. WAD0214X — Do not use electronic devices WARNING when filling. WHEN REFUELING FROM A PORTA- — Keep the pump nozzle in con- BLE FUEL CONTAINER . Gasoline is extremely flammable tact with the container while If you need to refuel from a portable fuel and highly explosive under cer- you are filling it. container, use the funnel stored in the tain conditions. You could be — Use only approved portable tool bag (located under the luggage burned or seriously injured if it is fuel containers for flammable board). misused or mishandled. Always liquid. Be sure to insert the funnel into the fuel- 3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING filler opening slowly and fully. Insert the nozzle of the portable fuel container into WARNING the opening along the funnel and fill the fuel tank. . Do not adjust the steering wheel After refueling, remove the funnel from while driving. You could lose con- the fuel-filler opening. Wipe the funnel trol of your vehicle and cause an clean and return it to the tool bag. accident. . Do not adjust the steering wheel CAUTION any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort. The driver’s air . Do not insert the nozzle of the bag inflates with great force. If portable fuel container directly you are unrestrained, leaning for- into the fuel-filler opening. Doing ward, sitting sideways or out of so may damage the opening and WAD0127X position in any way, you are at the fuel system. greater risk of injury or death in a TILT AND TELESCOPIC OPERATION . Use only the funnel provided with crash. You may also receive ser- Pull the lock lever down and adjust the your vehicle. Otherwise, the fuel- ious or fatal injuries from the air steering wheel up, down, forward or filler opening and the fuel system bag if you are up against it when rearward to the desired position. Push may be damaged. it inflates. Always sit back against the lock lever up securely to lock the the seatback and as far away as steering wheel in place. practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31 SUN VISORS REAR SUNSHADE (if so equipped)

2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side . 3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed.

CAUTION

. Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position. . Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward. WAD0237X

CAUTION

. Do not release the rear sunshade during operation. This could damage the sunshade or cause injury. . Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Doing so may elongate the sunshade. This could cause improper operation or could damage the sunshade. WAD0250X . Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade. This could 1. To block glare from the front, swing cause improper operation or down the main sun visor . 3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS

could damage the sunshade.

The rear sunshades are equipped on the rear seat windows. To raise the sunshade, pull the knob up and hang the sunshade on the hooks . To store the sunshade, remove the sunshade from the hooks and lower it.

SPA2447 SPA2143

INSIDE MIRROR Manual anti-glare type (if so Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to equipped) the desired position. The night position will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night. Use the day position when driving in daylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33 indicator light will turn off. Push the switch again to turn the system on. Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor , resulting in improper operation. OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when SPA2162 moving to the right. Using only this WAD0229X mirror could cause an accident. Use Automatic anti-glare type (if so the inside mirror or glance over your Adjusting outside mirrors equipped) shoulder to properly judge distances The outside mirror control switch is The inside mirror is designed so that it to other objects. located on the driver’s armrest. automatically changes reflection accord- The outside mirror will operate only when ing to the intensity of the headlights of the ignition switch is in the ON position. the following vehicle. Push either the right or left switch to The anti-glare system will be automati- select the right or left side mirror (the cally turned on when the ignition switch is indicator light on the selected mirror placed in the ON position. switch illuminates), then adjust using When the anti-glare system is turned on, the control switch. the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced. Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally. The

3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Defrosting outside mirrors (if so 3. Choose the right or left outside mirror equipped) by operating the outside mirror control switch. The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is 4. The selected outside mirror surface operated. (See “Rear window and outside moves downward. mirror defroster switch” (P.2-55).) When one of the following conditions has occurred, the outside mirror surface will return to its original position. . The shift lever is moved out of the R (Reverse) position for a short period of time when the vehicle speed is lower than 5 MPH (8 km/h). . The vehicle speed exceeds 5 MPH (8 WAD0121X km/h). Example . The selected outside mirror is dese- lected using the outside mirror control Foldable outside mirrors switch. Fold the outside mirror by pushing it . The ignition switch is placed in the toward the rear of the vehicle. OFF position. Reverse tilt-down feature (if so . The engine is stopped. equipped) When backing up the vehicle, the right or left outside mirror will turn downward automatically to provide better rear visibility. 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. 2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35 MEMORY SEAT (if so equipped)

The memory seat system has the following features: . Memory storage function . Entry/exit function

WAD0238X WAD0228X VANITY MIRROR MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION To use the vanity mirror, pull down the Two positions for the driver’s seat and sun visor and pull up the cover. outside mirrors can be stored in the memory switch. Follow these procedures to use the memory system. 1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch. For additional information, refer to “Seats” (P.1-3) and “Outside mirrors” (P.3-34). 2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).

3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3. The indicator light for the pushed Linking log-in function to a stored Linking an Intelligent Key to a memory switch will come on and stay memory position (models with na- stored memory position (models on for approximately 5 seconds. vigation system) without navigation system) 4. The chime will sound if the memory The log-in function can be linked to a Each Intelligent Key can be linked to a has been stored. stored memory position with the follow- stored memory position (memory switch NOTE: ing procedure. 1 or 2) with the following procedure. If a new memory position is stored in 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON 1. Follow steps 1-3 in the “Memory sto- the same memory switch, the previous position while carrying the Intelligent rage function” (P.3-36) for storing the memory position will be overwritten by Key that was registered to the vehicle memory position. the new stored position. with a log-in function. 2. The indicator light for the pushed Confirming memory storage NOTE: memory switch will come on. While Push the SET switch. If a memory position Make sure the Intelligent Key is far the indicator light is on for 5 seconds, has not been stored in the switch (1 or 2) apart. Otherwise, the vehicle may press the button and the the indicator light for the respective detect the wrong Intelligent Key. button on the Intelligent Key in suc- switch will come ON for approximately 2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat cession. The indicator light of the 0.5 seconds. If a memory position has and outside mirrors. (See “Seats” (P.1-3) linked memory switch will blink. After been stored in the switch (1 or 2) then the and “Outside mirrors” (P.3-34).) the indicator light goes off, the Intel- indicator light for the respective switch ligent Key is linked to that memory 3. Place the ignition switch in the OFF setting. will stay ON for approximately 5 seconds. position. Once it is linked, when ignition switch is Recalling switch memory positions The next time you log in (selecting the placed in the OFF position, pressing the To recall the manually stored positions, user on the display) after placing the button on the Intelligent Key will push the memory switch (1 or 2). The ignition switch in the ON position while move the driver’s seat and outside mir- driver’s seat and the outside mirrors will carrying the Intelligent Key, the system rors to the linked memory switch posi- move to the positions stored in the will automatically adjust to the memor- tion. memory switch. ized driving position. (See the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.) NOTE: If a new memory position is stored in the linked memory switch, then the Intelligent Key will link the new position and overwrites the previous position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-37 ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION SYSTEM OPERATION This system is designed so that the The memory seat system will not work or driver’s seat will automatically move will stop operating under the following when the shift position is in the P (Park) conditions: position. This allows the driver to get into . When the vehicle is moving. (The and out of the driver’s seat more easily. driver’s seat returning function can The driver’s seat will slide backward: be operated if the vehicle speed is . When the driver’s door is opened with below 2 MPH (3 km/h).) the ignition switch placed in the OFF . When any of the memory switches are position. pushed while the memory seat sys- . When the ignition switch is changed tem is operating. from ON to OFF with the driver’s door . When the switch for the driver’s seat is open. pushed while the memory seat sys- The driver’s seat will return to the pre- tem is operating. vious position: . When the seat has already been moved to the memorized position. . When the ignition switch is placed in . the ON position while the shift posi- When no seat position is stored in the tion is in the P (Park) position. memory switch. . The entry/exit function can be canceled When the shift lever is moved from P through “Vehicle Settings” in the vehicle (Park) to any other position. information display by performing the following: . Switch the “Exit Seat Slide” from ON to OFF. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-27).

3-38 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual ...... 4-2 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ...... 4-2 so equipped) ...... 4-22 RearView Monitor system operation ...... 4-3 MOD system operation ...... 4-22 How to read the displayed lines ...... 4-3 Turning MOD on and off ...... 4-24 Difference between predictive and MOD system limitations ...... 4-24 actual distances ...... 4-4 System maintenance ...... 4-25 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-5 Ventilators ...... 4-26 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-7 Center ventilators ...... 4-26 How to turn on and off predictive Side ventilators ...... 4-26 course lines...... 4-7 Rear ventilators...... 4-26 RearView Monitor system limitations...... 4-7 Heater and air conditioner...... 4-27 System maintenance ...... 4-8 Manual air conditioner and heater ...... 4-28 Intelligent Around View® Monitor (if Automatic air conditioner (models without so equipped) ...... 4-9 rear control) ...... 4-32 Intelligent Around View® Monitor Automatic air conditioner (models with system operation ...... 4-10 rear control) ...... 4-35 Difference between predictive and Operating tips (for automatic actual distances ...... 4-14 air conditioner) ...... 4-38 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-16 Servicing air conditioner...... 4-38 How to switch the display ...... 4-17 Antenna ...... 4-39 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-18 Shark fin antenna ...... 4-39 Intelligent Around View® Monitor Car phone or CB radio ...... 4-39 system limitations ...... 4-19 System maintenance ...... 4-21 NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

For models with NissanConnect® System, refer to NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual that includes the following information. Available functions may vary depending on the models and specifications. . Audio . Hands-Free Phone . Apple CarPlay® . Android AutoTM . NissanConnect® Services powered by SiriusXM® . Navigation system . Voice recognition . Information and settings viewable on NissanConnect®

WAE0334X

1. CAMERA button result in serious injury or death. . RearView Monitor is a conveni- WARNING ence feature and is not a substitute for proper backing. Always . Failure to follow the warnings turn and look out the windows, and instructions for proper use and check mirrors to be sure that of the RearView Monitor could it is safe to move before operat- 4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems ing the vehicle. Always back up slowly. . The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle. . The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual WAE0335X WAE0241X distance between the vehicle and displayed objects. To display the rear view, the RearView HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED Monitor system uses a camera located LINES just above the vehicle’s license plate. Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle CAUTION REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP- width and distances to objects with ERATION reference to the bumper line are Do not scratch the camera lens when When the ignition switch is placed in the displayed on the monitor. cleaning dirt or snow from the front ON position, move the shift lever to the R Distance guide lines: of the camera. (Reverse) position to operate the Rear- Indicate distances from the vehicle body. View Monitor. . Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) The RearView Monitor system automati- . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) cally shows a rear view of the vehicle . when the shift lever is placed in the R Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) (Reverse) position. Vehicle width guide lines : The radio can still be heard while the Indicate the vehicle width when backing RearView Monitor is active. up.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3 Predictive course lines : Indicate the predictive course when backing up. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and if the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guide lines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guide lines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and WAE0286X WAE0287X view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill positioning of objects behind the vehicle. When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle guide lines are shown closer than the width guide lines are shown farther than actual distance. Note that any object on the actual distance. Note that any object the hill is farther than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. monitor.

4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems position if the object projects over the actual backing up course. HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

WAE0289X WAE0290X 1. Visually check that the parking space 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting is safe before parking your vehicle. the steering wheel so that the pre- 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis- dictive course lines enter the park- played on the screen when the shift ing space . lever is moved to the R (Reverse) 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make position. the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while referring to the predictive course lines. 4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. When the vehicle is parked in the HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PRE- space completely, place the shift posi- DICTIVE COURSE LINES tion to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. Pushing the CAMERA button while the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position can turn on and off the predictive course lines. REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM- ITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita- WAE0034X tions for RearView Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance ADJUSTING THE SCREEN with these system limitations could 1. Push the MENU button. result in serious injury or death. 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then . The system cannot completely touch the “Camera” key. eliminate blind spots and may 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. not show every object. . 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Underneath the bumper and the “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or Monitor because of its monitoring “–” key on the touch screen display. range limitation. The system will NOTE: not show small objects below the Do not adjust any of the display settings bumper, and may not show ob- of the RearView Monitor while the jects close to the bumper or on vehicle is moving. Make sure the park- the ground. ing brake is firmly applied.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7 . Objects viewed in the RearView electric shock. Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens The following are operating limitations is used. and do not represent a system malfunc- . Objects in the RearView Monitor tion: will appear visually opposite . When the temperature is extremely compared to when viewed in the high or low, the screen may not clearly rearview and outside mirrors. display objects. . Use the displayed lines as a re- . When strong light directly shines on ference. The lines are highly af- the camera, objects may not be dis- fected by the number of played clearly. occupants, fuel level, vehicle po- . Vertical lines may be seen in objects sition, road conditions and road on the screen. This is due to strong grade. reflected light from the bumper. WAE0335X . Make sure that the liftgate is . The screen may flicker under fluores- securely closed when backing up. cent light. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . Do not put anything on the rear- . The colors of objects on the RearView view camera. The rearview cam- Monitor may differ somewhat from CAUTION era is installed above the license the actual color of objects. plate. . Objects on the monitor may not be . Do not use alcohol, benzine or clear in a dark environment. . When washing the vehicle with thinner to clean the camera. This . high-pressure water, be sure not There may be a delay when switching will cause discoloration. to spray it around the camera. between views. . Do not damage the camera as the Otherwise, water may enter the . If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on monitor screen may be adversely camera unit causing water con- the camera, the RearView Monitor affected. densation on the lens, a malfunc- may not display objects clearly. Clean tion, fire or an electric shock. the camera. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the . . Do not use wax on the camera lens. Do not strike the camera. It is a camera , RearView Monitor may not Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth precision instrument. Otherwise, display objects clearly. Clean the camera dampened with a diluted mild clean- it may malfunction or cause da- by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a mage resulting in a fire or an ing agent, then wipe with a dry cloth. 4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so equipped) diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.

WAE0475X

1. CAMERA button View® Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. WARNING . The Intelligent Around View® Monitor is a convenience feature . Failure to follow the warnings and is not a substitute for proper and instructions for the proper vehicle operation because it has use of the Intelligent Around areas where objects cannot be Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9 viewed. The four corners of the Available views: vehicle in particular, are areas . Front view where objects do not always ap- A view of the front of the vehicle pear in the bird’s-eye, front, or . Rear view rear views. Always check your A view of the rear of the vehicle surroundings to be sure that it is . safe to move before operating Bird’s-eye view the vehicle. Always operate the The surrounding view of the vehicle vehicle slowly. from above . . The driver is always responsible Front-side view for safety during parking and The view around and ahead of the other maneuvers. front passenger’s side wheel . Front-wide view A wider area view of the front view WAE0360X CAUTION . Rear-wide view A wider area view of the rear view To display the multiple views, the Intelli- gent Around View® Monitor system uses Do not scratch the lens when clean- cameras located on the front grille, on ing dirt or snow from the front of the the vehicle’s outside mirrors and one just camera. above the vehicle’s rear license plate.

The Intelligent Around View® Monitor INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® system is designed as an aid to the driver MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION in situations such as slot parking or When the ignition switch is placed in the parallel parking. ON position, push the CAMERA button on The monitor displays various views of the the instrument panel or move the shift position of the vehicle in a split screen lever to the R (Reverse) position to format. Not all views are available at all operate the Intelligent Around View® times. Monitor. The screen displayed on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes 4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems after the CAMERA button has been farther than they appear. When pushed with the shift lever in a position driving the vehicle down a hill, other than the R (Reverse) position. objects viewed in the monitor are Available views closer than they appear. . Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite compared WARNING to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors. . The distance guide lines and the . Use the mirrors or actually look to vehicle width guide lines should properly judge distances to other be used as a reference only when objects. the vehicle is on a paved, level . surface. The apparent distance The distance between objects viewed on the monitor may be viewed in the rear view differs different than the actual distance from actual distance because a WAE0538X between the vehicle and dis- wide-angle lens is used. Front view played objects. . On a snow-covered or slippery . Use the displayed lines and the road, there may be a difference bird’s-eye view as a reference. between the predictive course The lines and the bird’s-eye view line and the actual course line. are greatly affected by the num- . The vehicle width and predictive ber of occupants, fuel level, vehi- course lines are wider than the cle position, road condition and actual width and course. road grade. . If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines and the bird’s- eye view may be displayed incorrectly. . When driving the vehicle up a hill, WAE0539X objects viewed in the monitor are Rear view (example) Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11 Front and rear view: right and left predictive course lines Guiding lines that indicate the approx- are displayed. When the steering imate vehicle width and distances to wheel turns about 90 degrees or objects with reference to the vehicle body more, the predictive course line is line , are displayed on the monitor. displayed only on the opposite side of the turn. Distance guide lines: Indicate distances from the vehicle body. . Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) . Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . Green line (if so equipped): approximately 10 ft (3 m) Vehicle width guide lines : WAE0530X Indicate the vehicle width. Predictive course lines : Bird’s-eye view: Indicate the predictive course when op- The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead erating the vehicle. The predictive course view of the vehicle which helps confirm lines will move depending on how much the vehicle position and the predictive the steering wheel is turned. The predic- course to a parking space. tive course lines in the rear view will not The vehicle icon shows the position of be displayed while the steering wheel is in the vehicle. Note that the distance be- the straight ahead position. tween objects viewed in the bird’s-eye The front view will not be displayed when view differs from the actual distance. the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 The areas between the camera views (if km/h). so equipped) are indicated in black. NOTE: After the ignition switch is placed in the . When the monitor displays the front ON position, the non-viewable area (if view and the steering wheel turns so equipped) is highlighted in yellow for a about 90 degrees or less from the few seconds after the bird’s-eye view is straight ahead position, both the displayed. 4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems The amber markers are displayed when the sonar is turned off or the sonar is not CAUTION available at the corner. The predictive course lines indicate the The turn signal light may look like predicted course when operating the the side-of-vehicle line. This is not a vehicle. malfunction.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appear farther than the actual distance. . Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not WAE0501X displayed at the seam of the views. Front-side view: . Objects that are above the cam- Guiding lines: era cannot be displayed. Guiding lines that indicate the approx- . The view for the bird’s-eye view imate width and the front end of the may be misaligned when the vehicle are displayed on the monitor. camera position alters. The front-of-vehicle line shows the . A line on the ground may be front part of the vehicle. misaligned and is not seen as The side-of-vehicle line shows the being straight at the seam of the vehicle width including the outside mir- views. The misalignment will in- rors. crease as the line proceeds away The extensions of both the front and from the vehicle. side lines are shown with a green dotted line.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13 Front-wide/rear-wide view: NOTE: . When the monitor displays the While the front view/rear view shows a front-wide view and the steering normal view on the split screens, the wheel turns about 90 degrees or front-wide view/rear-wide view shows a less from the straight ahead posi- wider area on the entire screen and tion, both the right and left predic- allows checking of the blind corners on tive course lines are displayed. the right and left sides. When the steering wheel turns Distance guide lines - : about 90 degrees or more, the pre- Indicate distances from the vehicle body. dictive course line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn. . Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m) DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE . Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m) AND ACTUAL DISTANCES . Green line (front-wide view only): WAE0540X The displayed guide lines and their loca- approx. 10 ft (3 m) tions on the ground are for approximate Front-wide view Vehicle width guide lines : reference only. Objects on uphill or down- Indicate the approximate vehicle width. hill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different Predictive course lines : from those displayed in the monitor Indicate the predictive course when op- relative to the guide lines (refer to illustra- erating the vehicle. The predictive course tions). When in doubt, turn around and lines will move depending on how much view the objects as you are backing up, or the steering wheel is turned. The predic- park and exit the vehicle to view the tive course lines in the rear-wide view will positioning of objects behind the vehicle. not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The front-wide view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h).

WAE0541X Rear-wide view 4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems WAE0542X WAE0543X WAE0545X

Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, The predictive course lines do not distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle touch the object in the display. However, guide lines are shown closer than the width guide lines are shown farther than the vehicle may hit the object if it projects actual distance. Note that any object on the actual distance. Note that any object over the actual backing up course. the hill is farther than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. monitor.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15 position if the object projects over the incorrectly. actual moving course. HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. . On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line. . If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: JVH1216X — Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is Backing up behind a projecting running. object — Drive the vehicle on a straight The position is shown farther than the road for more than 5 minutes. position in the display. However, the . When the steering wheel is position is actually at the same dis- turned with the ignition switch in tance as the position . The vehicle may the ON position, the predictive hit the object when backing up to the course lines may be displayed 4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, place the shift position in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the ignition switch placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. The Intelligent Around View® Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Push the CAMERA button to switch between the available views. If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are: . Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen . Rear view/front-side view split screen . Rear-wide view If the shift lever is out of the R (Reverse) WAE0546X WAE0547X position, the available views are: . Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen 1. Visually check that the parking space 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting . is safe before parking your vehicle. the steering wheel so that the pre- Front view/front-side view split screen . Front-wide view 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis- dictive course lines enter the park- played on the screen when the shift ing space . The display will switch from the Intelligent lever is moved to the R (Reverse) 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make Around View® Monitor screen when: position. the vehicle width guide lines parallel . The shift lever is in the D (Drive) to the parking space while referring position and the vehicle speed in- to the predictive course lines. creases above approximately 6 MPH Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17 (10 km/h). ADJUSTING THE SCREEN . A different screen is selected. 1. Push the MENU button. 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then touch the “Camera” key. 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–” key on the touch screen display. NOTE: Do not adjust the display settings of the Intelligent Around View® Monitor while WAE0034X the vehicle is moving. Make sure the Type A parking brake is firmly applied.

WAE0472X Type B 4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® Otherwise, water may enter the MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS camera unit causing water con- densation on the lens, a malfunc- WARNING tion, fire or an electric shock. . Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing Listed below are the system limita- so could cause a malfunction or tions for Intelligent Around View® cause damage resulting in a fire Monitor. Failure to operate the vehi- or an electric shock. cle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Do not use the Intelligent Around View® Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. . The apparent distance between objects viewed on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor differs from the actual distance. WAE0345X . The cameras are installed on the front grille, the outside mirrors There are some areas where the system and above the rear license plate. will not show objects and the system Do not put anything on the cam- does not warn of moving objects. When in eras. the front or the rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the . When washing the vehicle with ground may not be viewed . When in high pressure water, be sure not the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the to spray it around the cameras. seam of the camera viewing areas will Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19 not appear in the monitor. The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction: . There may be a delay when switching between views. . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. . When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. . The screen may flicker under fluores- cent light. WAE0473X WAE0474X . The colors of objects on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may differ System temporarily unavailable When the “ ” icon is displayed on the somewhat from the actual color of screen, the camera image may be receiv- When the “ ” icon is displayed on the objects. ing temporary electronic disturbances screen, there will be abnormal conditions . Objects on the Intelligent Around from surrounding devices. This will not in the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. hinder normal driving operation but the View® Monitor may not be clear and This will not hinder normal driving opera- the color of the object may differ in a system should be inspected. It is recom- tion but the system should be inspected. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer. dark environment. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN . There may be differences in sharpness dealer. between each camera view of the bird’s-eye view. . Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

WAE0360X SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. . Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21 MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped)

always use the outside mirror and rearview mirror and turn and check the surroundings to ensure it is safe to maneuver. . The system is deactivated at speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds. . The MOD system is not designed to detect the surrounding stationary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects near the vehicle when driving out of garages, maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances. The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display. MOD SYSTEM OPERATION The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions: WAE0475X . When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. 1. CAMERA button . system could result in serious When the CAMERA button is pushed injury or death. to activate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor system on the display. WARNING . The MOD system is not a substi- . When vehicle speed decreases below tute for proper vehicle operation approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h). . Failure to follow the warnings and is not designed to prevent and instructions for proper use contact with objects surrounding The MOD system operates in the follow- of the Moving Object Detection the vehicle. When maneuvering, ing conditions when the camera view is 4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems displayed: continues to be displayed. . When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or NOTE: N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) is stopped, the MOD system detects the beeping, the MOD system does not moving objects in the bird’s-eye view. chime. The MOD system will not operate if either door is opened. If outside mirrors are folded, MOD may not operate properly. . When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position, and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view or front-wide view. WAE0548X . When the shift lever is in the R Front and bird’s-eye views (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view or rear-wide view. The MOD system will not operate if the liftgate is open. The MOD system does not detect moving objects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view. When the MOD system detects a moving object near the vehicle, the yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the object is detected and a chime will sound once. While the MOD system continues to WAE0365X detect moving objects, the yellow frame Rear and bird’s-eye views Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23 In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame . Excessive noise (for example, is displayed on each camera image (front, audio system volume or open rear, right, left) depending on where vehicle window) will interfere moving objects are detected. with the chime sound, and it The yellow frame is displayed on the may not be heard. front view, rear view, front-wide view and . The MOD system performance rear-wide view. will be limited according to en- A green MOD icon is displayed in the vironmental conditions and sur- view where the MOD system is operative. rounding objects such as: A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view — When there is low contrast where the MOD system is not operative. between background and the If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD moving objects. icon is not displayed. — When there is blinking source WAE0549X TURNING MOD ON AND OFF of light. Rear and front-side views The MOD system can be turned on and — When strong light such as off using the vehicle information display. another vehicle’s headlight or (See “Driver Assistance” (P.2-24).) sunlight is present. MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — When camera orientation is not in its usual position, such WARNING as when the outside mirror is folded. Listed below are the system limita- — When there is dirt, water drops tions for MOD. Failure to operate the or snow on the camera lens. vehicle in accordance with these — When the position of the mov- system limitations could result in ing objects in the display is serious injury or death. not changed. . Do not use the MOD system when . The MOD system might detect towing a trailer. The system may WAE0550X flowing water droplets on the not function properly. Front-wide view / rear-wide view camera lens, white smoke from 4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems the muffler, moving shadows, etc. diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth. . The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed, direction, distance or shape of the moving objects. . If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly. . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is WAE0360X not a malfunction. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE NOTE: The green MOD icon will change to CAUTION orange if one of the following has occurred. . Do not use alcohol, benzine or . When the system is malfunctioning. thinner to clean the camera. This . When the component temperature will cause discoloration. reaches a high level. . Do not damage the camera as the . When the rear view camera has monitor screen may be adversely detected a blockage. affected. If the icon light continues to illuminate in orange, have the MOD system If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of checked. It is recommended that you the cameras , the MOD system may not visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. operate properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25 VENTILATORS

WAE0346X WAE0347X JVH0940X Right side Right side REAR VENTILATORS CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction. control to either direction. control to either direction. : This symbol indicates that the venti- Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators are open. Moving the side lators by moving the center knob (up/ lators by moving the center knob (up/ control to this direction will open the down, left/right) until the desired position down, left/right) until the desired position ventilators. is achieved. is achieved. : This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed. Moving the side control to this direction will close the ventilators. Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/ down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.

4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

blower will operate even if the engine is turned off and the ignition switch is WARNING placed in the ON position. NOTE: . The heater and air conditioner . Odors from inside and outside the operate only when the engine is vehicle can build up in the air condi- running. tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas- . Never leave children or adults senger compartment through the who would normally require the ventilators. support of others alone in the . When parking, set the heater and air vehicle. Pets should not be left conditioner controls to turn off air alone either. They could unknow- recirculation to allow fresh air into ingly activate switches or con- the passenger compartment. This trols and inadvertently become should help reduce odors inside the involved in a serious accident vehicle. and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. . Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up. . Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running. The air Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27 level. Temperature control: Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the right position to select the hot temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the left position to select the cool temperature. The dial pointer indicates the temperature level. Air flow control: Push one of the air flow control buttons to select the air flow outlets. WAE0349X — Air flows mainly from center and side 1. (fan speed control) dial MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER AND ventilators. 2. Dial pointers HEATER — Air flows mainly from center and side 3. A/C (air conditioner) button ventilators and foot outlets. 4. Air flow control buttons Controls — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet and partly from the defroster. 5. Temperature control dial Turning system on/off: — Air flows mainly from the defroster 6. (front defroster) button To turn on the system, turn the dial and foot outlets. 7. (rear window defroster) button (See out of the OFF position. Turn the dial “Rear window and outside mirror defros- counterclockwise to the OFF position to Air intake control: ter switch” (P.2-55).) turn off the system. The air intake control mode will change 8. (air recirculation) button each time the button is pushed. Fan speed control: . Turn the dial clockwise to increase When the indicator light is turned on, the fan speed. the air recirculates inside the vehicle. . When the indicator light is turned off, Turn the dial counterclockwise to the air flow is drawn from outside the decrease the fan speed. vehicle. The dial pointer indicates the fan speed 4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems A/C (Air Conditioner) operation: Heater operation Defrosting or defogging: Push the A/C button to turn on or off the Heating: This mode directs the air to the defroster air conditioner. When the air conditioner outlets to defrost/defog the windows. This mode is used to direct heated air is on, the A/C indicator light on the button 1. Push the button. (The indicator illuminates. from the foot outlets. Some air also flows from the defroster outlets and the side light will turn on.) MAX A/C (Quick Air Conditioning) op- ventilator outlets. 2. Turn the dial to the desired eration: 1. Push the button for normal heat- position. To turn on the MAX A/C mode for ing. (The indicator light will turn off.) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to maximum cooling and dehumidifying, 2. Push the button. (The indicator the desired position between the turn the temperature control dial coun- light will turn on.) middle and the hot (right) position. terclockwise until the dial pointer is at the To remove frost from the windshield "MAX A/C" position. 3. Turn the dial to the desired position. quickly, turn the temperature control When the MAX A/C mode is turned on, the dial to the maximum hot (right) posi- air flow mode indicator light will turn off 4. Turn the temperature control dial to tion and the dial to the maximum with the air flow mode fixed at . the desired position between the position. middle and the hot (right) position. At the same time, the indicator light on When the front defroster mode is the A/C button and the air recirculation Ventilation: selected, the air conditioner automa- mode will turn on. This mode directs outside air from the tically turns on if the outside tempera- To turn off the MAX A/C mode, turn the side and center ventilators. ture is more than slightly above temperature control dial clockwise so 1. Push the button. (The indicator freezing. This dehumidifies the air that the dial pointer is out of the "MAX light will turn off.) which helps defog the windshield. A/C" position. When the MAX A/C mode is The air recirculation indicator light 2. Push the button. (The indicator automatically turns off, allowing out- turned off, most of the settings will return light will turn on.) to the previous state, while the indicator side air to be drawn into the passen- light on the A/C button will stay on. 3. Turn the dial to the desired ger compartment to further improve position. the defogging performance. The re- 4. Turn the temperature control dial to circulation mode cannot be activated the desired position. in the front defroster mode. Bi-level heating: The bi-level mode directs warmed air to

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29 the side and center ventilators and to the NOTE: turned on, it will activate the air recircula- front and rear floor outlets. Clear snow and ice from the wiper tion mode. The amount of air coming 1. Push the button. (The indicator blades and air inlet in front of the through the ventilators is the highest it light will turn off.) windshield. This improves heater op- can go when in MAX A/C mode regardless eration. of the position of the dial. 2. Push the button. (The indicator light will turn on.) Air conditioner operation Dehumidified heating: 3. Turn the dial to the desired Start the engine, turn the dial to the This mode is used to heat and dehumidify position. desired position, and push the A/C button the air. to activate the air conditioner. When the 4. Turn the temperature control dial to 1. Push the button. (The indicator air conditioner is on, cooling and dehu- the desired position. light will turn off.) midifying functions are added to the Heating and defogging: heater operation. The air conditioner 2. Push the button. (The indicator light will turn on.) This mode heats the interior and defogs cooling function operates only when the the windows. engine is running. 3. Turn the dial to the desired position. 1. Push the button. (The indicator Cooling: 4. Push the A/C button on. (The indicator light will turn on.) This mode is used to cool and dehumidify light will turn on.) 2. Turn the dial to the desired the air. 5. Turn the temperature control dial to position. 1. Push the button. (The indicator the desired position between the light will turn on.) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to middle and the hot (right) position. the maximum hot (right) position. 2. Turn the dial to the desired When the button is pushed, the air position. Dehumidified defogging: conditioner automatically turns on if the 3. Push the A/C button. (The indicator This mode is used to defog the windows outside temperature is more than slightly light will turn on.) and dehumidify the air. above freezing. This dehumidifies the air 4. Turn the temperature control dial to 1. Push the button. (The indicator which helps defog the windshield. The air the desired position between the light will turn on.) recirculation indicator light automatically middle and the cool (left) position. 2. Turn the dial to the desired turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn position. into the passenger compartment to For quick cooling, turn on the MAX A/C further improve the defogging perfor- mode by turning the temperature control 3. Turn the temperature control dial to mance. dial until the dial pointer is at the "MAX the desired position. A/C" position. When the MAX A/C mode is When the or mode is selected, the 4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems air conditioner automatically turns on if the air conditioner off. (See “If your the outside temperature is more than vehicle overheats” (P.6-13).) slightly above freezing. This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance. The air conditioner is always turned on in the or mode, regardless of whether the indicator light is on or off. NOTE: . The air conditioner system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month. This helps prevent damage to the air conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication. . A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. . If the engine coolant temperature becomes too high, the air recirculation mode will be activated and the indicator light will turn on automatically. . If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range, turn Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31 1. Temperature control dial (driver’s side) 2. AUTO (automatic) button 3. Display screen 4. SYNC (synchronize) button 5. Temperature control dial (passenger’s side) 6. ON·OFF button 7. (air recirculation) button 8. (fan speed control) buttons 9. (air flow control) button 10. (front defroster) button 11. (rear window defroster) button (See “Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch” (P.2-55).) WAE0352X 12. A/C (air conditioner) button Models with heated steering wheel AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (models without rear control) Automatic operation Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO): This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically. 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The indicator light on the button will illuminate.) WAE0353X Models without heated steering wheel 4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems . 2. Turn the temperature control dial on The temperature of the passenger air to be drawn into the passenger the corresponding side to set the compartment will be maintained compartment to further improve desired temperature. automatically. Air flow distribution the defogging performance. . You can individually set tempera- and fan speed are also controlled tures for the driver’s side and front automatically. Manual operation passenger’s side when the indica- NOTE: Fan speed control: . tor light on the SYNC button is not Do not set the temperature lower Push the buttons to manually control illuminated. than the outside air temperature or the fan speed. A visible mist may be seen coming from the system may not work properly. the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as . Not recommended if windows fog Air intake control: the air is cooled rapidly. This does not up. The air intake control mode will change each time the button is pushed. indicate a malfunction. Dehumidified defrosting or defogging: . Heating (A/C OFF): 1. Push the button. (The indicator When the indicator light is turned on, the air recirculates inside the vehicle. The air conditioner does not activate in light on the button will turn on.) . When the indicator light is turned off, this mode. Use this mode when you only 2. Turn the temperature control dial on the air flow is drawn from outside the need to heat. the corresponding side to set the vehicle. 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in- desired temperature. . . To switch to automatic control mode, dicator light on the button will illumi- To quickly remove ice from the push and hold the button for nate.) outside of the windows, use the about 2 seconds. The indicator light 2. Push the A/C button. (The indicator button to set the fan speed to will blink, and then the air intake will light will turn off.) maximum. be controlled automatically. . As soon as possible after the wind- 3. Turn the temperature control dial on shield is clean, push the AUTO Air flow control: the corresponding side to set the button to return to the automatic Pushing the button manually con- desired temperature. . mode. trols air flow and selects the air outlet: You can individually set tempera- . When the button is pushed, the tures for the driver’s side and front air conditioner will automatically be passenger’s side when the indica- turned on at outside temperatures tor light on the SYNC button is not more than slightly above freezing. illuminated. The air recirculation mode automatically turns off, allowing outside

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33 — Air flows mainly from center and side Remote engine start logic (if so ventilators. equipped) — Air flows mainly from center and side ventilators and foot outlets. When the remote engine start function is — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet activated, the vehicles equipped with the and partly from the defroster. automatic air conditioner and heater may — Air flows mainly from the defroster go into automatic heating or cooling and foot outlets. mode depending on the outside and cabin temperatures. During this period, Synchronize temperature settings: the display and the buttons will be Push the SYNC button to turn on the inoperable until the ignition switch is SYNC mode. (The indicator light on the placed in the ON position. When the button will turn on.) temperature is low, the rear defroster and the heated steering wheel (if so When the SYNC mode is active, the equipped) may also be activated auto- driver’s side temperature control dial will matically with the activation of the re- control the driver’s and front passenger’s mote engine start function. (See “Remote side temperatures. engine start” (P.3-19).) To exit the SYNC mode, change the passenger’s side temperature using the temperature control dial on the front passenger’s side. (The indicator light on the SYNC button will turn off.) To turn the system off Push the ON·OFF button.

4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 2. Turn the temperature control dial on the corresponding side to set the desired temperature. . You can individually set temperatures for the driver’s side and front passenger’s side when the indicator light on the SYNC button is not illuminated. A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. Heating (A/C OFF): WAE0354X The air conditioner does not activate in this mode. Use this mode when you only 1. Temperature control dial (driver’s side) 14. A/C (air conditioner) button need to heat. 2. AUTO (automatic) button AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in- 3. (air recirculation) button (models with rear control) dicator light on the button will illumi- 4. (outside air circulation) button nate.) Automatic operation 5. Display screen 2. Push the A/C button. (The indicator 6. SYNC (synchronize) button Cooling and/or dehumidified heating light will turn off.) 7. Temperature control dial (passenger’s (AUTO): side) 3. Turn the temperature control dial on This mode may be used all year round as the corresponding side to set the 8. ON·OFF button the system automatically works to keep a desired temperature. 9. Rear temperature control buttons constant temperature. Air flow distribu- . You can individually set tempera- 10. (fan speed control) buttons tion and fan speed are also controlled tures for the driver’s side and front 11. (air flow control) button automatically. passenger’s side when the indica- 12. (front defroster) button 1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in- tor light on the SYNC button is not 13. (rear window defroster) button dicator light on the button will illumi- illuminated. (See “Rear window and outside mirror nate.) defroster switch” (P.2-55).) Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35 . The temperature of the passenger air to be drawn into the passenger Air flow control: compartment will be maintained compartment to further improve Pushing the button manually con- automatically. Air flow distribution the defogging performance. and fan speed are also controlled trols air flow and selects the air outlet: automatically. Manual operation — Air flows mainly from center and side ventilators. NOTE: Fan speed control: . Do not set the temperature lower — Air flows mainly from center and side Push the buttons to manually control ventilators and foot outlets. than the outside air temperature or the fan speed. the system may not work properly. — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet and partly from the defroster. . Not recommended if windows fog Air intake control: up. . Push the button to recirculate — Air flows mainly from the defroster and foot outlets. interior air inside the vehicle. The Dehumidified defrosting or defogging: indicator light on the button will come Synchronize temperature settings: 1. Push the button. (The indicator on. Push the SYNC button to turn on the light on the button will come on.) . Push the button to draw outside SYNC mode. (The indicator light on the 2. Turn the temperature control dial on air into the passenger compartment. button will turn on.) the corresponding side to set the The indicator light on the button will desired temperature. come on. When the SYNC mode is active, the driver’s side temperature control dial will . To quickly remove ice from the . To control the air intake automatically, outside of the windows, use the control the driver’s side, front passenger’s push and hold either the button side and rear temperatures. button to set the fan speed to or the button. The indicator light maximum. will blink, and then the air intake will When the passenger’s side temperature . As soon as possible after the wind- switch to automatic control. When the control dial or the rear temperature shield is clean, push the AUTO automatic control is set, the system control buttons are operated, it will can- button to return to the automatic automatically alternates between the cel the SYNC mode of the individual zone. mode. outside air circulation and the air (The indicator light on the SYNC button . When the button is pushed, the recirculation modes. (The indicator will remain on.) air conditioner will automatically be light of the active mode will turn on.) Operating both the passenger’s side turned on at outside temperatures temperature control dial and the rear more than slightly above freezing. temperature control buttons will turn off The air recirculation mode auto- the SYNC mode. (The indicator light on matically turns off, allowing outside the SYNC button will turn off.) (See “Rear

4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems temperature control” (P.4-37).) the display and the buttons will be inoperable until the ignition switch is To turn the system off placed in the ON position. When the Push the ON·OFF button. temperature is low, the rear defroster and the heated steering wheel (if so equipped) may also be activated automatically with the activation of the remote engine start function. (See “Remote engine start” (P.3-19).)

JVH1847X

1. Rear temperature display 2. “ ” Rear temperature increase button 3. “ ” Rear temperature decrease button Rear temperature control (if so equipped) You can adjust the temperature for rear seat passengers using the buttons located on the back side of the console box. Remote engine start logic When the remote engine start function is activated, the vehicles equipped with the automatic air conditioner and heater may go into automatic heating or cooling mode depending on the outside and cabin temperatures. During this period, Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-37 OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air Sensors: conditioner) The sensors and , located on the When the engine coolant temperature instrument panel, help maintain a con- and outside air temperature are low, the stant temperature. Do not put anything air flow from the foot outlets may be on or around the sensors. limited when in the automatic mode. SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER However, this is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warms up, air flow from the foot outlets will operate WARNING normally. For rear temperature control (if so The air conditioner system contains equipped): refrigerant under high pressure. To . avoid personal injury, any air condi- The purpose of the rear temperature tioner service should be done only by control is to vary the temperature of WAE0350X an experienced technician with the the rear airflow. proper equipment. . The amount of airflow to the rear ventilators is primarily controlled by the front passenger’s blower and The air conditioner system in your vehicle mode settings. is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. . The amount of airflow to the rear ventilators is also affected by the rear This refrigerant will not harm the temperature setting. Higher rear tem- earth’s ozone layer. However, it may perature settings have lower airflow contribute in a small part to global amounts than cooler temperature warming. settings. This condition ensures better Special charging equipment and lubricant comfort to the head and face area, are required when servicing your vehicle’s while primary heating for the rear air conditioner. Using improper refriger- passenger seats is provided through ants or lubricants will cause severe da- the foot outlets. mage to the air conditioner system. (See WAE0351X “Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations” (P.10-7).)

4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service SHARK FIN ANTENNA When installing a car phone or a CB radio your environmentally friendly air condi- The shark fin antenna is located on the in your vehicle, be sure to observe the tioner system. rear part of the vehicle roof. following precautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec- In-cabin microfilter The radio performance may be affected if tronic control modules and electronic The air conditioner system is equipped cargo carried on the roof blocks the radio control system harness. with an in-cabin microfilter. To make sure signal. If possible, do not put cargo near the air conditioner heats, defogs, and the shark fin antenna. ventilates efficiently, replace the filter A build up of ice on the shark fin antenna WARNING according the specified maintenance in- can affect radio performance. Remove tervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and the ice to restore radio reception. . A cellular phone should not be schedules" section. It is recommended to used for any purpose while driv- visit a NISSAN dealer to replace the filter. ing so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some juris- The filter should be replaced if the air flow dictions prohibit the use of cellu- decreases significantly or if windows fog lar phones while driving. up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner. . If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands- free cellular phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. . If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-39 CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules. . Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system harness. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness. . Adjust the antenna standing- wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer. . Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body. . For details, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.

4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...... 5-5 Manual operation ...... 5-27 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...... 5-5 Automatic brake hold ...... 5-28 Three-way catalyst ...... 5-6 How to activate/deactivate the automatic Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 5-6 brake hold function ...... 5-29 Avoiding collision and rollover ...... 5-10 How to use the automatic brake On-pavement and off-road hold function...... 5-29 driving precautions ...... 5-10 Drive Mode Selector ...... 5-30 Off-road recovery ...... 5-10 OFF-ROAD mode (AWD models) ...... 5-31 Rapid air pressure loss ...... 5-11 SNOW mode (AWD models) ...... 5-32 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ...... 5-11 STANDARD mode (2WD models)/AUTO Driving safety precautions ...... 5-12 mode (AWD models) ...... 5-32 Push-button ignition switch ...... 5-14 ECO mode ...... 5-32 Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-14 SPORT mode ...... 5-33 Push-button ignition switch operation...... 5-15 Driver Assistance systems ...... 5-34 Push-button ignition switch positions ...... 5-16 How to enable/disable the systems ...... 5-37 Emergency engine shut off ...... 5-16 Common troubleshooting guide ...... 5-39 Intelligent Key battery discharge ...... 5-16 Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped) ...... 5-43 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 System operation ...... 5-43 Starting the engine ...... 5-17 How to enable/disable the TSR system ...... 5-45 Remote engine start (if so equipped)...... 5-18 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-45 Driving the vehicle ...... 5-19 System malfunction ...... 5-45 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ...... 5-19 System maintenance ...... 5-46 Parking brake ...... 5-25 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 5-46 Automatic operation ...... 5-25 LDW system operation ...... 5-47 How to enable/disable the LDW system ...... 5-48 LDW system limitations...... 5-48 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ...... 5-76 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-49 RCTA system operation ...... 5-76 System malfunction...... 5-50 How to enable/disable the RCTA system ...... 5-78 System maintenance ...... 5-50 RCTA system limitations...... 5-79 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ...... 5-51 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-80 I-LI system operation ...... 5-52 System malfunction ...... 5-81 How to enable/disable the I-LI system ...... 5-53 System maintenance ...... 5-81 I-LI system limitations ...... 5-53 Cruise control (if so equipped)...... 5-82 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-55 Precautions on cruise control...... 5-82 System malfunction...... 5-55 Cruise control operations...... 5-83 System maintenance ...... 5-56 ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped)...... 5-84 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ...... 5-57 ProPILOT Assist system operation ...... 5-86 BSW system operation ...... 5-58 ProPILOT Assist switches ...... 5-88 How to enable/disable the BSW system...... 5-59 ProPILOT Assist system display BSW system limitations...... 5-59 and indicators ...... 5-89 BSW driving situations ...... 5-60 Turning the conventional (fixed speed) System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-63 cruise control mode ON ...... 5-91 System malfunction...... 5-63 Operating ProPILOT Assist...... 5-91 System maintenance ...... 5-64 How to enable/disable the Steering Assist ...... 5-96 Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (if so equipped) ...... 5-65 How to cancel the ProPILOT Assist system ...... 5-97 I-BSI system operation ...... 5-66 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ...... 5-97 How to enable/disable the I-BSI system ...... 5-68 Steering Assist ...... 5-113 I-BSI system limitations ...... 5-68 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise I-BSI driving situations ...... 5-70 control mode ...... 5-118 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-74 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with System malfunction...... 5-74 pedestrian detection system ...... 5-122 System maintenance ...... 5-75 AEB with pedestrian detection system operation ...... 5-123 Turning the AEB with pedestrian detection Intelligent 4x4 (if so equipped) ...... 5-151 system ON/OFF ...... 5-125 Parking/parking on hills ...... 5-153 AEB with pedestrian detection Electric power steering ...... 5-154 system limitations ...... 5-126 Brake system ...... 5-155 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-129 Braking precautions ...... 5-155 System malfunction...... 5-130 Brake assist ...... 5-156 System maintenance ...... 5-130 Brake assist ...... 5-156 Intelligent Forward Collision Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...... 5-156 Warning (I-FCW) ...... 5-132 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ...... 5-157 I-FCW system operation ...... 5-134 How to turn off the VDC system ...... 5-158 Turning the I-FCW system ON/OFF ...... 5-135 Brake Force Distribution ...... 5-159 I-FCW system limitations ...... 5-137 Chassis control ...... 5-160 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-139 Intelligent Trace Control...... 5-160 System malfunction...... 5-139 Active Ride Control ...... 5-160 System maintenance ...... 5-139 Hill Start Assist system ...... 5-161 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) ...... 5-141 Sonar system (if so equipped) ...... 5-162 I-DA system operation ...... 5-141 System operation ...... 5-163 How to enable/disable the I-DA system ...... 5-142 How to enable/disable the I-DA system limitations ...... 5-142 sonar system ...... 5-165 System malfunction...... 5-143 Sonar system limitations ...... 5-166 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ...... 5-143 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-167 RAB system operation ...... 5-145 System maintenance ...... 5-167 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...... 5-145 Rear Sonar System (RSS) (if so equipped) ...... 5-168 RAB system limitations ...... 5-146 System operation ...... 5-168 System malfunction...... 5-147 How to enable/disable the RSS ...... 5-170 System maintenance ...... 5-148 RSS limitations ...... 5-170 Break-in schedule ...... 5-149 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-171 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips...... 5-149 System maintenance ...... 5-172 Increasing fuel economy ...... 5-150 Cold weather driving ...... 5-172 Draining of coolant water ...... 5-172 Freeing a frozen door lock...... 5-172 Tire equipment ...... 5-173 Anti-freeze ...... 5-172 Special winter equipment ...... 5-173 Battery ...... 5-172 Driving on snow or ice ...... 5-173 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING

oxide is dangerous. It can cause refrigerators, heaters, etc. may WARNING unconsciousness or death. also generate carbon monoxide.) . If you suspect that exhaust fumes . If electrical wiring or other cable . Do not leave children or adults are entering the vehicle, drive connections must pass to a trailer who would normally require the with all windows fully open, and through the seal on the liftgate or support of others alone in your have the vehicle inspected imme- the body, follow the manufac- vehicle. Pets should not be left diately. turer’s recommendation to pre- alone either. They could acciden- . Do not run the engine in closed vent carbon monoxide entry into tally injure themselves or others spaces such as a garage. the vehicle. . through inadvertent operation of . Do not park the vehicle with the The exhaust system and body the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny engine running for an extended should be inspected by a quali- days, temperatures in a closed period of time. fied mechanic whenever: vehicle could quickly become . Keep the liftgate closed while — Your vehicle is raised while high enough to cause severe or being serviced. possibly fatal injuries to people or driving, otherwise exhaust gas animals. could be drawn into the passen- — You suspect that exhaust ger compartment. If you must . Properly secure all cargo with fumes are entering into the drive with the liftgate open, fol- passenger compartment. ropes or straps to help prevent it low these precautions: from sliding or shifting. Do not — You notice a change in the place cargo higher than the seat- — Open all the windows. sound of the exhaust system. backs. In a sudden stop or colli- — Turn the air recirculation — You have had an accident sion, unsecured cargo could mode off and set the fan involving damage to the ex- cause personal injury. speed control to the highest haust system, underbody, or level to circulate the air. rear of the vehicle. EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) . If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or WARNING other usage, follow the manufacturer’s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into . Do not breathe exhaust gas; it the vehicle. (Some recreational contains colorless and odorless vehicle appliances such as stoves, carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- Starting and driving 5-5 THREE-WAY CATALYST cause overrich fuel flow into the tires.) The three-way catalyst is an emission three-way catalyst, causing it to As an added safety feature, your vehicle control device installed in the exhaust overheat. Do not keep driving if has been equipped with a Tire Pressure system. Exhaust gases in the three-way the engine misfires, or if notice- Monitoring System (TPMS) that illumi- catalyst are burned at high temperatures able loss of performance or other nates a low tire pressure telltale when to help reduce pollutants. unusual operating conditions are one or more of your tires is significantly detected. Have the vehicle in- under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low spected. It is recommended you tire pressure telltale illuminates, you WARNING visit a NISSAN dealer for this should stop and check your tires as soon service. as possible, and inflate them to the . The exhaust gas and the exhaust . Avoid driving with an extremely proper pressure. Driving on a significantly system are very hot. Keep people, low fuel level. Running out of fuel under-inflated tire causes the tire to animals and flammable materials could cause the engine to misfire, overheat and can lead to tire failure. away from the exhaust system damaging the three-way catalyst. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- components. ciency and tire tread life, and may affect . Do not race the engine while . Do not stop or park the vehicle the vehicle’s handling and stopping abil- warming it up. ity. over flammable materials such as . dry grass, wastepaper or rags. Do not push or tow your vehicle Please note that the TPMS is not a They may ignite and cause a fire. to start the engine. substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- maintain correct tire pressure, even if CAUTION TEM (TPMS) under-inflation has not reached the level Each tire, including the spare, should be to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. . checked monthly when cold and inflated Do not use leaded gasoline. De- to the inflation pressure recommended Your vehicle has also been equipped with posits from leaded gasoline will by the vehicle manufacturer on the ve- a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate seriously reduce the three-way hicle placard or tire inflation pressure when the system is not operating prop- catalyst’s ability to help reduce label. (If your vehicle has tires of a erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is exhaust pollutants. different size than the size indicated on combined with the low tire pressure tell- . Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- tale. When the system detects a malfunc- functions in the ignition, fuel in- sure label, you should determine the tion, the telltale will flash for jection, or electrical systems can proper tire inflation pressure for those approximately one minute and then re- 5-6 Starting and driving main continuously illuminated. This se- pressure, the vehicle must be driven at . You can also check the tire pressure of quence will continue upon subsequent speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to all tires (except the spare tire) in the vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc- activate the TPMS and turn off the low vehicle information display. (See “Trip tion exists. When the malfunction indica- tire pressure warning light. Use a tire computer” (P.2-44).) tor is illuminated, the system may not be pressure gauge to check the tire For additional information, see “Low tire able to detect or signal low tire pressure pressure. pressure warning light” (P.2-18) and “Tire as intended. TPMS malfunctions may . The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- occur for a variety of reasons, including warning appears in the vehicle infor- 3). the installation of replacement or alter- mation display when the low tire nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that pressure warning light is illuminated prevent the TPMS from functioning prop- and low tire pressure is detected. The WARNING erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning telltale after replacing one or more tires turns off when the low tire pressure . If the low tire pressure warning or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that warning light turns off. light illuminates while driving, the replacement or alternate tires and The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” avoid sudden steering maneu- wheels allow the TPMS to continue to warning does not appear if the low vers or abrupt braking, reduce function properly. tire pressure warning light illuminates vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the Additional information to indicate a TPMS malfunction. . vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- . Tire pressure rises and falls depending Since the spare tire is not equipped on the heat caused by the vehicle’s ing with under-inflated tires may with the TPMS, the TPMS does not operation and the outside tempera- permanently damage the tires monitor the tire pressure of the spare ture. Do not reduce the tire pressure and increase the likelihood of tire tire. after driving because the tire pressure failure. Serious vehicle damage . The TPMS will activate only when the rises after driving. Low outside tem- could occur and may lead to an vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 perature can lower the temperature accident and could result in ser- MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may of the air inside the tire which can ious personal injury. Check the not detect a sudden drop in tire cause a lower tire inflation pressure. tire pressure for all four tires. pressure (for example a flat tire while This may cause the low tire pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the driving). warning light to illuminate. If the recommended COLD tire pressure . The low tire pressure warning light warning light illuminates in low ambi- shown on the Tire and Loading does not automatically turn off when ent temperature, check the tire pres- Information label to turn the low the tire pressure is adjusted. After the sure for all four tires. tire pressure warning light OFF. If tire is inflated to the recommended you have a flat tire, replace it with Starting and driving 5-7 . a spare tire as soon as possible. wheels are buried in snow. If the wheel is not originally specified by NISSAN. (See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for chan- . Do not place metalized film or FCC Notice: ging a flat tire.) any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on . Since the spare tire is not the windows. This may cause For USA: equipped with the TPMS, when a poor reception of the signals Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) spare tire is mounted or a wheel from the tire pressure sensors, transmitter is replaced, the TPMS will not and the TPMS will not function FCC ID: KR5TIS-10DL function and the low tire pressure properly. warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light Some devices and transmitters may tem- Body Control Module (BCM) will remain on after 1 minute. porarily interfere with the operation of Have your tires replaced and/or the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure TPMS system reset as soon as warning light to illuminate. Some exam- 40406556 possible. It is recommended you ples are: Continental visit a NISSAN dealer for these . Facilities or electric devices using This device complies with Part 15 of the services. similar radio frequencies are near the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the . Replacing tires with those not vehicle. following two conditions: (1) This device originally specified by NISSAN . If a transmitter set to similar frequen- may not cause harmful interference, could affect the proper operation cies is being used in or near the and (2) this device must accept any of the TPMS. vehicle. interference received, including inter- . Do not inject any tire liquid or . If a computer (or similar equipment) or ference that may cause undesired op- aerosol tire sealant into the tires, a DC/AC converter is being used in or eration. as this may cause a malfunction near the vehicle. Note: Changes or modifications not of the tire pressure sensors. Low tire pressure warning light may expressly approved by the party re- illuminate in the following cases. sponsible for compliance could void . If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel the user’s authority to operate the CAUTION and tire without TPMS. equipment. . If the TPMS has been replaced and the For Canada: . The TPMS may not function prop- ID has not been registered. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) erly when the wheels are transmitter equipped with tire chains or the Continental 5-8 Starting and driving Model: TIS-10DL vehicle to help you inflate the tires to that the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert IC: 7812D-TIS10DL the recommended COLD tire pressure. is not operating. . Vehicle set-up: The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following condi- Body Control Module (BCM) 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level tions: place. Model: 40406556 — If there is interference from an IC: 7812D-5235RXDP 2. Apply the parking brake and push the external device or transmitter park button to shift to the P (Park) Continental — The air pressure from the inflation position. device such as those using a power This device complies with Industry Ca- 3. Place the ignition switch in the ON socket is not sufficient to inflate the nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). position. Do not start the engine. tire Operation is subject to the following — If an electrical equipment is being two conditions: (1) this device may not Operation: used in or near the vehicle cause interference, and (2) this device 1. Add air to the tire. must accept any interference, including — There is a malfunction in the TPMS 2. After a few seconds, the hazard in- system interference that may cause undesired dicators will start flashing. operation of the device. — There is a malfunction in the horn 3. When the designated pressure is or hazard indicators TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert reached, the horn beeps once and . If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert the hazard indicators stop flashing. does not operate due to TPMS inter- WARNING 4. Perform the above steps for each tire. ference, move the vehicle about 3 ft . If the tire is over-inflated more than (1m) backward or forward and try again. After rotating the tires, do not use approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not the Easy-Fill Tire Alert to adjust the working, use a tire pressure gauge. tire pressure. Instead use a gauge to 3 times. To correct the pressure, push adjust the tires to the correct pres- the core of the valve stem on the tire sure in accordance with Tire and briefly to release pressure. When the Loading Information label. pressure reaches the designated pressure, the horn beeps once. . If the hazard indicator does not flash When adding air to an under-inflated tire, within approximately 15 seconds after the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides starting to inflate the tire, it indicates visual and audible signals outside the Starting and driving 5-9 AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- person is significantly more likely to be Be sure to read “Driving safety precau- OVER injured or killed than a person properly tions” (P.5-12). wearing a seat belt. OFF-ROAD RECOVERY WARNING ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD If the right side or left side wheels leave DRIVING PRECAUTIONS the road surface, maintain control of the Utility vehicles have a significantly high- vehicle by following the procedure below. Failure to operate this vehicle in a Please note that this procedure is only a safe and prudent manner may result er rollover rate than other types of vehicles. general guide. The vehicle must be driven in loss of control or an accident. as appropriate based on the conditions of They have higher ground clearance than the vehicle, road and traffic. passenger cars to make them capable of Be alert and drive defensively at all times. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces- performing in a variety of on-pavement sive speed, high speed cornering, or and off-road applications. This gives them 2. Do not apply the brakes. sudden steering maneuvers, because a higher center of gravity than ordinary 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering these driving practices could cause you cars. An advantage of higher ground wheel with both hands and try to hold to lose control of your vehicle. As with clearance is a better view of the road, a straight course. allowing you to anticipate problems. any vehicle, a loss of control could 4. When appropriate, slowly release the result in a collision with other vehicles However, they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conven- accelerator pedal to gradually slow or objects, or cause the vehicle to roll- the vehicle. over, particularly if the loss of control tional passenger cars any more than low- causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be slung sports cars are designed to perform 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the attentive at all times, and avoid driving satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If vehicle to follow the road while the when tired. Never drive when under the at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt vehicle speed is reduced. Do not influence of alcohol or drugs (including maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. As attempt to drive the vehicle back onto prescription or over-the-counter drugs with other vehicles of this type, failure to the road surface until vehicle speed is which may cause drowsiness). Always operate this vehicle correctly may result reduced. wear your seat belt as outlined in “Seat in loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seat 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn belts” (P.1-13) of this manual, and also belts help reduce the risk of injury in the steering wheel until both tires instruct your passengers to do so. collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, return to the road surface. When all an unbelted or improperly belted person tires are on the road surface, steer the Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in is significantly more likely to be injured or collisions and rollovers. In a rollover vehicle to stay in the appropriate killed than a person properly wearing a driving lane. crash, an unbelted or improperly belted seat belt. 5-10 Starting and driving . If you decide that it is not safe to 5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra- return the vehicle to the road sur- WARNING dually stop the vehicle. face based on vehicle, road or 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers traffic conditions, gradually slow and either contact a roadside emer- the vehicle to a stop in a safe place The following actions can increase off the road. the chance of losing control of the gency service to change the tire or see vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire “Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4) of this RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS air pressure. Losing control of the Owner’s Manual. Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can vehicle may cause a collision and DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND occur if the tire is punctured or is result in personal injury. DRIVING damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. . The vehicle generally moves or Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused pulls in the direction of the flat by driving on under-inflated tires. tire. WARNING Rapid air pressure loss can affect the . Do not rapidly apply the brakes. handling and stability of the vehicle, . Never drive under the influence of especially at highway speeds. Do not rapidly release the accel- alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the erator pedal. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by bloodstream reduces coordination, . maintaining the correct air pressure and Do not rapidly turn the steering delays reaction time and impairs visually inspect the tires for wear and wheel. judgement. Driving after drinking damage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-25) of alcohol increases the likelihood of this manual. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. being involved in an accident injuring 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering yourself and others. Additionally, if If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or you are injured in an accident, alco- “blows-out” while driving, maintain con- wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course. hol can increase the severity of the trol of the vehicle by following the proce- injury. dure below. Please note that this 3. When appropriate, slowly release the procedure is only a general guide. The accelerator pedal to gradually slow vehicle must be driven as appropriate the vehicle. NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive based on the conditions of the vehicle, 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe road and traffic. under the influence of alcohol. Every year location off the road and away from thousands of people are injured or killed traffic if possible. in alcohol-related accidents. Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that Starting and driving 5-11 alcohol affects all people differently and position when driving over rough . Heavy braking going down a hill most people underestimate the effects of terrain. could cause your brakes to over- alcohol. . Do not drive across steep slopes. heat and fade, resulting in loss of Remember, drinking and driving don’t Instead drive either straight up or control and an accident. Apply mix! And that is true for drugs, too (over- straight down the slopes. Off- brakes lightly and use a low the-counter, prescription, and illegal road vehicles can tip over side- range to control your speed. drugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper- ways much more easily than they . Unsecured cargo can be thrown ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, can forward or backward. around when driving over rough drugs, or some other physical condition. . Many hills are too steep for any terrain. Properly secure all cargo DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS vehicle. If you drive up them, you so it will not be thrown forward Your vehicle is designed for both normal may stall. If you drive down them, and cause injury to you or your and off-road use. However, avoid driving you may not be able to control passengers. in deep water or mud as your vehicle is your speed. If you drive across . To avoid raising the center of mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a them, you may roll over. gravity excessively, do not exceed conventional off-road vehicle. . Do not shift ranges while driving the rated capacity of the roof rack Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) on downhill grades as this could (if so equipped) and evenly dis- models are less capable than All-Wheel cause loss of control of the vehi- tribute the load. Secure heavy Drive (AWD) models for rough road driving cle. loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. and extrication when stuck in deep snow, . Stay alert when driving to the top mud, or the like. Do not equip the vehicle with tires of a hill. At the top there could be larger than specified in this man- Please observe the following precautions: a drop-off or other hazard that ual. This could cause your vehicle could cause an accident. to roll over. . WARNING If your engine stalls or you cannot . Do not grip the inside or spokes make it to the top of a steep hill, of the steering wheel when driv- never attempt to turn around. . ing off-road. The steering wheel Drive carefully when off the road Your vehicle could tip or roll over. and avoid dangerous areas. Every could move suddenly and injure Always back straight down in R your hands. Instead drive with person who drives or rides in this (Reverse) range. Never back down vehicle should be seated with your fingers and thumbs on the in N (Neutral), using only the outside of the rim. their seat belt fastened. This will brake, as this could cause loss of keep you and your passengers in control. 5-12 Starting and driving . Before operating the vehicle, en- similar equipment even if the . Always use tires of the same type, sure that the driver and all pas- other two wheels are raised off size, brand, construction (bias, sengers have their seat belts the ground. Make sure you inform bias-belted or radial), and tread fastened. test facility personnel that your pattern on all four wheels. Install . Always drive with the floor mats vehicle is equipped with AWD traction devices on the front in place as the floor may became before it is placed on a dynam- wheels when driving on slippery hot. ometer. Using the wrong test roads and drive carefully. equipment may result in drive- . . Lower your speed when encoun- Be sure to check the brakes im- train damage or unexpected ve- mediately after driving in mud or tering strong crosswinds. With a hicle movement which could higher center of gravity, your water. See “Brake system” (P.5- result in serious vehicle damage 155) for wet brakes. vehicle is more affected by strong or personal injury. side winds. Slower speeds ensure . Avoid parking your vehicle on . better vehicle control. When a wheel is off the ground steep hills. If you get out of the due to an unlevel surface, do not . Do not drive beyond the perfor- vehicle and it rolls forward, back- spin the wheel excessively (AWD ward or sideways, you could be mance capability of the tires, model). even with AWD engaged. injured. . Accelerating quickly, sharp steer- . . For AWD equipped vehicles, do Whenever you drive off-road ing maneuvers or sudden braking through sand, mud or water as not attempt to raise two wheels may cause loss of control. off the ground and shift the deep as the wheel hub, more . transmission to any drive or re- If at all possible, avoid sharp frequent maintenance may be verse position with the engine turning maneuvers, particularly required. See the maintenance running. Doing so may result in at high speeds. Your vehicle has schedule shown in the “9. Main- drivetrain damage or unexpected a higher center of gravity than a tenance and schedules” section. vehicle movement which could conventional passenger car. The . Spinning the front wheels on result in serious vehicle damage vehicle is not designed for cor- slippery surfaces may cause the or personal injury. nering at the same speeds as AWD warning message to display conventional passenger cars. . Do not attempt to test an AWD and the AWD system to automa- Failure to operate this vehicle tically switch from the AWD mode equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel correctly could result in loss of dynamometer (such as the dy- to the 2WD mode. This could control and/or a rollover acci- reduce traction. Be especially namometers used by some dent. states for emissions testing), or careful when towing a trailer Starting and driving 5-13 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

(AWD models). WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury.

SSD0436 Before operating the push-button ignition switch, be sure to push the park OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE button to shift to the P (Park) position. START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range . When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly. If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelli- gent Key, to push the ignition switch to 5-14 Starting and driving start the engine. use them for extended periods of . The cargo room area is not included in time and do not use multiple the operating range but the Intelligent electrical accessories at the same Key may function. time. . If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function. . If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function. If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, see “Intelligent Key battery discharge” (P.5-16). JVS1053X PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch will illuminate. CAUTION Push the ignition switch center: . once to change to ON. . Do not leave the vehicle for ex- . two times to change to OFF. tended periods of time when the When the ignition switch cannot be ignition switch is in the ON posi- placed in the OFF position, proceed as tion and the engine is not run- follows: ning. This can discharge the battery. 1. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position. . Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid dis- 2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition charging the vehicle battery. If switch position will change to the ON you must use accessories while position. the engine is not running, do not

Starting and driving 5-15 3. Push the ignition switch again to the Auto ACC position OFF position. With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, The shift position can be shifted from the Intelligent Key with you and the the P (Park) position if the ignition ignition placed from ON to OFF, the radio switch is in the ON position and the can still be used for a period of time, or brake pedal is depressed. until the driver’s door is opened. After a PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH period of time, functions such as radio, POSITIONS navigation (if so equipped), and Blue- tooth® Hands-Free Phone System may ON (Normal operating position) be restarted by turning on the audio system (see the separate NissanConnect® The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate at this position Owner’s Manual), or by pushing the UN- without the engine turned on. LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for up to a total of 30 minutes. The ON position has a battery saver JVS0404X feature that will place the ignition switch EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF in the OFF position, if the vehicle is not To shut off the engine in an emergency INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS- running, after some time under the fol- situation while driving or when the In- CHARGE lowing conditions: telligent Key battery is discharged, per- If the battery of the Intelligent Key is . all doors are closed. form the following procedure: discharged, or environmental conditions . vehicle is in P (Park) position. . Rapidly push the push-button ignition interfere with the Intelligent Key opera- switch 3 consecutive times in less tion, start the engine according to the than 1.5 seconds, or following procedure: OFF position . Push and hold the push-button igni- 1. Push the park button to shift to the P The engine is turned off in this position. tion switch for more than 2 seconds. (Park) position. After engine shut-off, open the door to 2. Firmly apply the foot brake. return to the normal condition. 3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.) 4. Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 sec-

5-16 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

onds after the chime sounds. The . Make sure the area around the vehicle 1. Apply the parking brake. engine will start. is clear. 2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P After step 3 is performed, when the . Check fluid levels such as engine oil, (Park) position. ignition switch is pushed without depres- coolant, brake fluid, and window The Intelligent Key must be carried sing the brake pedal, the ignition switch washer fluid as frequently as possible, when operating the ignition switch. position will change to ON. or at least whenever you refuel. . 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON NOTE: Check that all windows and lights are clean. position. Depress the brake pedal and . When the ignition switch is pushed push the ignition switch to start the . Visually inspect tires for their appear- to the ON position or the engine is engine. started by the above procedures, the ance and condition. Also check tires To start the engine immediately, push “Key Battery Low” warning appears for proper inflation. and release the ignition switch while (on the vehicle information display) . Lock all doors. depressing the brake pedal with the even if the Intelligent Key is inside . Position seat and adjust head re- ignition switch in any position. the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. straints/headrests. . To turn off the warning, touch the . If the engine is very hard to start in Adjust inside and outside mirrors. extremely cold weather or when ignition switch with the Intelligent . Fasten seat belts and ask all passen- Key again. restarting, depress the accelerator gers to do likewise. pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to . If the “Key Battery Low” warning . Check the operation of warning lights the floor) and while holding, crank appears, replace the battery as soon when the ignition switch is placed in the engine. Release the accelerator as possible. (See “Intelligent Key the ON position. (See “Warning lights, pedal when the engine starts. battery replacement” (P.8-20).) indicator lights and audible remin- . If the engine is very hard to start ders” (P.2-13).) because it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF. After cranking the engine, release the accelerator pedal. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake Starting and driving 5-17 pedal and pushing the push-button 5. To stop the engine, push the park 2. Depress the brake pedal. ignition switch to start the engine. button to shift to the P (Park) position, 3. Push the ignition switch once to the If the engine starts, but fails to run, and push the ignition switch to the ON position. repeat the above procedure. OFF position. For additional information about the NOTE: remote engine start function, see “Re- CAUTION Care should be taken to avoid situations mote engine start” (P.3-19). that can lead to potential battery dis- Do not operate the starter for more charge and potential no-start condi- than 15 seconds at a time. If the tions such as: engine does not start, push the 1. Installation or extended use of elec- ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 tronic accessories that consume seconds before cranking again, battery power when the engine is otherwise the starter could be da- not running (Phone chargers, GPS, maged. DVD players, etc.) 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ 4. Warm-up or only driven short distances. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 In these cases, the battery may need to seconds after starting. Do not race the be charged to maintain battery health. engine while warming it up. Drive at REMOTE ENGINE START (if so moderate speed for a short distance equipped) first, especially in cold weather. In cold weather, keep the engine running for Vehicles started with the remote engine a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before start function require the ignition switch shutting it off. Starting and stopping to be placed in the ON position before the the engine over a short period of time shift position can be shifted from the P may make the vehicle more difficult to (Park) position. To place the ignition start. switch in the ON position, perform the following steps: When the engine is racing with no load and cold, the engine speed is limited 1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is to about 4,500 rpm. carried with you.

5-18 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- . Do not downshift abruptly on Starting the vehicle MISSION (CVT) slippery roads. This may cause a 1. After starting the engine, fully depress The CVT in your vehicle is electronically loss of control. the foot brake pedal before attempt- controlled to produce maximum power . Never shift to either the P (Park) ing to place the shift position out of and smooth operation. or R (Reverse) position while the the P (Park) position. This CVT is The recommended operating procedures vehicle is moving forward and P designed so that the foot brake for this transmission are shown on the (Park) or D (Drive) position while pedal must be depressed before following pages. Follow these procedures the vehicle is reversing. This could shifting from P (Park) to any driving for maximum vehicle performance and cause an accident or damage the position while the ignition switch is driving enjoyment. transmission. in the ON position. The shift position cannot be placed out of the P (Park) . Except in an emergency, do not Engine power may be automatically position and into any of the other shift to the N (Neutral) position reduced to protect the CVT if the engine positions if the ignition switch is while driving. Coasting with the speed increases quickly when driving placed in the OFF position. on slippery roads or while being tested transmission in the N (Neutral) on some dynamometers. position may cause serious da- 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed mage to the transmission. and move the shift lever into a driving position. WARNING 3. Release the parking brake, the foot brake pedal, and then gradually start . Do not depress the accelerator CAUTION the vehicle in motion. pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D . To avoid possible damage to your (Drive), or M (Manual shift mode). vehicle, when stopping the vehi- CAUTION Always depress the brake pedal cle on an uphill grade, do not hold until shifting is completed. Failure the vehicle by depressing the . DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL to do so could cause you to lose accelerator pedal. The foot brake - Shifting the shift lever to D control and have an accident. should be used for this purpose. (Drive), R (Reverse) or M (Manual . Cold engine idle speed is high, so . Do not hang items on the shift shift mode) without depressing use caution when shifting into a lever. This may cause an accident the foot brake pedal causes the forward or reverse gear before due to a sudden start. vehicle to move slowly when the the engine has warmed up. engine is running. Make sure the foot brake pedal is depressed Starting and driving 5-19 fully and the vehicle is stopped vehicle information display. before shifting the shift lever. . MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER WARNING POSITION - Make sure the shift position is in the desired position Apply the electronic parking brake if on the vehicle information dis- the shift lever is in any position while play. D (Drive) and M (Manual shift the engine is not running. Failure to mode) are used to move forward do so could cause the vehicle to and R (Reverse) to back up. move unexpectedly or roll away and . WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the result in serious personal injury or higher idle speeds when the en- property damage. gine is cold, extra caution must be exercised when shifting the shift lever into the driving posi- WAF0556X tion immediately after starting CAUTION the engine. Home position (central position) To move the shift lever, . Use the P (Park), R (Reverse) or D (Drive) position only when the : Push the button to shift. vehicle is completely stopped. : Shift without pushing the button . . When switching to the desired Shifting shift position by operating the Push the park button to shift to the P shift lever, check that the shift (Park) position. lever returns to the central position by releasing your hand from After starting the engine, fully depress the the lever. Holding the shift lever in brake pedal, push the shift lever button a mid-way position may also and move the shift lever from the P (Park) damage the shift control system. position to any of the desired shift . positions. Do not operate the shift lever while the accelerator pedal is Confirm that the vehicle is in the desired depressed. This may cause a shift position by checking the shift indi- sudden start which could result cator located on the shift lever or on the 5-20 Starting and driving in an accident. Use this position when the vehicle is Neutral hold mode is engaged. parked or starting the engine. Always . The following operations are not make sure that the vehicle is completely allowed because excessive force stopped before pushing the park button CAUTION would be applied to the transmis- to engage the P (Park) position. For sion and this may result in da- maximum safety, the brake pedal must To avoid CVT malfunction, it is re- mage to the vehicle: be depressed before engaging the P commended that you manually — Moving the shift lever to the R (Park) position. Use this position together place the shift position in the P (Park) (Reverse) position when driv- with the electronic parking brake. When position under the above conditions. ing forward parking on a hill, first depress the brake pedal, apply the electronic parking brake — Moving the shift lever to the D R (Reverse): (Drive) position when rever- and then engage the P (Park) position. sing The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking. In order to secure CAUTION If these operations are at- the vehicle, always apply the electronic tempted, a chime sounds and parking brake in addition to the parking To prevent transmission damage, the vehicle shifts to the N (Neu- lock. tral) position. use the R (Reverse) position only In the event of a malfunction of the when the vehicle is completely vehicle’s electronics, the transmission stopped. P (Park): may lock in the P (Park) position. Have the vehicle’s electronics checked immedi- Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. ately. It is recommended that you visit a CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely NISSAN dealer for this service. stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) . To prevent transmission damage, The P (Park) position is automatically position. The brake pedal must be de- use the P (Park) position only engaged if: pressed and the shift lever button when the vehicle is completely . You switch off the ignition switch pushed to move the shift lever from stopped. . You unfasten the driver’s seat belt and the home position to R (Reverse). If the . Do not slide the shift lever while open the driver side door when the vehicle is placed in the R (Reverse) pushing the park button. This vehicle is stationary or driving at very position while the vehicle is moving may damage the shift control low speed and the transmission is in forward, the chime will sound and the system. the D (Drive) position, the R (Reverse) vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position or the N position unless the position. Starting and driving 5-21 N (Neutral): 4. Push the P position switch. Neither the forward nor reverse gear is WARNING 5. Slide the shift lever to the N (Neutral) engaged. The engine can be started in position, and hold it for 0.5 second this position. You may shift to the N . Use this function on a level sur- until “N” appears in the vehicle infor- (Neutral) position and restart a stalled face only. Failure to do so may mation display. engine while the vehicle is moving. cause the vehicle to move acci- 6. Slide the shift lever to the N (Neutral) You can select this position by holding dentally and could result in a position again, and hold it for 0.5 the shift lever at this position for 0.5 collision or serious personal in- second, until a message “Neutral Hold seconds. jury. Mode has been activated” appears in . Do not use this function for a the vehicle information display. (See D (Drive): purpose other than car washing. “66. Neutral Hold Mode activated in- Use this position for all normal forward . dicator” (P.2-42).) driving. The CVT changes gears automa- When the ignition switch is placed 7. Place the ignition switch in the OFF tically. All forward gears are available. If in the ON position after activating position. The engine will turn off with the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) this function, depress the brake holding the N (Neutral) position. position while the vehicle is reversing, pedal to stop the vehicle because the chime will sound and the vehicle will the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) To exit the Neutral hold mode, place the switch into the N (Neutral) position. position. vehicle in other than N (Neutral) position. . If this function is not activated NOTE: Neutral hold mode function regardless of proper operation, . It is necessary to perform the steps This function enables you to turn off the transmission may malfunction. It 4 through 6 within approximately 5 engine with the vehicle in the N (Neutral) is recommended that you visit a seconds to prevent incorrect opera- position. While this function is activated, NISSAN dealer for this service. tion. the vehicle can be moved by pushing with . When the ignition switch is placed in hand (when car washing) even if the To activate the Neutral hold mode, per- the OFF position while the shift lever ignition switch is in the OFF position. form the following operations. is in the N (Neutral) position, a When using this function, release the 1. Push the ignition switch to start the message will appear in the vehicle electronic parking brake. engine. information display. (See “65. Neu- 2. Release the electronic parking brake. tral Hold Mode guidance indicator” (P.2-42).) 3. Depress and hold the brake pedal. . If the Neutral hold mode is unavailable, a message will appear in the 5-22 Starting and driving vehicle information display. (See “67. move the shift lever to the D (Drive) Neutral Hold Mode was not activated position again. The transmission returns indicator” (P.2-42).) To activate the to the normal driving mode. Neutral hold mode, wait for a while When you pull the paddle shifter while in without shifting operation and then the D (Drive) position, the transmission perform the operations again. will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily. The transmission will automatically return to the D (Drive) position after a short period of time. If you want to return to the D (Drive) position manually, pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds. In the manual shift mode, the shift range is displayed in the vehicle information WAF0417X display. Paddle shifter Shift ranges up or down one by one as Manual shift mode follows: When the shift lever is moved to the D M ? M ? M ? M ? M ? M ? M ? M (Drive) position again with the vehicle in 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8

the D (Drive) position while driving, the M transmission enters the manual shift 8 (8th): mode. Shift range can be selected manu- Use this position for all normal forward ally using the paddle shifters on the driving at highway speeds. steering wheel. 7M (7th), 6M (6th) and 5M (5th): When shifting up, pull the right-side Use these positions when driving up long paddle shifter (+) . The transmission slopes, or for engine braking when driving shifts to the higher range. down long slopes. When shifting down, pull the left-side 4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd): paddle shifter (−) . The transmission shifts to the lower range. Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades. When canceling the manual shift mode, Starting and driving 5-23 1M (1st): . CVT operation is limited to automatic and vehicle speed may be limited. drive mode when CVT fluid tempera- Use this position when climbing steep Fail-safe hills slowly or driving slowly through deep ture is extremely low even if manual snow, or for maximum engine braking on shift mode is selected. This is not a When the fail-safe operation occurs, the steep downhill grades. malfunction. When CVT fluid warms Continuously Variable Transmission will . up, manual shift mode can be se- not be shifted into the selected driving Remember not to drive at high speeds lected. position. for extended periods of time in lower . than 8th gear. This reduces fuel econ- When the CVT fluid temperature is If the vehicle is driven under extreme omy. high, the shift range may upshift in conditions, such as excessive wheel . lower rpm than usual. This is not a spinning and subsequent hard braking, Pulling the same paddle shifter twice malfunction. will shift the ranges in succession. the fail-safe system may be activated. However, if this motion is rapidly done, The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive) may come on to indicate the fail-safe the second shifting may not be composition - pleted properly. mode is activated. For additional infor- . For passing or climbing hills, depress the mation, refer to “Malfunction Indicator In the manual shift mode, the trans- accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts Light (MIL)” (P.2-19). This will occur even mission may not shift to the se- the transmission down into a lower gear, if all electrical circuits are functioning lected gear. This helps maintain depending on the vehicle speed. properly. In this case, place the ignition driving performance and reduces switch in the OFF position and wait for the chance of vehicle damage or High fluid temperature protection 10 seconds. Then place the ignition loss of control. mode switch back in the ON position. The . When this situation occurs, the Con- This transmission has a high fluid tem- vehicle should return to its normal tinuously Variable Transmission perature protection mode. If the fluid operating condition. (The MIL may be (CVT) position indicator will blink temperature becomes too high, (for ex- illuminated even when the vehicle has and the chime will sound. ample, when climbing steep grades in returned to its normal operating condi- . In the manual shift mode, the trans- high temperatures with heavy loads, such tion.) If it does not return to its normal mission may shift up automatically as when towing a trailer), engine power operating condition, have the transmis- to a higher range than selected if the and, under some conditions, vehicle sion checked and repaired, if necessary, engine speed is too high. When the speed will be decreased automatically to by a NISSAN dealer. vehicle speed decreases, the trans- reduce the chance of transmission da- mission automatically shifts down mage. Vehicle speed can be controlled and shifts to 1st gear before the with the accelerator pedal, but the engine vehicle comes to a stop. 5-24 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE

WARNING WARNING

When the high fluid temperature . Never drive the vehicle with the protection mode or fail-safe opera- parking brake applied. The brake tion occurs, vehicle speed may be will overheat and fail to operate gradually reduced. The reduced and will lead to an accident. speed may be lower than other . Never release the parking brake traffic, which could increase the from outside the vehicle. If the chance of a collision. Be especially vehicle moves, it will be impossi- careful when driving. If necessary, ble to push the foot brake pedal pull to the side of the road at a safe and will lead to an accident. place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation, or have it . Never use the shift lever in place repaired if necessary. of the parking brake. When park- WAF0517X ing, be sure the parking brake is fully applied. Apply Release . To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended opera- Indicator light tion of the vehicle and/or its The electronic parking brake can be systems, do not leave children, applied or released automatically or by people who require the assis- operating the parking brake switch. tance of others or pets unat- AUTOMATIC OPERATION tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature in- The electronic parking brake will apply side a closed vehicle on a warm automatically under any of the following day can quickly become high conditions while the brake force is main- enough to cause a significant risk tained by the automatic brake hold func- of injury or death to people and tion: pets. . When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

Starting and driving 5-25 . When the shift position is placed in the NOTE: . P (Park) position. Without the vehicle stationary, To keep the electronic parking brake the electronic parking brake will released after the engine is turned . When the driver’s door is opened. . not be automatically applied off, place the ignition switch in the When the driver’s seat belt is unfas- even if the engine is turned off OFF position, depress the brake tened. with the ignition switch. pedal and push down the parking The electronic parking brake is automati- . Before leaving the vehicle, place brake switch before opening the cally released as soon as the vehicle the shift position in the P (Park) driver’s door. starts while the accelerator pedal is position and check that the elec- . If a malfunction occurs in the elec- depressed under the following condi- tronic parking brake warning tronic parking brake system (for tions. light is illuminated to confirm example, due to battery discharge), . While the engine is running. that the electronic parking brake it is recommended to contact a . When the shift position is in the D is applied. The electronic parking NISSAN dealer. (Drive) or R (Reverse) position. brake warning light will remain . Under the following conditions, the . When the driver’s door is closed. on for a period of time after the electronic parking brake will auto- The electronic parking brake is automati- driver’s door is locked. matically be applied and the brake cally released within 5 seconds after the force of the automatic brake hold shift position is placed in the D (Drive) or R will be released. (Reverse) position even if the driver’s door CAUTION — The braking force is applied by is opened. Be sure to close the door the automatic brake hold function before starting the vehicle. for 3 minutes or longer. When parking in an area where the — The vehicle is placed in the P outside temperature is below 32°F (Park) position. WARNING (0°C), the electronic parking brake, if applied, may freeze in place and may — The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. . be difficult to release. When the automatic brake hold — The driver’s door is opened. function is activated, the electro- For safe parking, it is recommended — The ignition switch is placed in nic parking brake will not be that you place the shift position in the OFF position. automatically applied when the the P (Park) position and securely engine is stopped without using block the wheels. — The electronic parking brake is the ignition switch (for example, applied manually. by engine stalling).

5-26 Starting and driving — If a malfunction occurs in the does not indicate a malfunction. . When pulling the parking brake automatic brake hold function. . When the electronic parking brake is switch up with the ignition switch . Make sure that the electronic park- frequently applied and released in a in the OFF position, the indicator ing brake system warning light (yel- short period of time, the electronic light on the parking brake switch low) is OFF before starting the parking brake system warning light will continue to illuminate for a short vehicle. (yellow) may blink and the electronic period of time. parking brake may not operate in MANUAL OPERATION order to prevent the electronic park- When towing a trailer To apply: When the vehicle is stopped, ing brake system from overheating. Depending on the weight of the vehicle pull the parking brake switch up. (The If this occurs, operate the parking and trailer and the steepness of the slope, electronic parking brake will apply even if brake switch again after waiting there may be a tendency for the vehicle the ignition switch is placed in the OFF approximately 1 minute. to move backwards when starting from a position.) The indicator light on the . If the electronic parking brake must standstill. When this occurs, you can use switch and the electronic parking brake be applied while driving in an emer- the parking brake switch in the same way warning light PARK or (red) will gency, pull up and hold the parking as a conventional lever type parking illuminate. brake switch. When you release the brake. To release: With the ignition switch in the parking brake switch, the electronic Before starting on sloping roads when ON position, depress the brake pedal and parking brake will be released. towing a trailer, be sure to read the push the parking brake switch down . . While pulling up the parking brake following to prevent the vehicle from The indicator light and the electronic switch during driving, the electronic moving backward unintentionally. parking brake warning light (red) will turn parking brake is applied and a chime . Release the parking brake switch as off. sounds. The electronic parking soon as the engine is delivering en- Before driving, check that the electronic brake warning light (red) and the ough torque to the wheels. parking brake warning light (red) turns indicator light on the parking brake off. For additional information, see “Warn- switch illuminate. This does not in- ing lights, indicator lights and audible dicate a malfunction. The electronic reminders” (P.2-13). parking brake warning light (red) and the indicator light on the park- NOTE: . ing brake switch will turn off when While the electronic parking brake is the electronic parking brake is re- applied or released, an operating leased. sound is heard from the lower side of the rear seat. This is normal and Starting and driving 5-27 AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD

The automatic brake hold function main- unexpectedly moves due to out- — A warning message appears tains the braking force without the driver side conditions, the chime may in the vehicle information dis- having to depress the brake pedal when sound and automatic brake hold play. the vehicle is stopped at a traffic light or warning may illuminate in the intersection. As soon as the driver de- — The indicator light on the vehicle information display. presses the accelerator pedal again, the automatic brake hold switch automatic brake hold function is deacti- . Be sure to deactivate the auto- does not illuminate when the vated and the braking force is released. matic brake hold function when switch is pushed. The operating status of the automatic using a car wash or towing your . vehicle. The automatic brake hold func- brake hold can be displayed on the tion will not be activated if the . vehicle information display. Make sure to push the park but- slip indicator light, electronic ton to shift to the P (Park) posi- parking brake system warning WARNING tion and apply the electronic light or master warning light illu- parking brake when parking your minates and the Chassis Control vehicle, riding on or off the vehi- . System Error warning message The automatic brake hold func- cle, or loading luggage. Failure to appears in the vehicle information is not designed to hold the do so could cause the vehicle to tion display. vehicle on a steep hill or slippery move or roll away unexpectedly . road. Never use the automatic and result in serious personal To maintain the braking force to brake hold when the vehicle is injury or property damage. keep the vehicle to a standstill, a noise may be heard. This is not a stopped on a steep hill or slippery . If any of the following conditions malfunction. road. Failure to do so may cause occur, the automatic brake hold the vehicle to move. function may not function. Have . The automatic brake hold warn- the system checked promptly. It ing may appear in the vehicle is recommended that you visit a information display to request NISSAN dealer for this service. that the driver retake control by Failure to operate the vehicle in depressing the brake pedal. accordance with these conditions . When the automatic brake hold could cause the vehicle to move function is activated but fails to or roll away unexpectedly and maintain the vehicle at a stand- result in serious personal injury still, depress the brake pedal to or property damage. stop the vehicle. If the vehicle 5-28 Starting and driving the following conditions need to be met. . The driver’s seat belt is fastened. WARNING . The electronic parking brake is released. Make sure to firmly depress and hold . The vehicle is not in the P (Park) the brake pedal when turning off the position. automatic brake hold function while . The vehicle is not parked on a steep the brake force is applied. When the hill. automatic brake hold function is deactivated, the brake force will be NOTE: released. This could cause the vehi- The automatic brake hold function re- cle to move or roll away unexpect- sets to OFF every time the ignition edly. switch is switched from the OFF posi- Failure to prevent the vehicle from tion to the ON position. WAF0516X rolling may result in serious personal How to deactivate the automatic injury or property damage. HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE brake hold function THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD While the automatic brake hold function HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC FUNCTION is activated, push the automatic brake BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION hold switch to turn off the automatic For additional information on using the How to activate the automatic brake hold indicator light and deactivate automatic brake hold function, refer to the automatic brake hold function. To brake hold function the instructions outlined in this section. 1. With the ignition switch in the ON deactivate the automatic brake hold position, push the automatic brake function while the brake force has been To maintain braking force auto- hold switch . The indicator light on maintained by the automatic brake hold matically the automatic brake hold switch function, depress the brake pedal and push the automatic brake hold switch. With the automatic brake hold function illuminates. activated and the automatic brake hold 2. When the automatic brake hold func- indicator light (white) illuminated on the tion goes into standby, the automatic meter, depress the braking pedal to stop brake hold indicator light (white) illu- the vehicle. The brake force is automati- minates. cally applied without your foot depressed To use the automatic brake hold function, on the brake pedal. While the brake hold is Starting and driving 5-29 DRIVE MODE SELECTOR maintained, the automatic brake hold NOTE: . indicator light (green) illuminates on the Under the following conditions, the meter. electronic parking brake will automatically be applied and the brake To start the vehicle from a stand- force of the automatic brake hold still will be released: With the vehicle not in the P (Park) or the — The braking force is applied by shift lever not in the N (Neutral) position, the automatic brake hold function depress the accelerator pedal while the for 3 minutes or longer. brake force is maintained. The brake force — The driver’s seat belt is unfas- will automatically be released to restart tened. the vehicle. The automatic brake hold — The ignition switch is placed in indicator light (white) on the meter illu- the OFF position. minates and the automatic brake hold — If a malfunction occurs in the returns to standby. automatic brake hold function. WAF0514X Parking — The vehicle is placed in the P Drive Mode Selector: 2WD models (Park) position. When the park button is pushed to — The driver’s door is opened. engage the P (Park) position with the brake force maintained by the automatic — The electronic parking brake is brake hold function, the electronic park- applied manually. . ing brake will automatically be applied When the vehicle stops, but the and the brake force of the automatic brake force is not automatically brake hold will be released. The auto- applied, depress the brake pedal matic brake hold indicator light turns off. firmly until the automatic brake hold When the electronic parking brake is indicator light (green) illuminates. applied with the brake force maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the brake force of the automatic brake hold will be released. The automatic brake hold indicator light turns off. WAF0515X Drive Mode Selector: AWD models 5-30 Starting and driving Multiple driving modes can be selected by using the Drive Mode Selector. WARNING 2WD: SPORT, STANDARD and ECO To change the mode, push the Drive Do not stare at the Drive Mode Mode Selector up or down. Selector or the display while driving so that full attention may be given to AWD: OFF-ROAD, SNOW, AUTO, ECO and vehicle operation. SPORT To change the mode, turn the Drive Mode Selector right or left. OFF-ROAD MODE (AWD models) NOTE: Allows for easier driving or starting on a bumpy road surface such as an uneven When the Drive Mode Selector selects a dirt road or a steep uphill slope or mode, the mode may not switch im- through sand. WAF0540X mediately. This is not a malfunction. Vehicle information display: 2WD models The current mode is displayed in the vehicle information display. The mode list CAUTION will appear in the vehicle information display and you can select the mode. Never drive on dry, hard surface NOTE: roads in the OFF-ROAD mode, as this will overload the powertrain and The mode list will be turned off in may cause a serious malfunction. approximately 5 seconds after the Additionally, this will cause prema- mode is selected. ture tire wear and reduced fuel If the driving mode cannot be switched economy. using the Drive Mode Selector when the ignition switch is in the ON position, have When the OFF-ROAD mode is selected, the system checked. It is recommended small tight-corner braking phenomenon you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. or small vibration in cornering may occur. This is not a malfunction. WAF0541X Vehicle information display: AWD models Starting and driving 5-31 SNOW MODE (AWD models) ECO MODE . When the cruise control (if so This mode makes it easier to start and Assists the driver’s ECO-driving. The en- equipped) or the Intelligent Cruise run from snowy roads and frozen roads. gine and transmission points are adjusted Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) for improved fuel economy, providing is operated. such a driving features as smooth start- ECO Mode Customize CAUTION ing or constant cruising. The “ECO Mode Customize” is a function NOTE: Never drive on dry, hard surface that can change the priority from the roads in the SNOW mode, as this will Selecting the ECO mode will not neces- Cruise Control (if so equipped) or the overload the powertrain and may sarily improve fuel economy as many Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) function cause a serious malfunction. Addi- driving factors influence its effective- to fuel efficiency improvements. It can be tionally, this will cause premature ness. set when the ECO mode is selected. To tire wear and reduced fuel economy. Operation activate or deactivate this function, see “ECO Mode Setting” (P.2-26). Select the ECO mode using the Drive . When the SNOW mode is selected, small Mode Selector. The ECO indicator illumi- Cruise Control vibration in cornering may occur. This is nates. When the setting is ON, the fuel not a malfunction. efficiency while cruising will be im- When the accelerator pedal is depressed proved by lowering the acceleration STANDARD MODE (2WD models)/ within the range of economy drive, the target from normal (setting OFF) AUTO MODE (AWD models) ECO indicator illuminates in green. When mode. the accelerator pedal is depressed above This is the standard mode that is most the range of economy drive, the ECO NOTE: suitable for normal driving. indicator turns off. When the vehicle speed is reduced (for This mode will be selected first each time The ECO indicator will not illuminate in example, when the vehicle is driven on the ignition switch is placed in the ON the following cases: an uphill road from a flat road), it will position. . take more time to return to the pre- When the shift lever is in the R viously set speed than normal mode. (Reverse) position. . When the vehicle speed is below 2 MPH (3.2 km/h) or over 90 MPH (144 km/h).

5-32 Starting and driving Tire Pres ECO advice green range ( and ), it indicates that The “Tire Pres ECO advice” is a function to the accelerator pedal is depressed over show an ECO advice message in the the range of economy drive. vehicle information display when low tire The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed pressure is detected. To activate or deac- when: tivate this function, see “ECO Mode . The vehicle speed is less than approxi- Setting” (P.2-26). mately 2 MPH (4 km/h). When the setting is ON, the ECO Drive . The shift lever is in the P (Park), N Report display shows "See Tire Pres- (Neutral) or R (Reverse) position. sures". You can switch the display to the SPORT MODE Tire Pressures display by pushing the . button on the steering wheel. Adjusts the engine and transmission points for a higher response. . The setting of the steering system is WAF0126X adjusted to moderately increase steering wheel effort for a sporty feel. ECO Pedal Guide function NOTE: The ECO Pedal Guide display can be In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may selected in the vehicle information display be reduced. in the ECO mode. (See “5. ECO Pedal Guide” (P.2-45).) Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for improving fuel economy. When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the green range , it indicates that the vehicle is being driven within range of the super economy drive. When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the light green range , it indicates that the vehicle is being driven within range of the economy drive. If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the

Starting and driving 5-33 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS

Each Driver Assistance system is designed to help the driver in different ways as they drive. The following Driver Assistance systems (if so equipped) are available on this vehicle:

Category System Symbol System description (See the specified page for detailed information.) Page Assists the driver with a warning and/or braking operation when there is a risk Automatic Emergency of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane, or with a Braking (AEB) with pedes- 5-122 pedestrian or a cyclist. trian detection

Intelligent Forward Colli- Helps alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle 5-132 sion Warning (I-FCW) traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) . Forward Driving Helps the driver maintain a selected distance from the vehicle ahead and 5-97 Aids Intelligent Cruise Control can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead. (ICC) (models with ProPI- . Decelerates the vehicle to a standstill when a vehicle ahead slows to a stop. LOT Assist) Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode . Allows the driver to drive the vehicle at a fixed speed without keeping his/ 5-118 her foot on the accelerator pedal. Allows the driver to drive the vehicle at a fixed speed without keeping his/her Cruise control (models foot on the accelerator pedal. (For vehicles equipped with the ProPILOT Assist, 5-82 without ProPILOT Assist) see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-118).) Lane Departure Warning Warns the driver that the vehicle is about to cross a lane marker with an 5-46 (LDW) indicator and a steering wheel vibration. . Warns the driver that the vehicle is about to cross a lane marker with an Intelligent Lane Interven- indicator and a steering wheel vibration. 5-51 tion (I-LI) . Side Driving Aids Assists the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. Warns the driver of a vehicle in an adjacent lane when changing lanes with an (Lane and Blind Blind Spot Warning (BSW) 5-57 Spot) indicator. . Intelligent Blind Spot In- Warns the driver of a vehicle in an adjacent lane when changing lanes. 5-65 tervention (I-BSI) . Assists the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. Assists the driver to help keep the vehicle within the center of the traveling lane Steering Assist 5-113 (this system is integrated in the ProPILOT Assist).

5-34 Starting and driving Category System Symbol System description (See the specified page for detailed information.) Page Rear Cross Traffic Alert Assists the driver when backing out from a parking space by detecting other 5-76 (RCTA) vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. Rear Driving Aids Assists the driver when the vehicle is backing up and approaching stationary Rear Automatic Braking objects directly behind the vehicle by providing a warning and automatic 5-143 (RAB) braking if needed. Shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is placed in the R (Reverse) RearView Monitor - 4-2 position. Intelligent Around View® Assists the driver in parking situations by showing various views of the position - 4-9 Monitor of the vehicle in a split screen format. Moving Object Detection Parking Aids - Informs the driver of moving objects near the vehicle in parking situations. 4-22 (MOD) Informs the driver with a visual and audible alert of stationary obstacles near the Sonar system - 5-162 bumpers or the vehicle sides (flanks). Informs the driver with a visual and audible alert of stationary obstacles to the Rear Sonar System (RSS) - 5-168 rear of the vehicle when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. Consists of Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering Assist. ProPILOT Assist 5-84

Speed Limit Assist - a fea- Detects a change of the speed limit, indicates the detected speed limit and can ture of ProPILOT Assist 5-102 apply it to the vehicle set speed automatically or manually. ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link Speed Adjust by Route - a Adjusts the vehicle speed depending on curves, junctions and exits, using road feature of ProPILOT Assist 5-105 information provided by the navigation system. with Navi-link

Starting and driving 5-35 Category System Symbol System description (See the specified page for detailed information.) Page Switches the headlights to the low beam automatically when an oncoming High beam assist 2-59 vehicle or leading vehicle appears in front of your vehicle. Traffic Sign Recognition Provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed 5-43 (TSR) limit. Other Driving Intelligent Driver Alertness Aids Helps alert the driver when a lack of attention or driving fatigue is detected. 5-141 (I-DA) Helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to Hill Start Assist - release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped 5-161 on a hill.

5-36 Starting and driving . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)* . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI)* . Steering Assist . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . Moving Object Detection (MOD) . Sonar system . Rear Sonar System (RSS) . Speed Limit Assist (ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link) . Speed Adjust by Route (ProPILOT As- sist with Navi-link) . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) . Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) *: To operate the I-LI and I-BSI systems, you need to push the ProPILOT Assist WAF0412X switch after enabling each system in the settings menu. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left settings menu in the vehicle information side) display. Select each setting item using the Vehicle information display scroll dial on the steering-wheel- HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE mounted controls. SYSTEMS . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) The following systems (if so equipped) with pedestrian detection can be enabled or disabled using the

Starting and driving 5-37 Driver Assistance display The Driver Assistance display appears in the vehicle information display when selected using the scroll dial, or for a short period of time when the ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped) is pushed. The status of the following systems can be shown in each zone of the display.

Zone Driving Aid Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detec- Forward tion Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) WAF0522X WAF0585X Lane Departure Warning (LDW) All: outline Forward: outline, Other: shaded Lane Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- Zone Driving Aid Status Zone Driving Aid Status LI) Automatic Emergency Automatic Emergency Blind Spot Warning (BSW) Braking (AEB) with pe- Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection Enabled destrian detection Enabled Blind Spot Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- Forward Forward tion (I-BSI) (if so equipped) Intelligent Forward (outline) Intelligent Forward (outline) Collision Warning (I- Collision Warning (I- . When any of the “Warning” systems FCW) FCW) are enabled, the “ ” mark is shown Enabled Lane Departure Warn- Lane Departure Warn- Enabled in each zone. ing (LDW) (outline) ing (LDW) Lane Lane . Enabled When any of the “Intervention” sys- Intelligent Lane Inter- Disabled Intelligent Lane Inter- tems are enabled, the “ ” mark is vention (I-LI) vention (I-LI) (shaded) shown in each zone. Enabled Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Warning Enabled . When no system is enabled, “OFF” is Blind (BSW) (outline) Blind (BSW) shown in each zone. Spot Spot Enabled Intelligent Blind Spot Disabled Intelligent Blind Spot The display changes as the following Intervention (I-BSI) Intervention (I-BSI) (shaded) examples: 5-38 Starting and driving COMMON TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Some of the Driver Assistance systems use the common parts (camera, radar, etc.) to function. When a pop-up warning message appears in the vehicle information display, or the warning light flashes/illuminates, check the system condition. For details, see “System temporarily unavailable” and “System malfunction” sections in this Owner’s Manual for each applicable system. For camera and radar temporary blockage

Warning message/ Symptom Possible cause System affected Action to take Warning light “Unavailable TSR, LDW, I-LI and I- High Cabin BSI and Steering Temperature” Assist When the interior temperature is reduced, the system High camera Direct sunlight/High cabin resumes automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch temperature temperature AEB with pedes- to turn back on the I-LI and I-BSI systems.) Flashing trian detection and I-FCW “Not Available Poor camera When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Direct sunlight automatically. Front Camera visibility Steering Assist and Obstructed” AEB with pedes- or Camera Windshield glass misted, trian detection Clean the windshield glass of the camera area. Use the obstruction frozen or covered with dirt wipers and the defroster to help clear the windshield glass. Flashing When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Inclement weather (rain, “Forward Driving Aids automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn fog, snow, etc.) temporarily disabled back on the ICC system.) ICC, AEB with pe- Front Sensor blocked Front radar Sensor covered with dirt Clean the front radar sensor area on the front of the destrian detection See Owner’s Manual” obstruction or obstructed vehicle. and and I-FCW When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Roads with limited road Flashing automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn structures or buildings back on the ICC system.) ICC, AEB with pe- When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Front radar Interference from another destrian detection automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn Flashing interruption radar source and I-FCW back on the ICC system.)

Starting and driving 5-39 Warning message/ Symptom Possible cause System affected Action to take Warning light Clean the side rear radar area on the rear of the vehicle. “Unavailable Side radar BSW, I-BSI and When the condition no longer exists, the system resumes Side Radar Radar blockage obstruction RCTA automatically. (Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn Obstruction” back on the I-BSI system.)

For system temporarily unavailable

Warning light/Warning Possible cause System to check Action to take message Illuminating VDC turned off AEB with pedestrian detection Turn on the VDC. VDC turned off Turn on the VDC. “Currently not available” SNOW mode or OFF-ROAD mode I-LI, I-BSI and ICC Select a mode other than SNOW and OFF- selected (AWD models) ROAD.

For system malfunction

Warning light/Warning Symptom System to check Action to take message “Malfunction” and RCTA, AEB with pedestrian detection and I-FCW Illuminating “Malfunction TSR and RAB Stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart See Owner’s Manual” the engine. If the warning light/message continues to illuminate, “Not Available System malfunction LDW, I-LI, BSW, I-BSI, ICC and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN System Malfunction” Steering Assist dealer for this service. “Parking Sensor Error Sonar system and RSS See Owner’s Manual” “Driver Attention Alert I-DA Malfunction”

5-40 Starting and driving Camera, radar and sonar locations — Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) The camera, radar and sonar that are used by each Driver Assistance systems are located on the front and rear of the vehicle. For the maintenance of each component, see “System maintenance” section in this Owner’s Manual for each application system.

WAF0644X Vehicle front Front camera unit — Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection — Lane Departure Warning (LDW) — Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI) — Steering Assist — High beam assist — Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) Front radar sensor — Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection — Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I- FCW)

Starting and driving 5-41 — Rear Sonar System (RSS)

WAF0414X Vehicle rear Side radar sensor — Blind Spot Warning (BSW) — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI) — Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

WAF0649X Sonar Front and side (if so equipped) sonar sensors — Sonar system Rear and side (if so equipped) sonar sensors — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) — Sonar system 5-42 Starting and driving TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (TSR) (if so equipped)

WARNING

The TSR system is only intended to be a support device to provide the driver with information. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert and drive safely at all times.

WAC0523X SYSTEM OPERATION WAF0419X The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system The TSR system displays the following provides the driver with information types of road sign: about the most recently detected speed limit. The system captures the road sign information with the multi-sensing front camera unit located on the windshield in front of the inside mirror and displays the detected signs in the vehicle information display. For vehicles equipped with navigation system, the speed limit displayed is based on a combination of navigation system data and live camera recognition. TSR information is shown in the vehicle information display and in the Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped). (See “Head Up Display (HUD)” (P.2-47).)

Starting and driving 5-43 . The TSR system may not function road routing. properly under all conditions. Be- — When overtaking buses or low are some examples: trucks with speed stickers. — When the road sign is not clearly visible, for example, — When the data from the navi- due to damage or weather gation system is not up-to- conditions. date or is unavailable. . — When rain, snow or dirt ad- The TSR system may display a heres to the windshield in traffic sign, though there is no front of the multi-sensing traffic sign in front of the vehicle. front camera unit. It may display a different speed limit from that for a passenger — When the headlights are not vehicle. (The maximum speed WAC0215X bright due to dirt on the lens limit sign may show a higher or or if the aiming is not adjusted lower number than the actual Latest detected speed limit properly. maximum speed, for example, Reduce speed limit caution (orange) — When strong light enters the when detecting a speed limit sign No speed limit information camera unit. (For example, the for truck, advisory sign, different No passing zone light directly shines on the speed limit sign between daytime Reduce speed limit caution (with no front of the vehicle at sunrise and nighttime, or speed limit sign speed limit information) (orange) or sunset.) written in different unit near the border, etc.) — When a sudden change in CAUTION brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or . The TSR system is intended as an exits a tunnel or under a aid to careful driving. It is the bridge.) driver’s responsibility to stay — In areas not covered by the alert, drive safely, and observe navigation system. all road regulations that currently apply, including looking out for — If there are deviations in rela- road signs. tion to the navigation, for example due to changes in the 5-44 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- ABLE If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C) and then started, the TSR system may be deactivated automatically. The “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display. Action to take: When the interior temperature is reduced, the TSR system will resume operating automatically. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the TSR system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically and the TSR “Malfunction See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display. Action to take WAF0412X If the warning message appears, pull off Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left the road at a safe location and stop the 1. Push the button until “Set- vehicle. Turn the engine off and restart side) tings” appears in the vehicle informa- Vehicle information display the engine. If the warning message con- tion display and then push the scroll tinues to appear, have the system HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE TSR dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver checked by a NISSAN dealer. SYSTEM Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. Perform the following steps to enable or 2. Select “Speed Limit Sign” and push the disable the TSR system: scroll dial to turn the system on or off.

Starting and driving 5-45 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The TSR system uses the same multi- WARNING sensing front camera unit that is used by the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys- Failure to follow the warnings and tem, located in front of the inside mirror. instructions for proper use of the For maintenance of the camera, see LDW system could result in serious “System maintenance” (P.5-50). injury or death. . This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- WAC0523X cle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. The LDW system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above, and the lane markings are clearly visible on the road. The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror. The LDW system warns the driver that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane with an indicator and a steering wheel vibration. (See “LDW system operation” (P.5-47).)

5-46 Starting and driving LDW SYSTEM OPERATION The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above and the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the LDW indicator on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

WAF0411X

LDW indicator (on the vehicle information display) Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

Starting and driving 5-47 3. Select “Warning (LDW)” and push the scroll dial. NOTE: If you disable the LDW system, the system will remain disabled the next time you start the vehicle’s engine. LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death. . The system will not operate at speeds below approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers. . Do not use the LDW system under WAF0412X the following conditions as it may Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 1. Push the button until “Set- not function properly: side) tings” appears in the vehicle informa- — During bad weather (rain, fog, Vehicle information display tion display and then push the scroll snow, etc.). HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver — When driving on slippery SYSTEM Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. roads, such as on ice or snow. 2. Select “Lane” and push the scroll dial. Perform the following steps to enable or — When driving on winding or disable the LDW system. uneven roads. 5-48 Starting and driving — When there is a lane closure able. ple, the light directly shines on due to road repairs. — On roads where there are the front of the vehicle at — When driving in a makeshift or sharp curves. sunrise or sunset.) temporary lane. — On roads where there are — When a sudden change in — When driving on roads where sharply contrasting objects, brightness occurs. (For exam- the lane width is too narrow. such as shadows, snow, ple, when the vehicle enters or water, wheel ruts, seams or exits a tunnel or under a — When driving without normal bridge.) tire conditions (for example, lines remaining after road re- tire wear, low tire pressure, pairs. (The LDW system could installation of spare tire, tire detect these items as lane SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- chains, non-standard wheels). markers.) ABLE Condition A: — When the vehicle is equipped — On roads where the traveling with non-original brake parts lane merges or separates. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight or suspension parts. — When the vehicle’s traveling under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then — When towing a trailer or other direction does not align with the lane marker. started, the LDW system may be deacti- vehicle. vated automatically, the LDW indicator . The system may not function — When traveling close to the will flash and the following message will properly under the following con- vehicle in front of you, which appear in the vehicle information display. obstructs the lane camera ditions: . unit detection range. “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature” — On roads where there are When the interior temperature is reduced, multiple parallel lane markers; — When rain, snow, dirt or object the LDW system will resume operating lane markers that are faded or adheres to the windshield in automatically and the LDW indicator will not painted clearly; yellow front of the lane camera unit. stop flashing. painted lane markers; non- — When the headlights are not Condition B: standard lane markers; or bright due to dirt on the lens The warning function of the LDW system lane markers covered with or if the aiming is not adjusted is not designed to work under the follow- water, dirt, snow, etc. properly. ing conditions: — On roads where discontinued — When strong light enters the lane markers are still detect- lane camera unit. (For exam- Starting and driving 5-49 . When you operate the lane change . Do not strike or damage the areas signal and change traveling lanes in around the camera unit. Do not touch the direction of the signal. (The LDW the camera lens or remove the screw system will become operable again located on the camera unit. If the approximately 2 seconds after the camera unit is damaged due to an lane change signal is turned off.) accident, it is recommended that you . When the vehicle speed lowers to less visit a NISSAN dealer. than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). Action to take: After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the LDW system will resume. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the LDW system malfunctions, it will WAC0523X cancel automatically and “Not Available System Malfunction” warning message SYSTEM MAINTENANCE will appear in the vehicle information The lane camera unit for the LDW display. If the warning message appears, system is located above the inside mirror. pull off the road to a safe location and To keep the proper operation of the LDW stop the vehicle. Place the ignition switch system and prevent a system malfunc- in the OFF position and restart the tion, be sure to observe the following: engine. If the warning message continues . to appear, have the system checked. It is Always keep the windshield clean. recommended that you visit a NISSAN . Do not attach a sticker (including dealer for this service. transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit. . Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. 5-50 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION (I-LI)

The I-LI system monitors the lane mar- WARNING kers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or death. . The I-LI system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. WAC0523X . The I-LI system is primarily intended for use on well-developed The I-LI system must be turned on with freeways or highways. It may not the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steer- detect the lane markers in certain ing wheel, every time the ignition is road, weather, or driving condi- placed in the ON position. tions. The I-LI system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above, and only when the lane markings are clearly visible on the road. The I-LI system warns the driver when the vehicle has left the center of the traveling lane with an indicator and steering wheel vibration. The system helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). Starting and driving 5-51 on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. To turn on the I-LI system, push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The I-LI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI ON indicator will turn off.

WAF0518X I-LI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa- I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION tion display) The I-LI system operates above approxi- I-LI indicator (on the vehicle information display) mately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and when the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle Vehicle information display approaches either the left or the right ProPILOT Assist switch side of the traveling lane, steering wheel will vibrate and the I-LI indicator (orange)

5-52 Starting and driving Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Lane” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Prevention (LDP)” and push the scroll dial. 4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system on or off. NOTE: Turning on the ProPILOT Assist system will turn on the I-LI and I-BSI (if so equipped) systems at the same time. If the I-LI system is disabled in the settings menu, the I-LI will automatically be turned on when the Steering Assist system is active. (See “ProPILOT Assist” (P.5-84).) I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limita- WAF0519X tions for the I-LI system. Failure to Steering-wheel-mounted control (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI follow the warnings and instructions side) SYSTEM for proper use of the I-LI system Vehicle information display could result in serious injury or ProPILOT Assist switch Perform the following steps to enable or death. disable the I-LI system. . The I-LI system may activate if 1. Push the button until “Settings” you change lanes without first appears in the vehicle information activating your turn signal or, for display and then push the scroll dial. example, if a construction zone Starting and driving 5-53 directs traffic to cross an existing — When there is a lane closure — On roads where there are lane marker. If this occurs you due to road repairs. sharply contrasting objects, may need to apply corrective — When driving in a makeshift or such as shadows, snow, steering to complete your lane temporary lane. water, wheel ruts, seams or change. lines remaining after road re- . Because the I-LI may not activate — When driving on roads where pairs. (The I-LI system could under the road, weather, and lane the lane width is too narrow. detect these items as lane marker conditions described in — When driving without normal markers.) this section, it may not activate tire conditions (for example, — On roads where the traveling every time your vehicle begins to tire wear, low tire pressure, lane merges or separates. leave its lane and you will need to installation of spare tire, tire apply corrective steering. chains, non-standard wheels). — When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with . The I-LI system will not operate at — When the vehicle is equipped the lane marker. speeds below approximately 37 with non-original brake parts MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot or suspension parts. — When traveling close to the detect lane markers. vehicle in front of you, which — When towing a trailer or other obstructs the lane camera . When the I-LI system is operating, vehicle. unit detection range. avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you — On roads where there are — When rain, snow or dirt ad- could lose control of the vehicle. multiple parallel lane markers; heres to the windshield in lane markers that are faded or . Do not use the I-LI system under front of the lane camera unit. not painted clearly; yellow the following conditions as it may painted lane markers; non- — When the headlights are not not function properly: standard lane markers; or bright due to dirt on the lens — During bad weather (rain, fog, lane markers covered with or if the aiming is not adjusted snow, etc.). water, dirt, snow, etc. properly. — When driving on slippery — On roads where discontinued — When strong light enters the roads, such as on ice or snow. lane markers are still detect- lane camera unit. (For exam- able. ple, the light directly shines on — When driving on winding or the front of the vehicle at uneven roads. — On roads where there are sunrise or sunset.) sharp curves. 5-54 Starting and driving — When a sudden change in Condition B: — When the SNOW mode and the brightness occurs. (For exam- The assist function of the I-LI system is OFF-ROAD mode is selected (AWD ple, when the vehicle enters or not designed to work under the following models). exits a tunnel or under a conditions (warning is still functional): Action to take: bridge.) . When the brake pedal is depressed. When the above conditions no longer . When the steering wheel is turned as exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the While the I-LI system is operating, you far as necessary for the vehicle to ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn the I- may hear a sound of brake operation. change lanes. LI system back on. This is normal and indicates that the I-LI . When the vehicle is accelerated during Temporary disabled status at high tem- system is operating properly. the I-LI system operation. perature: SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- . When the Intelligent Cruise Control If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight ABLE (ICC) approach warning occurs (if so under high temperature conditions (over equipped). approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the Condition A: . When the hazard warning flashers are I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system The warning and assist functions of the I- operated. may be deactivated automatically and LI system are not designed to work under . When driving on a curve at high speed. the following message will appear on the following conditions: Action to take: the vehicle information display: . When you operate the lane change . After the above conditions have finished “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature” signal and change the traveling lanes When the interior temperature is reduced, in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the I-LI system application of the system will resume operating auto- system will be deactivated for ap- matically. proximately 2 seconds after the lane the brakes will resume. change signal is turned off.) Condition C: SYSTEM MALFUNCTION . When the vehicle speed lowers to less If the following message appears in the If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). vehicle information display, a chime will cancel automatically. The I-LI indicator Action to take: sound and the I-LI system will be turned (orange) will illuminates and the “Not Available System Malfunction” warning After the above conditions have finished off automatically. message will appear in the vehicle infor- and the necessary operating conditions . "Currently not available": mation display. are satisfied, the warning and assist — When the Vehicle Dynamic Control functions will resume. (VDC) system is turned off. If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates, pull off the road to a safe location. Turn

Starting and driving 5-55 the engine off and restart the engine. If . Do not strike or damage the areas the I-LI indicator (orange) continues to around the camera unit. Do not touch illuminate, have the I-LI system checked. It the camera lens or remove the screw is recommended that you visit a NISSAN located on the camera unit. If the dealer for this service. camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

WAC0523X SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The lane camera unit for the I-LI system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the I-LI system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: . Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit. . Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers. 5-56 Starting and driving BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death. . The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the WAF0414X SSD1030 direction your vehicle will move Detection zone to ensure it is safe to change The BSW system uses radar sensors lanes. Never rely solely on the installed near the rear bumper to detect The radar sensors can detect vehicles on BSW system. other vehicles in an adjacent lane. either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside The BSW system helps alert the driver of mirror of your vehicle and extends ap- other vehicles in adjacent lanes when proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear changing lanes. bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways. When the turn signal is activated, the detection zone may extend more than approximately 10 ft (3.0 m).

Starting and driving 5-57 system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone. The side indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light.

WAF0413X Side indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPERATION BSW indicator (on the vehicle information The BSW system operates above approxi- display) mately 20 MPH (32 km/h). Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the side) detection zone, the side indicator light illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the 5-58 Starting and driving 3. Select “Warning (BSW)” and push the scroll dial. NOTE: The system will retain current settings in the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted. BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions. . The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as: WAF0412X — Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 1. Push the button until “Set- side) — Vehicles such as motorcycles, tings” appears in the vehicle informa- low height vehicles, or high Vehicle information display tion display and then push the scroll ground clearance vehicles. HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver SYSTEM Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. — Oncoming vehicles. Perform the following steps to enable or 2. Select “Blind Spot” and push the scroll — Vehicles remaining in the de- disable the BSW system. dial. tection zone when you accelerate from a stop. Starting and driving 5-59 — A vehicle merging into an condition. BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS adjacent lane at a speed ap- . The following conditions may re- Indicator on proximately the same as your duce the ability of the radar to vehicle. detect other vehicles: Indicator off — A vehicle approaching rapidly — Severe weather from behind. Indicator flashing — Road spray — A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly. — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle — A vehicle that passes through . the detection zone quickly. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install ac- — When overtaking several vehi- cessories or apply additional cles in a row, the vehicles after paint near the radar sensors. the first vehicle may not be These conditions may reduce the detected if they are traveling ability of the radar to detect other close together. vehicles. . The radar sensor’s detection zone . Excessive noise (for example, is designed based on a standard audio system volume, open vehi- lane width. When driving in a cle window) will interfere with the wider lane, the radar sensors chime sound, and it may not be may not detect vehicles in an heard. adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away. . The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guard- rails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation 5-60 Starting and driving JVS0737X JVS0738X JVS0739X Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle Another vehicle approaching from Illustration 2: If the driver activates the Overtaking another vehicle behind turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 3: The side indicator light Illustration 1: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- that vehicle stays in the detection zone tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane. NOTE: for approximately 2 seconds. . The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

Starting and driving 5-61 the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0740X JVS0741X Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 – Entering from the side Illustration 4: If the driver activates the Entering from the side turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 5: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side. NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together. . The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when 5-62 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ABLE When the BSW system malfunctions, it will When radar blockage is detected, the BSW be turned off automatically, the BSW system will be turned off automatically, a indicator illuminates and the “Not Avail- chime will sound and the “Unavailable able System Malfunction” warning mes- Side Radar Obstruction” warning message will appear in the vehicle sage will appear in the vehicle informa- information display. tion display. NOTE: The system is not available until the If the BSW system stops working, the conditions no longer exist. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- The radar sensors may be blocked by BSI) (if so equipped) and Rear Cross temporary ambient conditions such as Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked stop working. WAF0555X condition may also be caused by objects Action to take: Illustration 6 – Entering from the side such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn Illustration 6: If the driver activates the radar sensors. the engine off and restart the engine. If turn signal while another vehicle is in the NOTE: the message continues to appear, have detection zone, then the system chimes If the BSW system stops working, the the BSW system checked. It is recom- (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for NOTE: BSI) (if so equipped) and the Rear Cross this service. . The radar sensors may not detect a Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also vehicle which is traveling at about stop working. the same speed as your vehicle Action to take: when it enters the detection zone. When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

Starting and driving 5-63 apply additional paint near the radar nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). sensors. Operation is subject to the following Do not strike or damage the area around two conditions: (1) this device may not the radar sensors. cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including See a NISSAN dealer or other authorized interference that may cause undesired repair shop if the area around the radar operation of the device. sensors is damaged due to a collision. Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID: LTQRN5TR CAUTION TO USERS Changes or modifications not expressly WAF0414X approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s SYSTEM MAINTENANCE authority to operate the equipment. The two radar sensors for the BSW This device complies with Part 15 of the system are located near the rear bumper. FCC Rules and with RSS of the Industry Always keep the area near the radar Canada. Operation is subject to the sensors clean. following two conditions: The radar sensors may be blocked by (1) This device may not cause harmful temporary ambient conditions such as interference, and splashing water, mist or fog. (2) this device must accept any inter- The blocked condition may also be ference received, including interference caused by objects such as ice, frost or that may cause undesired operation dirt obstructing the radar sensors. For Canada Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors. Model: RN5TR Do not attach stickers (including trans- IC: 3659A-RN5TR parent material), install accessories or This device complies with Industry Ca-

5-64 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION (I-BSI) (if so equipped)

driver to return the vehicle to the center WARNING of the traveling lane.

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I- BSI system could result in serious injury or death. . The I-BSI system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the WAF0633X direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change The I-BSI system uses radar sensors lanes. Never rely solely on the I- installed near the rear bumper to detect BSI system. other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In . There is a limitation to the detec- addition to the radar sensors, the I-BSI tion capability of the radar. Not system uses a camera installed behind every moving object or vehicle the windshield to monitor the lane mar- will be detected. Using the I-BSI kers of your traveling lane. system under some road, ground, lane marker, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.

The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes, and helps assist the Starting and driving 5-65 SSD1030 Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 WAF0415X m) sideways. Side indicator light I-BSI SYSTEM OPERATION I-BSI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa- The I-BSI system operates above approxi- tion display) mately 37 MPH (60 km/h). I-BSI indicator (on the vehicle information display) If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the Vehicle information display detection zone, the side indicator light ProPILOT Assist switch illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the 5-66 Starting and driving system chimes (twice) and the side in- . The I-BSI system is typically acti- dicator light flashes. The side indicator vated earlier than the Intelligent light continues to flash until the detected Lane Intervention (I-LI) system when vehicle leaves the detection zone. your vehicle is approaching a lane If the I-BSI system is ON and your vehicle marker. approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. The I-BSI system operates regardless of turn signal usage. To turn on the I-BSI system, push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The I-BSI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn off the I-BSI system. NOTE: . I-BSI warning and system application will only be activated if the side indicator light is already illuminated when your vehicle approaches a lane marker. If another vehicle comes into the detection zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane marker, no I-BSI warning or system application will be activated. (For additional information, see “I-BSI driving situations” (P.5-70).) Starting and driving 5-67 2. Select “Blind Spot” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Intervention (BSI)” and push the scroll dial. 4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system on or off. NOTE: Turning on the ProPILOT Assist system will turn on the I-BSI and I-LI system at the same time. For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-51). Turning the BSW system off will deactivate the I-BSI system at the same time. I-BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-BSI system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance WAF0519X with these system limitations could Steering-wheel-mounted control (left HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-BSI result in serious injury or death. side) SYSTEM . The I-BSI system cannot detect all Vehicle information display vehicles under all conditions. ProPILOT Assist switch 1. Push the button until “Settings” appears in the vehicle information . The radar sensors may not be display and then push the scroll dial. able to detect and activate I-BSI Use the scroll dial to select “Driver when certain objects are present Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. such as:

5-68 Starting and driving — Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. . The radar sensors are designed standard lane markers; lane — Vehicles such as motorcycles, to ignore most stationary objects, markers covered with water, low height vehicles, or high however objects such as guard- dirt, snow, etc. rails, walls, foliage and parked ground clearance vehicles. — On roads where discontinued vehicles may occasionally be de- lane markers are still detect- — Vehicles remaining in the detected. This is a normal operation able. tection zone when you accel- condition. erate from a stop. . The following conditions may re- — On roads where there are — Oncoming vehicles. duce the ability of the radar to sharp curves. detect other vehicles: — A vehicle merging into an — On roads where there are adjacent lane at a speed ap- — Severe weather sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, proximately the same as your — Road spray vehicle. water, wheel ruts, seams or — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the lines remaining after road re- — A vehicle approaching rapidly vehicle pairs. from behind. . Do not attach stickers (including — On roads where the traveling — A vehicle which your vehicle transparent material), install ac- lane merges or separates. overtakes rapidly. cessories or apply additional — When the vehicle’s traveling — A vehicle that passes through paint near the radar sensors. direction does not align with the detection zone quickly. These conditions may reduce the the lane markers. ability of the radar to detect other . The radar sensor’s detection zone vehicles. — When traveling close to the is designed based on a standard vehicle in front of you, which . The camera may not detect lane lane width. When driving in a obstructs the lane camera markers in the following situa- wider lane, the radar sensors unit detection range. may not detect vehicles in an tions and the I-BSI system may adjacent lane. When driving in a not operate properly. — When rain, snow or dirt ad- narrow lane, the radar sensors — On roads where there are heres to the windshield in may detect vehicles driving two multiple parallel lane markers; front of a lane camera unit. lanes away. lane markers that are faded or — When the headlights are not not painted clearly; yellow bright due to dirt on the lens painted lane markers; non- or if aiming is not adjusted Starting and driving 5-69 properly. — When driving with a tire that is I-BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS — When strong light enters a not within normal tire condi- Indicator on lane camera unit. (For exam- tions (for example, tire wear, ple: light directly shines on the low tire pressure, installation Indicator off front of the vehicle at sunrise of spare tire, tire chains, non- or sunset.) standard wheels). Indicator flashing — When a sudden change in — When the vehicle is equipped brightness occurs. (For exam- with non-original steering ple: when the vehicle enters or parts or suspension parts. exits a tunnel or under a — When towing a trailer or other bridge.) vehicle. . Do not use the I-BSI system under . Excessive noise (for example, the following conditions because audio system volume, open vehi- the system may not function cle window) will interfere with the properly. chime sound, and it may not be — During bad weather. (For ex- heard. ample: rain, fog, snow, etc.) — When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc. — When driving on winding or uneven roads. — When there is a lane closure due to road repairs. — When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane. — When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.

5-70 Starting and driving JVS0737X JVS0738X JVS0760X Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind Illustration 3 - Approaching from behind Another vehicle approaching from Illustration 2: If the driver activates the Illustration 3: If the I-BSI system is on and behind turn signal then the system chimes a your vehicle approaches a lane marker sound (twice) and the side indicator light while another vehicle is in the detection Illustration 1: The side indicator light flashes. zone, the system chimes (three times) illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- and the side indicator light flashes. The I- tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane. BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

Starting and driving 5-71 JVS0739X JVS0740X JVS0761X Illustration 4 - Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 - Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 6 - Overtaking another vehicle Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5: If the driver activates the Illustration 6: If the I-BSI system is on and turn signal while another vehicle is in the your vehicle approaches a lane marker Illustration 4: The side indicator light detection zone, then the system chimes while another vehicle is in the detection illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. zone, the system chimes (three times) that vehicle stays in the detection zone and the side indicator light flashes. The I- for approximately 3 seconds. BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together. . The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly. 5-72 Starting and driving JVS0741X WAF0555X JVS0761X Illustration 7 - Entering from the side Illustration 8 - Entering from the side Illustration 9 - Entering from the side Entering from the side Illustration 8: If the driver activates the Illustration 9: If the I-BSI system is on and turn signal while another vehicle is in the your vehicle approaches the lane marker Illustration 7: The side indicator light detection zone, then the side indicator while another vehicle is in the detection illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- light flashes and a chime will sound twice. zone, the system chimes (three times) tion zone from either side. NOTE: and the side indicator light flashes. The I- NOTE: BSI system activates to help return the If the driver activates the turn signal The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle back to the center of the driving before a vehicle enters the detection vehicle which is traveling at about the lane. zone, the side indicator light will flash same speed as your vehicle when it but no chime will sound when another enters the detection zone. vehicle is detected.

Starting and driving 5-73 — When the brake pedal is de- . “Unavailable High Cabin Temperature”: pressed. If the vehicle is parked in direct sun- — When the vehicle is accelerated light under high temperature condi- during I-BSI system operation tions (over approximately 104°F — When steering quickly (40°C)). — When the ICC, I-FCW or AEB warn- . “Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction”: ings sound. When side radar blockage is detected. — When the hazard warning flashers Turn off the I-BSI system and turn it on are operated. again when the above conditions no — When driving on a curve at a high longer exist. speed. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION — When the BSW system is turned When the I-BSI system malfunctions, it will off. be turned off automatically, the I-BSI JVS0742X SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- indicator illuminates and a chime will Illustration 10 - Entering from the side ABLE sound, and the “Not Available System Illustration 10: The I-BSI system will not Malfunction” warning message will ap- operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker When any of the following messages pear in the vehicle information display. appear on the vehicle information display, when another vehicle enters the detec- Action to take: tion zone. In this case only the BSW a chime will sound and the I-BSI system will be turned off automatically. Stop the vehicle in a safe location and system operates. push the park button to engage the P . “Not Available Poor Road Conditions”: NOTE: (Park) position. Turn the engine off and . The radar sensors may not detect a When the VDC system (except traction restart the engine. If the warning mes- vehicle which is traveling at about control system function) or ABS oper- sage continues to appear, It is recom- the same speed as your vehicle ates. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this when it enters the detection zone. . “Currently not available”: service. . I-BSI will not operate or will stop — When the VDC system is turned off. operating and only a warning chime — When the SNOW mode and the will sound under the following con- OFF-ROAD mode is selected (AWD ditions. models).

5-74 Starting and driving apply additional paint near the radar Radio frequency statement sensors. For USA Do not strike or damage the area around FCC ID: LTQRN5TR the radar sensors. CAUTION TO USERS It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar Changes or modifications not expressly sensors is damaged due to a collision. approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s The lane camera unit for I-BSI system is authority to operate the equipment. located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of I-BSI and prevent This device complies with Part 15 of the a system malfunction, be sure to observe FCC Rules and with RSS of the Industry the following: Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: . Always keep the windshield clean. WAF0633X . Do not attach a sticker (including (1) This device may not cause harmful transparent material) or install an interference, and SYSTEM MAINTENANCE accessory near the camera unit. (2) this device must accept any inter- The two radar sensors for the I-BSI . Do not place reflective materials, such ference received, including interference system are located near the rear bumper. as white paper or a mirror, on the that may cause undesired operation Always keep the area near the radar instrument panel. The reflection of For Canada sensors clean. sunlight may adversely affect the Model: RN5TR The radar sensors may be blocked by camera unit’s capability of detecting IC: 3659A-RN5TR temporary ambient conditions such as the lane markers. splashing water, mist or fog. . Do not strike or damage the areas This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). The blocked condition may also be around the camera unit. Do not touch Operation is subject to the following caused by objects such as ice, frost or the camera lens or remove the screw two conditions: (1) this device may not dirt obstructing the radar sensors. located on the camera unit. It is recommended you contact a NISSAN cause interference, and (2) this device Check for and remove objects obstruct- dealer if the camera unit is damaged must accept any interference, including ing the area around the radar sensors. due to an accident. interference that may cause undesired Do not attach stickers (including trans- operation of the device. parent material), install accessories or

Starting and driving 5-75 REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RCTA system could result in serious injury or death. . The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When backing out of a parking space, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the WAF0416X vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, Side indicator light it will alert you. RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION Vehicle information display The RCTA system can help alert the driver Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left of an approaching vehicle when the side) driver is backing out of a parking space. When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTA 5-76 Starting and driving system is operational. The RCTA system uses radar sensors If the radar detects an approaching installed on both sides near the rear vehicle from either side, the system bumper to detect an approaching vehicle. chimes (once) and the side indicator light The radar sensors can detect an ap- flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching vehicle from up to approxi- proaching from. mately 66 ft (20 m) away.

JVS0173X

WAF0414X

Starting and driving 5-77 3. Use the scroll dial to enable or disable the system. NOTE: The system setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

WAF0412X

Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 1. Push the button until “Set- side) tings” appears in the vehicle informa- Vehicle information display tion display and then push the scroll HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver RCTA SYSTEM Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. Perform the following steps to enable or 2. Use the button to select “Cross Traffic disable the RCTA system. Alert” then press the scroll dial. 5-78 Starting and driving sors cannot detect every object such as: — Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles — A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) — A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) . The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations: — Illustration : When a vehicle parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor. — Illustration : When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space. JVS0479X — Illustration : When the vehicle is parked on inclined RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS with these system limitations could ground. result in serious injury or death. — Illustration : When an ap- WARNING . Always check surroundings and proaching vehicle turns into turn to check what is behind you your vehicle’s parking lot aisle. Listed below are the system limita- before backing up. The radar — Illustration : When the angle tions for the RCTA system. Failure to sensors detect approaching formed by your vehicle and operate the vehicle in accordance (moving) vehicles. The radar sen- approaching vehicle is small Starting and driving 5-79 NOTE: . The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to In the case of several vehicles ap- detect other vehicles: proaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a — Severe weather chime may not be sounded by the RCTA — Road spray system after the first vehicle passes the sensors. — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- . Do not attach stickers (including ABLE transparent material), install ac- When radar blockage is detected, the cessories or apply additional system will be deactivated automatically. paint near the radar sensors. The “Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction” These conditions may reduce the warning message will appear in the ability of the radar to detect other JVS0172X vehicle information display. vehicles Illustration 1 The systems are not available until the . Excessive noise (e.g. audio sys- conditions no longer exist. tem volume, open vehicle win- The radar sensors may be blocked by dow) will interfere with the temporary ambient conditions such as chime sound, and it may not be splashing water, mist or fog. heard. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors. NOTE: If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA and Intelligent Blind Spot Inter- vention (I-BSI) (if so equipped) systems will also stop working. Action to take: JVS0173X When the above conditions no longer Illustration 2 exist, the system will resume automati- 5-80 Starting and driving cally. apply additional paint near the radar SYSTEM MALFUNCTION sensors. When the RCTA system malfunctions, it Do not strike or damage the area around will turn off automatically. The “Malfunc- the radar sensors. It is recommended that tion” warning message will appear in the you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area vehicle information display. around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision. NOTE: If the BSW system stops working, the Radio frequency statement RCTA and I-BSI system will also stop For USA working. FCC ID: LTQRN5TR Action to take: CAUTION TO USERS Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn Changes or modifications not expressly the engine off and restart the engine. If WAF0414X approved by the party responsible for the message continues to appear, have compliance could void the user’s the system checked. It is recommended SYSTEM MAINTENANCE authority to operate the equipment. that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this The two radar sensors for the RCTA service. This device complies with Part 15 of the system are located near the rear bumper. FCC Rules and with RSS of the Industry Always keep the area near the radar Canada. Operation is subject to the sensors clean. following two conditions: The radar sensors may be blocked by (1) This device may not cause harmful temporary ambient conditions such as interference, and splashing water, mist or fog. (2) this device must accept any inter- The blocked condition may also be ference received, including interference caused by objects such as ice, frost or that may cause undesired operation dirt obstructing the radar sensors. For Canada Check for and remove objects obstruct- Model: RN5TR ing the area around the radar sensors. IC: 3659A-RN5TR Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Starting and driving 5-81 CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

Operation is subject to the following conditions. Doing so could cause two conditions: (1) this device may not a loss of vehicle control and result cause interference, and (2) this device in an accident. must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired — When it is not possible to keep operation of the device. the vehicle at a constant speed — When driving in heavy traffic — When driving in traffic that varies speed — When driving in windy areas — When driving on winding or hilly roads WAF0421X — When driving on slippery (rain, 1. RES+ switch snow, ice, etc.) roads 2. SET- switch 3. CANCEL switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- 4. Cruise ON/OFF switch TROL For models with the ProPILOT Assist . If the cruise control system malfunc- system, see “Conventional (fixed speed) tions, it will cancel automatically. The cruise control mode” (P.5-118). cruise indicator in the vehicle information display will then blink to warn the WARNING driver. . If the cruise indicator blinks and “Un- . Always observe the posted speed available: Cruise system trouble” mes- limits and do not set the speed sage appears in the display, turn the over them. Cruise ON/OFF switch off and have . the system checked. It is recom- Do not use the cruise control mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer when driving under the following for this service. 5-82 Starting and driving . The cruise indicator may blink when Setting cruising speed switch. . the Cruise ON/OFF switch is turned 1. Accelerate to the desired speed. Push down and hold the SET- switch. ON while pushing up the RES+, push- When the vehicle reaches the desired ing down the SET-, or pushing the 2. Push the SET- switch down or RES+ speed, release the SET- switch. switch up and release it. CANCEL switch. To properly set the . Quickly push down and release the cruise control system, perform the 3. Take your foot off the accelerator SET- switch. This will reduce the following procedures. pedal. vehicle speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The vehicle will maintain the set speed. (“+ km/h). /- Change Set speed” message appears in The cruise control allows driving at Resetting to faster speed: speeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) without the display.) Use any one of the following methods to keeping your foot on the accelerator NOTE: reset to a faster speed. pedal. If pushed the RES+ switch and released . Depress the accelerator pedal. When The cruise control will automatically be it when there is no vehicle set speed, the vehicle reaches the desired speed, canceled if the vehicle slows down more the set speed is set to the current push down and release the SET- than approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h) vehicle speed. switch. below the vehicle set speed. (“Unavailable: Passing another vehicle: . Under specified speed” message appears Push up and hold the RES+ switch. in the display.) Depress the accelerator pedal to accel- When the vehicle reaches the desired erate. After releasing the accelerator speed, release the RES+ switch. Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) pedal, the vehicle will return to the pre- . Quickly push up and release the RES+ position will cancel the cruise control. viously set speed. switch. This will increase the vehicle Turning on cruise control The vehicle may not maintain the set speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). speed when going up or down steep hills. Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The Resuming at preset speed: In such cases, drive without the cruise cruise indicator and “Standby Push SET- Push up and release the RES+ switch. to active” message in the vehicle informa- control. The vehicle will resume the last set tion display will appear. Resetting to slower speed: cruising speed when the vehicle speed is Use any one of the following methods to over 25 MPH (40 km/h). (“Resumed” mes- reset to a slower speed. sage appears in the display.) . Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, push down and release the SET-

Starting and driving 5-83 PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)

This section contains the information Cancelling cruising speed all times. about the following system features: Use any one of the following methods to . There are limitations to the Pro- . ProPILOT Assist (general system op- cancel the vehicle set speed. (“Standby PILOT Assist system capability. eration) Push RES+ to resume” message appears The ProPILOT Assist system does . in the display.) ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link (addi- not function in all driving, traffic, . Push the CANCEL switch. tional functionality, if so equipped) weather, and road conditions. It is . Tap the foot brake pedal. the driver’s responsibility to stay . Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The WARNING alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- cruise indicator will turn off. cle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Failure to follow the warnings and . instructions for proper use of the The ProPILOT Assist system is ProPILOT Assist system could result only an aid to assist the driver in serious injury or death. and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. . ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driv- . The ProPILOT Assist system is for ing system. Within the limits of its highway use only and is not capabilities, as described in this intended for city driving. Failure manual, it helps the driver with to apply the brakes or steer the certain driving activities. vehicle when necessary may re- . The ProPILOT Assist system is not sult in a serious accident. a replacement for proper driving . Always observe posted speed procedures and is not designed limits and do not set the speed to correct careless, inattentive or over them. absent-minded driving. ProPILOT Assist will not always steer the . Never take your hands off the vehicle to keep it in the lane. The steering wheel when driving. Al- ProPILOT Assist system is not ways keep your hands on the designed to prevent loss of con- steering wheel and drive your trol. It is the driver’s responsibility vehicle safely. to stay alert, drive safely, keep . Never unfasten your safety belt the vehicle in the traveling lane, when using ProPILOT Assist. and be in control of the vehicle at Doing so automatically cancels 5-84 Starting and driving the ProPILOT Assist system. are detected. . The ProPILOT Assist system does NOTE: not react when approaching sta- It is important to ensure the front tionary and slow moving vehicles. camera and radar sensors are clear at . Always drive carefully and atten- all times. (See “ICC sensor maintenance” tively when using the ProPILOT (P.5-111) and “Steering Assist mainte- Assist system. Read and under- nance” (P.5-118) for more details.) stand the Owner’s Manual thoroughly before using the ProPILOT Assist system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle’s speed in emergency situations. Do not WAF0644X use the ProPILOT Assist system except in appropriate road and The ProPILOT Assist system is intended to traffic conditions. enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction. The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi- sensing front camera installed behind the windshield to monitor the lane markers and a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. If the system detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance. The system will also help keep the vehicle centered in the traveling lane when clear lane markings Starting and driving 5-85 1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes: . Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: For cruising at a preset vehicle speed For additional information, see “Turning the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ON” (P.5-91). NOTE: Steering Assist is not available in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. . Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the vehicle set speed. The vehicle set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 WAF0557X to 90 MPH (30 to 144 km/h). When the vehicle ahead slows to a stop, your Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERA- vehicle gradually decelerates to a Vehicle information display TION standstill. When the vehicle is stopped, Steering-wheel-mounted control (right) the ICC system maintains braking The ProPILOT Assist system has the force to keep your vehicle stopped. ProPILOT Assist switch following two functions: Steering Assist switch . When your vehicle is stopped for less than approximately 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start moving again auto- 5-86 Starting and driving matically. NOTE: . When your vehicle is at a standstill for Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak- more than approximately 3 seconds ing (AEB) setting is turned off by the and the vehicle ahead begins to driver using the “Settings” menu in the accelerate, push up the RES+ switch vehicle information display, AEB will be or lightly depress the accelerator ped- automatically turned on when ICC is al. The ICC system starts to follow the used. vehicle ahead. 2. Steering Assist . Always check surroundings before The Steering Assist function helps the restarting the vehicle. driver to keep the vehicle centered within . For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT the traveling lane. Assist with Navi-link and only when on a limited access freeway (as identified When there is no vehicle ahead, Steering in the navigation map data): Assist is not available at speeds under 37 MPH (60 km/h). — The time the vehicle can remain stopped and automatically restart is extended from 3 seconds to 30 seconds. — If a vehicle ahead cuts in or out of the lane ahead, the vehicle may not automatically start when the traffic ahead begins to move. You need to push up the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal to follow the vehicle directly ahead when it is safe to do so. . When no vehicle is detected ahead within the driver selected distance, the vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The speed must be above 20 MPH (30 km/h) to use this function.

Starting and driving 5-87 LOT Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-102).)

WAF0422X PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES 5. DISTANCE switch: . 1. RES+ switch: Long . Middle Resumes vehicle set speed or in- . creases speed incrementally Short 6. Steering Assist switch: 2. SET- switch: Turns the Steering Assist function on Sets desired cruise speed or reduces or off speed incrementally NOTE: 3. CANCEL switch: For ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist sys- equipped vehicles: When Manual mode tem is selected in the “Spd. Limit Assist” 4. ProPILOT Assist switch: menu, operating the RES+ or SET- Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on switch can apply the indicated speed or off limit to the vehicle set speed. (See “Speed Limit Assist - a feature of ProPI-

5-88 Starting and driving PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS 1. ProPILOT Assist activation Displays once the ProPILOT Assist system is activated 2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you 3. Steering Assist indicator Indicates the status of the Steering Assist function by the color of the indicator WAF0577X . Steering Assist indicator (gray): Models with full-screen display Steering Assist standby . Steering Assist indicator (green): Steering Assist active 4. Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance 5. Lane marker indicator Indicates whether the system detects lane markers . No lane markers displayed: Steering Assist is turned off . Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane markers detected . Lane marker indicator (green): Lane markers detected, Steering Assist is WAF0578X active Models with analog meter and color display

Starting and driving 5-89 . Lane marker indicator (orange): the selected distance by the number 12. Detected speed limit indicator (if so Lane departure is detected of horizontal bars shown equipped) ( ) 6. ProPILOT Assist status indicator . Speed control status indicator Indicates the currently detected ( ) (white): ICC standby speed limit . Indicates the status of the ProPILOT Speed control status indicator For additional information, see “Speed Assist system by the color of the (green): ICC (distance control mode) Limit Assist - a feature of ProPILOT indicator is active Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-102). . ProPILOT Assist status indicator — Green vehicle icon displayed: Vehi- 13. Speed Limit Assist indicator (if so (white): ProPILOT Assist is on but cle detected ahead equipped) (A, , ) in standby — No vehicle icon shown: No vehicle . ProPILOT Assist status indicator Indicates the Speed Limit Assist acti- detected ahead (Your vehicle main- vation mode or system operation (blue): ProPILOT Assist active tains the driver-selected set speed.) For additional information, see “Speed 7. Steering Assist status indicator/ . Speed control status indicator (or- Limit Assist - a feature of ProPILOT warning ( , ) ange): Indicates an ICC malfunction Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-102). Displays the status of the Steering For the lane marker indicator, see NOTE: Assist by the color of the indicator/ “Steering Assist display and indicators” warning (P.5-114). When the ProPILOT Assist system is . activated, the display will automatically No Steering Assist status indicator 9. Vehicle set speed indicator displayed: Steering Assist is turned be switched to the ProPILOT Assist Indicates the vehicle set speed off system display. To disable this function, . Steering Assist status indicator 10. Vehicle set speed indicator (if so turn “Transition (Cruise)” off under “Cus- (gray): Steering Assist standby equipped) ( ) tomize Display” of the settings menu. . Steering Assist status indicator Indicates the vehicle set speed The ProPILOT Assist display is also shown (green): Steering Assist active 11. Road information indicator (if so in the Head Up Display (HUD) (if so . Steering Assist status indicator (or- equipped) ( , ) equipped). (See “Head Up Display (HUD)” (P.2-47).) ange): Steering Assist malfunction Indicates the detected road informa- 8. Speed control status indicator/set tion distance indicator/lane marker indi- For additional information, see “Speed cator ( ) Adjust by Route - a feature of ProPI- Displays the status of speed control by LOT Assist with Navi-link” (P.5-105). the color of the indicator, and displays 5-90 Starting and driving TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE ON NOTE: ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or Steer- ing Assist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional information, see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-118).

WAF0423X Example OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST . A screen is displayed for a period of time that indicates the status of the 1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch . Driving Aid functions. This turns on the ProPILOT Assist system. . The ProPILOT Assist status indicator illuminates in white.

Starting and driving 5-91 . When any of the “Warning” systems are enabled, the “ ” mark is shown in each zone. . When any of the “Intervention” systems are enabled, the “ ” mark is shown in each zone. . When no system is enabled, “OFF” is shown in each zone.

WAF0585X WAF0560X Example (all enabled) To change the status of the Driving When the Driving Aids are enabled: Aids, use or to navigate the Zone Driving Aid Display settings screen. For additional information, see “How to use the vehicle Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pe- information display” (P.2-23). destrian detection 2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle Forward Outline Intelligent Forward to the desired speed and push down Collision Warning (I- the SET- switch . FCW) The ProPILOT Assist system begins to Lane Departure Warn- Outline automatically maintain the vehicle set ing (LDW) Lane speed. The ProPILOT Assist activation Intelligent Lane Inter- Shaded indicator and ProPILOT Assist status vention (I-LI) indicator illuminate in blue. When a Blind Spot Warning Outline vehicle ahead is detected and travel- Blind (BSW) ing at a speed of 20 MPH (30 km/h) or Spot Intelligent Blind Spot Shaded below and the SET- switch is pushed Intervention (I-BSI) 5-92 Starting and driving down, the vehicle set speed is 20 MPH Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5- (30 km/h). 157). NOTE: . When the VDC system (including the When the I-LI and I-BSI systems are traction control system) is activated . enabled in the settings menu of the When the SNOW mode or OFF-ROAD vehicle information display, turning the mode is selected (AWD models) ProPILOT Assist system on will turn on . When a wheel is slipping the I-LI and I-BSI systems at the same . When any door is open time. If the I-LI system is disabled in the . When the driver’s seat belt is not settings menu, the I-LI system will fastened automatically be turned on when the Steering Assist system is active. For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-51), “Intelli- gent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-115) WAF0634X and “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention When the SET- switch is pushed down (I-BSI)” (P.5-65). under the following conditions, the Pro- PILOT Assist system cannot be set and the vehicle set speed indicator blinks for approximately 2 seconds: . When traveling below 20 MPH (30 km/h) and a vehicle ahead is not detected . When the shift lever is moved out of the D (Drive) position or into the manual shift mode . When the parking brake is applied . When the brakes are operated by the driver . When the VDC system is off. For additional information, see “Vehicle

Starting and driving 5-93 . Push down, then quickly release the a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. SET- switch . Each time you do this, Failure to do so could result in severe the vehicle set speed decreases by 1 personal injury or death. MPH (1 km/h). For ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link NOTE: equipped vehicles: The vehicle set speed can also be changed according to the When you accelerate by depressing the speed limit. (See “Speed Limit Assist - a accelerator pedal or decelerate by feature of ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link” pushing down the SET- switch and the (P.5-102).) vehicle travels faster than the speed set by the driver, the vehicle set speed How to momentarily accelerate or indicator will blink. decelerate . Depress the accelerator pedal when WAF0561X acceleration is required. Release the accelerator pedal to resume the pre- How to change the vehicle set viously set vehicle speed. speed . Depress the brake pedal when decel- The vehicle set speed can be adjusted. eration is required. Control by the ProPILOT Assist system is canceled. To change to a faster cruising speed: Push up the RES+ switch to resume . Push up and hold the RES+ switch . the previously set vehicle speed. The vehicle set speed increases in increments of 5 MPH (5 km/h). . Push up, then quickly release the RES+ WARNING switch . Each time you do this, the vehicle set speed increases by 1 MPH (1 When the accelerator pedal is de- km/h). pressed and you are approaching To change to a slower cruising speed: the vehicle ahead, the ICC system . will neither control the brake nor Push down and hold the SET- switch warn the driver with the chime and . The vehicle set speed decreases in display. The driver must manually increments of 5 MPH (5 km/h). control the vehicle speed to maintain 5-94 Starting and driving Distance — approximate distance at 60 MPH (100 km/h) 1. Long – 200 ft (60 m) 2. Middle – 150 ft (45 m) 3. Short – 90 ft (30 m) . The actual distance to the vehicle ahead adjusts automatically according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance. . The distance setting will remain at the current setting even if the engine is restarted. WAF0424X

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time. Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed, the set distance will change to “long”, “middle”, “short” and back to “long” again in that sequence.

WAF0645X Example

Starting and driving 5-95 HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE STEERING ASSIST Use the following methods to enable or disable the Steering Assist. Steering Assist switch: To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push the Steering Assist switch on the instrument panel. NOTE: . When the Steering Assist switch is used to turn the system on or off, the system remembers the setting even if the ignition switch is cycled. The switch must be pushed again to change the setting to on or off. . The Steering Assist switch changes the status of the “Steering Assist” selection made in the “Settings” screen in the vehicle information display. Setting in the vehicle information dis- WAF0425X play:

Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) 1. Push the button on the steering wheel until “Settings” ap- Vehicle information display pears in the vehicle information dis- Steering Assist switch play and then push the scroll dial. 2. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial.

5-96 Starting and driving 3. Select “Steering Assist” and push the scroll dial to turn the Steering Assist WARNING WARNING on or off. NOTE: To prevent the vehicle from moving Failure to follow the warnings and . When the Cruise screen is displayed or rolling unexpectedly, which could instructions for proper use of the ICC on the vehicle information display, result in serious personal injury or system could result in serious injury push the scroll dial on the steering property damage, before exiting the or death. wheel to call up the “Driver Assis- vehicle make sure to push the Pro- . The ICC system is only an aid to tance” setting display. PILOT Assist switch to turn the sys- assist the driver and is not a . tem off, push the park button to shift When enabling/disabling the system collision warning or avoidance to the P (Park) position, and turn the through the vehicle information dis- device. It is recommended for engine off. play, the system retains the current highway use only and it is not settings even if the engine is re- intended for city driving. It is the started. INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL driver’s responsibility to stay HOW TO CANCEL THE PROPILOT (ICC) alert, drive safely, and be in con- ASSIST SYSTEM . The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) is a trol of the vehicle at all times. . There are limitations to the ICC To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, use part of the ProPILOT Assist system. To system capability. The ICC system one of the following methods: choose the ICC system without the Steering Assist, activate the ProPILOT does not function in all driving, . Push the CANCEL switch. Assist and then turn off the Steering traffic, weather, and road condi- . Tap the brake pedal (except at a Assist with the switch or in the set- tions. It is the driver’s responsi- standstill). tings menu. For additional informa- bility to stay alert, drive safely, . Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to tion, see “Operating ProPILOT Assist” keep the vehicle in the traveling turn the system off. The ProPILOT (P.5-91) and “How to enable/disable lane, and be in control of the Assist status indicator will turn off. the Steering Assist” (P.5-96). vehicle at all times. When the ProPILOT Assist system is . To choose the conventional (fixed . Always observe posted speed canceled while the vehicle is stopped, speed) cruise control mode, push and limits and do not set the speed the electronic parking brake is automati- hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for over them. cally activated. longer than approximately 1.5 sec- . The ICC system does not react to onds. For additional information, see stationary and slow moving vehi- “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise cles. control mode” (P.5-118). Starting and driving 5-97 . Always drive carefully and atten- become closer because the ICC system the ICC system keeps the vehicle tively when using the ICC system. cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly stopped. Read and understand the Owner’s enough. If this occurs, the ICC system . When the vehicle traveling ahead Manual thoroughly before using sounds a warning chime and blinks the moves to a different traveling lane, the ICC system. To avoid serious system display to notify the driver to take the ICC system accelerates and main- injury or death, do not rely on the necessary action. tains vehicle speed up to the set system to prevent accidents or to The ICC system cancels and a warning speed. control the vehicle’s speed in chime sounds if the speed is below The ICC system does not control vehicle emergency situations. Do not approximately 15 MPH (25 km/h) and a speed or warn you when you approach use the ICC system except in vehicle is not detected ahead. For ProPI- stationary and slow moving vehicles. You appropriate road and traffic con- LOT Assist with Navi-link equipped vehi- must pay attention to vehicle operation ditions. cles on a limited access freeway as to maintain proper distance from vehicles identified in the navigation map data, ahead when approaching toll gates or the ICC system cancels and a warning traffic congestion. ICC system operation chime sounds if your vehicle is at a The ICC system is designed to maintain a standstill for more than approximately 3 selected distance from the vehicle in front seconds and a vehicle is not detected of you and can reduce the speed to ahead. match a slower vehicle ahead. The sys- The ICC system operates as follows: tem decelerates the vehicle as necessary . and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, When there are no vehicles traveling the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. ahead, the ICC system maintains the However, the ICC system can only apply speed set by the driver. The vehicle set up to 40% of the vehicle’s total braking speed range is between approxi- power. mately 20 and 90 MPH (30 and 144 km/h). This system should only be used when . When there is a vehicle traveling traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to ahead, the ICC system adjusts the remain fairly constant or when vehicle speed to maintain the distance, se- speeds change gradually. If a vehicle lected by the driver, from the vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele- stop, the vehicle decelerates to a rates, the distance between vehicles may standstill. Once your vehicle stops, 5-98 Starting and driving Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead, the system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

SSD0254 WAF0579X System set display — no vehicle detected ahead* When driving on the highway at a vehicle set speed and approaching a slower No vehicle detected ahead: traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed adjusts the speed to maintain the dis- based on the road conditions. The ICC tance, selected by the driver, from the system maintains the vehicle set speed, vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead similar to standard cruise control, as long changes lanes or exits the highway, the as no vehicle is detected in the lane ICC system accelerates and maintains the ahead. The ICC system displays the vehi- vehicle set speed. Pay attention to the cle set speed. driving operation to maintain control of *: The design of the set display may differ the vehicle as it accelerates to the set depending on the model. speed. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the vehicle speed.

Starting and driving 5-99 When the ICC system detects a vehicle . For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indi- Assist with Navi-link and only when on cator and the speed control status in- a limited access freeway (as identified dicator (distance control mode) in the navigation map data): illuminates in green. — The time the vehicle can remain *: The design of the set display may differ stopped and automatically restart depending on the model. is extended from 3 seconds to 30 seconds. Vehicle ahead stops: — If a vehicle ahead cuts in or out of When a vehicle ahead is detected and it the lane ahead, the vehicle may not gradually decelerates to stop, your vehi- automatically start when the traffic cle decelerates to a standstill. When your ahead begins to move. You need to vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Follow push up the RES+ switch or lightly Vehicle Ahead” message is displayed on depress the accelerator pedal to WAF0580X the vehicle information display. follow the vehicle directly ahead System set display — vehicle ahead* Vehicle ahead accelerates: when it is safe to do so. Vehicle detected ahead: . When your vehicle is stopped for less Vehicle ahead not detected: When a vehicle is detected in the lane than approximately 3 seconds and the When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle ahead begins to move, your ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler- vehicle by controlling the throttle and vehicle will start moving again auto- ates your vehicle to resume the pre- applying the brakes to match the speed matically. viously vehicle set speed. The ICC of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system . When your vehicle is at a standstill for system then maintains the vehicle set then adjusts the vehicle speed based on more than approximately 3 seconds speed. the speed of the vehicle ahead to main- and the vehicle ahead begins to When a vehicle is no longer detected, the tain the driver selected distance. accelerate, push up the RES+ switch vehicle ahead detection indicator and NOTE: or lightly depress the accelerator ped- speed control status indicator (maintain . The stop lights of the vehicle come al. The ICC system starts to follow the speed control mode) turn off. on when braking is performed by vehicle ahead. The ICC system gradually accelerates to the ICC system. . Always check surroundings before the vehicle set speed, but you can de- . restarting the vehicle. When the brake is applied by the press the accelerator pedal to quickly system, a noise may be heard. This is accelerate. When a vehicle is no longer not a malfunction. 5-100 Starting and driving detected and your vehicle is traveling Cut-in detection under approximately 15 MPH (25 km/h), If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane the ICC system automatically cancels. For near your vehicle, the ICC system may ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link equipped inform the driver by flashing the vehicle vehicles on a limited access freeway as ahead detection indicator. identified in the navigation map data, the ICC system cancels and a warning chime Approach warning sounds if your vehicle is at a standstill for If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle more than approximately 3 seconds and ahead due to rapid deceleration of that a vehicle is not detected ahead. vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if: WAF0581X . The chime sounds. When passing another vehicle, the vehicle . The vehicle ahead detection indicator set speed indicator flashes when the and set distance indicator blink. vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The . You judge it necessary to maintain a vehicle ahead detection indicator turns safe distance. off when the area ahead of the vehicle is The warning chime may not sound in open. When the pedal is released, the some cases when there is a short dis- vehicle returns to the previously set tance between vehicles. Some examples speed. Even though your vehicle speed are: is set in the ICC system, you can depress . the accelerator pedal when it is necessary When the vehicles are traveling at the to accelerate your vehicle rapidly. same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing. . When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing. . When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-101 The warning chime will not sound when: Acceleration when passing . This function is only activated . Your vehicle approaches other vehi- When the ICC system is engaged above with the left turn signal and will cles that are parked or moving slowly. 44 MPH (70 km/h) and following a slower briefly accelerate the vehicle even . The accelerator pedal is depressed, vehicle (below the vehicle set speed), and if a lane change is not initiated. overriding the system. the turn signal is activated to the left, the This can include non-passing si- NOTE: ICC system will automatically start to tuations such as left side exits. accelerate the vehicle to help initiate . The approach warning chime may Ensure that when passing an- passing on the left and will begin to other vehicle, the adjacent lane sound and the system display may reduce the distance to vehicle directly flash when the radar sensor detects is clear before initiating the pass. ahead. Only the left side turn signal Sudden changes in traffic may objects on the side of the vehicle or on operates this feature. As the driver steers the side of the road. This may cause the occur while passing. Always the vehicle and moves into the passing manually steer or brake as ICC system to decelerate or accelerate lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the the vehicle. The radar sensor may de- needed. Never solely rely on the ICC system will continue to accelerate to system. tect these objects when the vehicle is the vehicle set speed. If another vehicle is driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads detected ahead, then the vehicle will or when the vehicle is entering or accelerate up to the following speed of Speed Limit Assist - a feature of exiting a curve. In these cases, you will that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link (if so have to manually control the proper into the left lane to pass, the acceleration equipped) distance ahead of your vehicle. will stop after a short time and regain the Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- set following distance. Acceleration can fected by vehicle operation (steering be stopped at any point by depressing WARNING maneuver or driving position in the the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch on lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions the steering wheel. Listed below are the system limita- (for example, if a vehicle is being driven tions for the Speed Limit Assist. Fail- with some damage). ure to operate the vehicle in WARNING accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury In order to reduce the risk of a or death: collision that may result in serious . injury or death, please be aware of It is the driver’s responsibility to the following: select the proper speed, follow all traffic regulations and observe 5-102 Starting and driving other road users. — When driving on a road under vehicle set speed is already faster than the new speed limit. . The Speed Limit Assist may not construction or in a construc- — When a decrease in the posted operate properly and the actual tion zone. speed limit is detected, but the speed limit may not be applied to — When the data from the navi- vehicle set speed is already lower the vehicle set speed in all condi- gation system is not up-to- than the new speed limit. tions. The driver must manually date or is unavailable. control the vehicle speed. Below are some examples: When the ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link is — When the Traffic Sign Recog- active and it detects a change of the nition (TSR) system is not speed limit, the new speed limit is indi- functioning properly or turned cated and it can be applied to the vehicle off. (See “Traffic Sign Recogni- set speed automatically or manually. tion (TSR)” (P.5-43).) The Speed Limit Assist operates: . — When driving in countries or When the detected speed limit is 20 areas not covered by the na- MPH (30 km/h) and above. vigation system. . The “Spd. Limit Assist” is enabled in the settings menu of the vehicle informa- — When crossing national tion display. boundaries. NOTE: — When driving on the exit of the . While the accelerator pedal is oper- limited access freeway as ated with AUTO mode selected, the identified in the navigation Speed Limit Assist will function map data. (automatically adjust the vehicle set — When driving in an area with speed) only when the detected nearby parallel roads (for ex- speed limit is faster than the vehicle ample, freeway with a parallel set speed. service drive). . In the following situations, the Speed Limit Assist will not operate: — When driving in an area where each lane has a different — When an increase in the posted speed limit sign. speed limit is detected, but the

Starting and driving 5-103 new speed limit (faster speed value) is When Auto mode is selected on the indicated. settings menu: “ ” : Manual mode is activated and a . The indicated speed limit is applied to new speed limit (lower speed value) is the vehicle set speed automatically indicated. when on a limited access freeway as “A” : Auto mode is activated. identified in the navigation map data. Also, if the ProPILOT Assist with Navi- Operating the system: link system is ON, but not set (active), When the system detects a different and a new speed limit is detected, the speed limit, the new speed value is vehicle set speed is automatically indicated. The vehicle set speed can be updated. changed to the indicated speed limit . The Auto mode may not be available automatically or manually. in some regions or on roads other When Manual mode is selected on set- than limited access freeways. In this WAF0582X tings menu (factory default setting): case, the system operates as the Example Manual mode. . To accept the newly indicated speed System display and indicators: limit, operate the RES+ switch (in case NOTE: 1. Detected speed limit indicator of speed limit up) or SET- switch (in Auto mode will not function in Hawaii or Displays the currently detected speed case of speed limit down). US island territories. limit. For additional information, see . The Speed Limit Assist indicator ( How to activate or deactivate the sys- “Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P.5- or ) will turn off after approxi- tem: mately 10 seconds if the RES+ or SET- 43). 1. Push the button on the switch is not operated. (The Speed 2. Applied speed limit indicator (green steering wheel until “Settings” appears Limit Assist indicator can be turned off frame) in the vehicle information display, and immediately by operating the oppo- push the scroll dial. Indicates the detected speed limit can site switch from the direction indi- be applied to the vehicle set speed. cated by the Speed Limit Assist 2. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver 3. Speed Limit Assist indicator indicator.) Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. Indicates the system activation mode The system will not activate if a speed 3. Select “Spd. Limit Assist”, and push the or system operation. limit change is not detected. scroll dial to select “Auto” or “Manual” to enable (not activate) the system. “ ” : Manual mode is activated and a

5-104 Starting and driving To deactivate the system, select “OFF”. . It is the driver’s responsibility to — When driving near a road split NOTE: select the proper speed, follow all or junction. traffic regulations and observe The system will retain current settings — When driving in bad weather other road users. in the vehicle information display even or poor road conditions. if the engine is restarted. . The Speed Adjust by Route system will not function in Hawaii or Speed Adjust by Route - a feature When the ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link is US island territories. of ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link (if active on a limited access freeway (as . so equipped) The Speed Adjust by Route may identified in the navigation map data), the not operate properly in some Speed Adjust by Route uses road infor- road and traffic conditions, the mation provided by the navigation sys- WARNING system may unexpectedly tem and can adjust the vehicle speed change the speed. The driver depending on curves, junctions and exits. Listed below are the system limita- must manually control the vehicle The system may not always reduce speed tions for the Speed Adjust by Route. speed. for all curves, junctions or exits and the Failure to operate the vehicle in Below are some examples: driver may need to apply additional brak- accordance with these system lim- ing at any time. — When the data from the navi- itations could result in serious injury When the vehicle is through the curve or or death: gation system is not up-to- date or is unavailable. junction, the vehicle will accelerate again . There are limitations to the Speed to the set speed. When exiting the limited Adjust by Route system capabil- — When not driving along the access freeway, the driver will need to ity. The system does not function route suggested by the navi- apply braking at the end of the exit. in all driving, traffic, weather and gation system. NOTE: road conditions. It is the driver’s — When the navigation system is . The system does not operate when responsibility to stay alert, drive recalculating the route. the accelerator pedal is depressed. safely, and be in control of the . — When driving in countries or The system may not operate de- vehicle at all times. areas not covered by the na- pending on the set distance to the . The Speed Adjust by Route sys- vigation system. vehicle ahead and vehicles detected tem does not brake the vehicle to ahead. a stop. Whenever necessary, the — When driving on a road under driver must apply appropriate construction or newly con- braking. structed road. Starting and driving 5-105 How to activate or deactivate the sys- . The ICC system will not adapt tem: automatically to road conditions. 1. Push the button on the This system should be used in steering wheel until “Settings” appears evenly flowing traffic. Do not use in the vehicle information display, and the system on roads with sharp push the scroll dial. curves or on icy roads, in heavy 2. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver rain or in fog. Assistance”. Then push the scroll dial. . As there is a performance limit to 3. Select “Speed Adjust by Route” and the distance control function, push the scroll dial to turn the system never rely solely on the ICC sys- on or off. tem. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent- NOTE: minded driving or overcome poor The system will retain current settings visibility in rain, fog, or other bad WAF0583X in the vehicle information display even weather. Decelerate the vehicle Example if the engine is restarted. speed by depressing the brake System display and indicators: ICC system limitations pedal, depending on the distance 1. Road information indicator to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in or- Appears when the system adjusts the der to maintain a safe distance speed depending on turns or exits. WARNING between vehicles. Curves and junctions Listed below are the system limita- . When the ICC system automati- tions for the ICC system. Failure to cally brings the vehicle to a stop, Exits operate the vehicle in accordance your vehicle can automatically with these system limitations could accelerate if the vehicle is result in serious injury or death: stopped for less than approximately 3 seconds. Be prepared . The ICC system is primarily in- to stop your vehicle if necessary. tended for use on highways and freeways. It is not advisable to . For vehicles equipped with ProPI- use the ICC system in city/urban LOT Assist with Navi-link and only traffic. when on a limited access freeway (as identified in the navigation 5-106 Starting and driving map data): approaching them) — When the sensor detection is — The time the vehicle can re- — Pedestrians or objects in the reduced (conditions such as main stopped and automati- roadway rain, snow, fog, dust storms, cally restart is extended from sandstorms, and road spray 3 seconds to 30 seconds. — Oncoming vehicles in the from other vehicles) same lane — If a vehicle ahead cuts in or — When dirt, ice, snow or other out of the lane ahead, the — Motorcycles traveling offset in material adhere to the radar vehicle may not automatically the travel lane sensor area start when the traffic ahead . The ICC system may not detect a — When traffic conditions make begins to move. You need to vehicle ahead in certain road, it difficult to keep a proper push up the RES+ switch or weather or driving conditions. To distance between vehicles be- lightly depress the accelerator avoid accidents, never use the ICC cause of frequent accelera- pedal to follow the vehicle system under the following con- tion or deceleration directly ahead when it is safe ditions: to do so. — When a complicated-shaped — On roads with heavy, high- vehicle such as a car carrier . Always check surroundings be- speed traffic or sharp curves trailer or flatbed truck/trailer fore restarting the vehicle. — On slippery road surfaces is near the vehicle ahead . Always pay attention to the op- such as on ice or snow, etc. — When there is interference by eration of the vehicle and be — On a bumpy road surface, other radar sources ready to manually control the such as an uneven dirt road proper following distance. The — When excessively heavy bag- ICC system may not be able to — On steep downhill roads (the gage is loaded in the rear seat maintain the selected distance vehicle may go beyond the or cargo area of your vehicle between vehicles (following dis- vehicle set speed and fre- — When towing a trailer or other tance) or selected vehicle speed quent braking may result in vehicle under some circumstances. overheating the brakes) . . In some road or traffic conditions, The ICC system does not detect — On repeated uphill and down- a vehicle or object can unexpect- the following objects: hill roads edly come into the sensor detec- — Stationary or slow moving ve- — During bad weather (rain, fog, tion zone and cause automatic hicles (when your vehicle is snow, etc.) braking. Always stay alert and

Starting and driving 5-107 avoid using the ICC system where The detection zone of the radar sensor is not recommended in this warn- limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the ing section. detection zone for the ICC system to maintain the selected distance from the . The ICC system also uses a multi- vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move sensing front camera. The follow- outside of the detection zone due to its ing are some conditions in which position within the same lane of travel. the camera may not properly Motorcycles may not be detected in the detect a vehicle and detection of same lane ahead if they are traveling a vehicle ahead may be delayed: offset from the center line of the lane. A — Poor visibility (conditions such vehicle that is entering the lane ahead as rain, snow, fog, dust may not be detected until the vehicle has storms, sandstorms, and road completely moved into the lane. spray from other vehicles) If this occurs, the ICC system may warn — The camera area of the wind- you by blinking the system indicator and shield is fogged up or covered sounding the chime. The driver may have with dirt, water drops, ice, to manually control the proper distance snow, etc. away from the vehicle traveling ahead. — Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera — A sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or shaded area or lightning flashes)

The ICC system is designed to automatically check the radar sensor’s operation within the limitations of the system

5-108 Starting and driving When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and SSD0252 sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0253

Starting and driving 5-109 ICC system temporarily unavailable . The electronic parking brake is ap- . The shift lever is moved out of the D The following are conditions in which the plied. (Drive) position or into the manual . ICC system may be temporarily unavail- The VDC system is turned off. shift mode. . able. In these instances, the ICC system . The AEB applies harder braking The VDC system is turned off. may not cancel and may not be able to . VDC (including the traction control . When the front radar is impaired due maintain the selected following distance system) operates. to dirt or an other obstruction block- from the vehicle ahead. . The SNOW mode or OFF-ROAD mode ing the radar sensor. . When the radar signal is temporarily Condition A: is selected (AWD models). . A wheel slips. interrupted. Under the following conditions, the ICC . system is automatically canceled. A chime When the front radar is impaired due Condition B: will sound and the system will not be able to dirt or an other obstruction block- When there is inclement weather (rain, to be set: ing the radar sensor. fog, snow, etc.) blocking the front radar . When the radar signal is temporarily . Any door is open. sensor, the ICC system will automatically interrupted. . The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. be canceled, the chime will sound and the . Action to take: “Forward Driving Aids temporarily dis- The vehicle ahead is not detected and abled Front Sensor blocked” warning your vehicle is traveling below the When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system off using message will appear in the vehicle infor- speed of 15 MPH (25 km/h). For mation display. ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the equipped vehicles on a limited access ProPILOT Assist system back on to use Action to take: freeway as identified in the navigation the system. When the above condition is no longer map data, the ICC system cancels and NOTE: present, the warning message will no a warning chime sounds if your vehi- When the ICC system is canceled under longer be available in the vehicle informa- cle is at a standstill for more than any of the following conditions at a tion display and the system will operate approximately 3 seconds and a vehi- standstill, the electronic parking brake normally. If the warning message con- cle is not detected ahead. is automatically activated: tinues to appear, have the system . Your vehicle has been stopped by the . Any door is open. checked. It is recommended that you visit ICC system for approximately 3 min- . The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. a NISSAN dealer for this service. utes or longer. . Your vehicle has been stopped by Condition C: . The shift lever is moved out of the D the ICC system for approximately 3 When the radar sensor on the front of the (Drive) position or into the manual minutes or longer. vehicle is covered with dirt or is ob- shift mode. 5-110 Starting and driving structed, the ICC system will automati- ICC system malfunction ICC sensor maintenance cally be canceled. If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be The radar sensor is located on the front of The chime will sound and the “Forward turned off automatically, a chime will the vehicle. Driving Aids temporarily disabled Front sound, and the speed control status To keep the ICC system operating prop- Sensor blocked” warning message will warning (orange) will illuminate. erly, be sure to observe the following: appear in the vehicle information display. Action to take: . Always keep the sensor area clean. Action to take: If the warning illuminates, stop the vehicle . Do not strike or damage the areas If the warning message appears, stop the in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart around the sensor. vehicle in a safe place, push the park the engine and set the ICC system again. . Do not attach a sticker (including button to engage the P (Park) position, If it is not possible to set the ICC system or transparent material) or install an and turn the engine off. When the radar the warning stays on, it may be a accessory near the sensor. This could signal is temporarily interrupted, clean malfunction. Although the normal driving cause failure or malfunction. the sensor area and restart the engine. If can be continued, the ICC system should . Do not attach metallic objects near the warning message continues to ap- be inspected. It is recommended that you the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). pear, have the system checked. It is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. This could cause failure or malfunc- recommended that you visit a NISSAN NOTE: dealer for this service. tion. If the ICC system is temporarily unavail- . Do not alter, remove, or paint the front Condition D: able, the conventional cruise control bumper. When driving on roads with limited road mode may still be used. For additional Before customizing or restoring the front structures or buildings (for example, long information, see “Conventional (fixed bumper, it is recommended that you visit bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-118). a NISSAN dealer. to long walls), the system may display the The camera sensor is located above the “Forward Driving Aids temporarily dis- inside mirror. abled Front Sensor blocked” message. To keep the proper operation of the Action to take: systems and prevent a system malfunc- When the above driving conditions no tion, be sure to observe the following: longer exist, turn the system back on. . Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit. Starting and driving 5-111 . Do not place reflective materials, such that may cause undesired operation. tion exposure limits set forth for an as white paper or a mirror, on the User Manual statement according to uncontrolled environment. This equip- instrument panel. The reflection of §15.21: ment should be installed and operated sunlight may adversely affect the with minimum distance of 20 cm be- camera unit’s capability of detecting Changes or modifications made to this tween the radiator and your body. the lane markers. equipment not expressly approved by Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC The transmitter must not be co-located . Do not strike or damage the areas authorization to operate this equipment. or operating in conjunction with any around the camera unit. Do not touch other antenna or transmitter. the camera lens or remove the screw User Manual statement according to For Canada located on the camera unit. §15.105: If the camera unit is damaged due to an This equipment has been tested and Type approval number: accident, it is recommended that you visit found to comply with the limits for a IC: 3387A-FR5CPEC a NISSAN dealer. Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 Legal warning for RF equipment: of the FCC Rules. These limits are de- For additional information, see “Common This device complies with Industry Cana- troubleshooting guide” (P.5-39). signed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the da licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Op- Radio frequency statement: equipment is operated in a commercial eration is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause For USA environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency interference, and (2) this device must Type approval number: energy and, if not installed and used in accept any interference, including inter- FCC ID: NF3–FR5CPEC accordance with the instruction manual, ference that may cause undesired operation of the device. User Manual statement according to may cause harmful interference to radio §15.19: communications. Operation of this equip- This device complies with Part 15 of the ment in a residential area is likely to cause FCC Rules. harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the inter- Operation is subject to the following two ference at his own expense. conditions: RF Exposure Information according 1. this device may not cause harmful 2.1091/2.1093/OET bulletin 65: interference, and Radiofrequency radiation exposure infor- 2. this device must accept any interfer- mation: ence received, including interference This equipment complies with FCC radia- 5-112 Starting and driving STEERING ASSIST . The Steering Assist is intended Assist except in appropriate road for use on well-developed high- and traffic conditions. ways with gentle (moderate) WARNING curves. To avoid risk of an accident, do not use this system on Steering Assist operation Failure to follow the warnings and local or non-highway roads. Steering Assist helps the driver keep the instructions for proper use of the . The Steering Assist only steers vehicle near the center of the lane when Steering Assist could result in ser- both right and left lane markers are ious injury or death. the vehicle to maintain its position in the center of a lane. The detected. Steering Assist only operates . The Steering Assist is not a re- vehicle will not steer to avoid when combined with the Intelligent placement for proper driving pro- objects in the road in front of Cruise Control (ICC) system. For additional cedures and is not designed to the vehicle or to avoid a vehicle information, see “Intelligent Cruise Con- correct careless, inattentive or moving into your lane. trol (ICC)” (P.5-97). absent-minded driving. The . It is the driver’s responsibility to The Steering Assist can be activated Steering Assist will not always stay alert, drive safely, keep the when the following conditions are met: steer the vehicle to keep it in the vehicle in the traveling lane, and . The ICC system is activated. lane. It is not designed to prevent be in control of the vehicle at all . Lane markers on both sides are clearly loss of control. It is the driver’s times. Never take your hands off detected. responsibility to stay alert, drive the steering wheel when driving. . safely, keep the vehicle in the A vehicle ahead is detected (when the Always keep your hands on the vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 traveling lane, and be in control steering wheel and drive your of the vehicle at all times. MPH (60 km/h)). vehicle safely. . The driver grips the steering wheel. . As there is a performance limit to . Always drive carefully and atten- . The vehicle is driven at the center of the Steering Assist’s capability, tively when using the Steering never rely solely on the system. the lane. Assist. Read and understand the . The turn signals are not operated. The Steering Assist does not Owner’s Manual thoroughly be- . The windshield wiper is not operated function in all driving, traffic, fore using the Steering Assist. To in the high speed position (the Steer- weather, and road conditions. Al- avoid serious injury or death, do ing Assist function is disabled after the ways drive safely, pay attention not rely on the system to prevent wiper operates for approximately 10 to the operation of the vehicle, accidents or to control the vehi- seconds in the high speed position). and manually control your vehicle cle’s speed in emergency situa- appropriately. tions. Do not use the Steering To enable or disable the Steering Assist, Starting and driving 5-113 see “How to enable/disable the Steering 2. Steering Assist indicator Assist” (P.5-96). Indicates the status of the Steering Assist by the color of the indicator . Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steering Assist standby . Steering Assist indicator (green): Steering Assist active 3. Lane marker indicator Indicates whether the system detects the lane marker . Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane markers not detected . Lane marker indicator (green): Lane WAF0584X markers detected Example . Lane marker indicator (orange): Steering Assist display and indica- Lane departure is detected tors 4. Lane marker indicator/speed con- 1. Steering Assist status indicator/ trol status indicator/set distance warning indicator Displays the status of the Steering Displays the status of the Steering Assist by the color of the indicator/ Assist by the color of the lane marker indicator. warning . . Steering Assist status indicator Lane marker indicator (gray): Steer- ing Assist standby (gray): Steering Assist standby . . Steering Assist status indicator Lane marker indicator (green): (green): Steering Assist active Steering Assist active . Steering Assist status indicator (or- For the speed control status indicator ange): Steering Assist malfunction and set distance indicator, see “ProPILOT Assist system display and indicators” (P.5- 89).

5-114 Starting and driving When the Steering Assist is in operation, wheel, the system applies a momentary the Steering Assist status indicator , the brake application to request the driver to Steering Assist indicator , and the lane take control of the vehicle again. marker indicator and on the vehicle If the driver still does not respond, the information display turn green. A chime system turns on the hazard flasher and sounds when the Steering Assist initially slows the vehicle to a complete stop. activates. The driver can cancel the deceleration at When the Steering Assist deactivates, the any time by steering, braking, accelerat- Steering Assist status indicator , the ing, or operating the ProPILOT Assist Steering Assist indicator , and the lane switch. marker indicator and on the vehicle information display turn gray and a chime sounds twice. WARNING Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) WAF0639X Steering Assist is not a system for a With the Steering Assist active, when a hands-free driving. Always keep your curve or strong cross wind exceeds the Hands on detection hands on the steering wheel and capabilities of the system and your vehi- When the Steering Assist is activated, it drive your vehicle safely. Failure to cle approaches either the left or the right monitors the driver’s steering wheel op- do so could cause a collision result- side of the traveling lane, the I-LI system eration. ing in serious personal injury or will flash the I-LI indicator on the vehicle death. information display and provide steering If the steering wheel is not operated or wheel vibration to alert the driver. The the driver takes his/her hands off the NOTE: warning chime will also sound (4 rapid steering wheel for a period of time, the beeps). Then, the I-LI system automati- warning appears in the vehicle infor- If the driver lightly touches (instead of cally applies the brakes for a short period mation display and the hands OFF warn- firmly grips) the steering wheel, the of time to help assist the driver to return ing light illuminates. steering torque sensor may not detect the vehicle to the center of the traveling If the driver does not operate the steering the driver’s hand(s) on the steering lane. This action is in addition to any wheel after the warning has been dis- wheel and a sequence of warnings Steering Assist actions and the warnings played and the warning light illuminated, may occur. When the driver holds and cannot be turned off. For more informa- an audible alert sounds and both the operates the steering wheel again, the tion, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- warning and the warning light flash. If the warnings turn off. LI)” (P.5-51). driver still does not operate the steering Starting and driving 5-115 Steering Assist limitations snow, water, wheel ruts, — When the headlights are not seams, or lines remaining bright due to dirt on the lens after road repairs (the Steer- or the headlights are off in WARNING ing Assist could detect these tunnels or darkness items as lane markers) . In the following situations, the — When a sudden change in camera may not detect lane mar- — When driving on roads where brightness occurs (for exam- kers correctly or may detect lane the traveling lane merges or ple, when the vehicle enters or markers incorrectly and the separates exits a tunnel or is under a Steering Assist may not operate . Do not use the Steering Assist bridge) properly: under the following conditions — When driving on roads where — When driving on roads where because the system may not the traveling lane merges or there are multiple parallel properly detect lane markers. separates or where there are lane markers, lane markers Doing so could cause a loss of temporary lane markers be- that are faded or not painted vehicle control and result in an cause of road construction accident. clearly, non-standard lane — When there is a lane closure markers, or lane markers cov- — During bad weather (rain, fog, due to road repairs ered with water, dirt, snow, snow, dust, etc.) etc. — When driving on a bumpy road — When rain, snow, sand, etc., is surface, such as an uneven — When driving on roads with thrown up by the wheels of dirt road discontinued lane markers other vehicles — When driving on sharp curves — When driving on roads with a — When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or winding roads widening or narrowing lane or another object adheres to width the camera unit — When driving on repeated uphill and downhill roads — When driving on roads where — When the lens of the camera . there are multiple lanes or unit is foggy Do not use the Steering Assist unclear lane markers due to under the following conditions road construction — When strong light (for exam- because the system will not op- ple, sunlight or high beams erate properly: — When driving on roads where from oncoming vehicles) — When driving with a tire that is there are sharply contrasting shines on the camera objects, such as shadows, not within normal tire condi- 5-116 Starting and driving NOTE: tions (for example, tire wear, are specifically designed for use abnormal tire pressure, instal- on your vehicle model and model For ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link lation of a spare tire, tire year. It is recommended that you equipped vehicles on a limited access chains, non-standard wheels) visit your NISSAN dealer for the freeway as identified in the navigation correct parts for your vehicle. map data, the Steering Assist system — When the vehicle is equipped may continue to operate with visible with non-original brake or lane markers on the both sides, even suspension parts Steering Assist temporary standby when the vehicle speed is below ap- — When an object such as a Automatic standby due to driving op- proximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and a sticker or cargo obstructs the eration: vehicle is not detected ahead. camera When the driver activates the turn signal, Steering Assist cancel — When excessively heavy bag- the Steering Assist is temporarily placed Under the following conditions, the Steer- gage is loaded in the rear seat in a standby mode. (The Steering Assist ing Assist cancels, and the Steering Assist or luggage area of your vehi- restarts automatically when the operat- status indicator and the Steering Assist cle ing conditions are met again.) indicator turn off: — When the vehicle load capa- Automatic standby: . When unusual lane markers appear in city is exceeded In the following cases, “Not Available the traveling lane or when the lane Front Camera Obstructed” warning mes- marker cannot be correctly detected — When towing a trailer or other sage appears in the vehicle information for some time due to certain condi- vehicle display, along with the chime, and the tions (for example, a snow rut, the . Excessive noise will interfere with Steering Assist is placed in a temporary reflection of light on a rainy day, the the warning chime sound, and standby mode. (The Steering Assist re- presence of several unclear lane mar- the beep may not be heard. starts automatically when the operating kers) . For the ProPILOT Assist system to conditions are met again.) . When the windshield wiper operates operate properly, the windshield . When lane markers on both sides are in the high speed operation (the in front of the camera must be no longer detected Steering Assist is disabled when the clean. Replace worn wiper blades. . When a vehicle ahead is no longer wiper operates for more than approxi- The correct size wiper blades detected under approximately 37 MPH mately 10 seconds) must be used to help make sure (60 km/h) the windshield is kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, or equivalent wiper blades, that Starting and driving 5-117 Action to take: . Always keep the windshield clean. Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL . Do not attach a sticker (including WARNING switch. When the conditions listed above transparent material) or install an are no longer present, turn the ICC accessory near the camera unit. . In the conventional (fixed speed) system on again. . Do not place reflective materials, such cruise control mode, a warning as white paper or a mirror, on the chime does not sound to warn Steering Assist malfunction instrument panel. The reflection of you if you are too close to the When the system malfunctions, it turns sunlight may adversely affect the vehicle ahead, as neither the pre- off automatically. The Steering Assist camera unit’s capability of detecting sence of the vehicle ahead nor status warning (orange) illuminates. A the lane markers. the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is chime may sound depending on the . Do not strike or damage the areas detected. situation. around the camera unit. Do not touch . Pay special attention to the dis- Action to take: the camera lens or remove the screw tance between your vehicle and located on the camera unit. Stop the vehicle in a safe location, push the vehicle ahead of you or a the park button to shift to the P (Park) If the camera unit is damaged due to an collision could occur. position, turn the engine off, restart the accident, it is recommended that you visit . Always confirm the setting in the engine, resume driving, and set the ICC a NISSAN dealer. ICC system display. system again. If the warning (orange) For additional information, see “Common . Do not use the conventional continues to illuminate, the Steering As- troubleshooting guide” (P.5-39). (fixed speed) cruise control mode sist is malfunctioning. Although the vehi- CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) when driving under the following cle is still drivable under normal conditions: conditions, have the system checked. It CRUISE CONTROL MODE is recommended that you visit a NISSAN NOTE: — When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed dealer for this service. ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or Steer- — In heavy traffic or in traffic Steering Assist maintenance ing Assist in the conventional (fixed that varies in speed The camera is located above the inside speed) cruise control mode. mirror. — On winding or hilly roads This mode allows driving at a speed To keep the proper operation of the between 20 to 90 MPH (30 to 144 km/h) — On slippery roads (rain, snow, system and prevent a system malfunc- without keeping your foot on the accel- ice, etc.) tion, be sure to observe the following: erator pedal.

5-118 Starting and driving — In very windy areas . Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

WAF0426X JVS0301X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control switches control mode display and indica- 1. RES+ switch: tors Resumes vehicle set speed or in- The display is located in the vehicle creases speed incrementally information display. 2. SET- switch: 1. Cruise indicator: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces This indicator indicates the condition speed incrementally of the ICC system depending on a color. 3. CANCEL switch: . Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Deactivates the system without eras- Indicates that the ProPILOT Assist ing the vehicle set speed switch is on 4. ProPILOT Assist switch: . Cruise control SET indicator (green): Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on Indicates that the cruising speed is or off set Starting and driving 5-119 . Cruise control warning (orange): will turn the system completely off. When Indicates that there is a malfunc- the ignition switch is placed in the OFF tion in the ICC system position, the system is also automatically 2. Vehicle set speed indicator: turned off. This indicator indicates the vehicle set To use the ICC system again, quickly push speed. and release the ProPILOT Assist switch For Canadian models, the speed is (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control displayed in km/h. mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.

WARNING

To avoid accidentally engaging WAF0427X cruise control, make sure to turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off when Operating conventional (fixed not using the ICC system. speed) cruise control mode To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds. When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators are displayed in the vehicle information display. After you hold the ProPILOT Assist switch on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICC system display turns off. The cruise indicator appears. You can now set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch again 5-120 Starting and driving To cancel the preset vehicle speed, use slows down to the desired speed. any of the following methods: 3. Push down, then quickly release the 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle SET— switch. Each time you do this, set speed indicator will turn off. the vehicle set speed will decrease by 2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle set about 1 MPH (1 km/h). speed indicator will turn off. To resume the preset vehicle speed, push 3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off. up and release the RES+ switch. The Both the cruise indicator and vehicle vehicle will resume the last set cruising set speed indicator will turn off. speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH (30 km/h). To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods: 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, WAF0428X push down and release the SET- To set cruising speed, accelerate your switch. vehicle to the desired speed, push down 2. Push up and hold the RES+ switch. the SET— switch and release it. (The When the vehicle attains the desired color of the cruise indicator changes to speed, release the switch. green and vehicle set speed indicator 3. Push up, then quickly release the RES+ comes on.) Take your foot off the accel- switch. Each time you do this, the erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain vehicle set speed will increase by the set speed. about 1 MPH (1 km/h). . To pass another vehicle, depress the To reset at a slower cruising speed, use accelerator pedal. When you release one of the following three methods: the pedal, the vehicle will return to the 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the previously set speed. vehicle attains the desired speed, . The vehicle may not maintain the set push down the SET— switch and speed when going up or down steep release it. hills. If this happens, manually maintain vehicle speed. 2. Push down and hold the SET- switch. Release the switch when the vehicle Starting and driving 5-121 AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the AEB with pedestrian detection system could result in serious injury or death. . The AEB with pedestrian detection system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent WAF0644X accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driving techniques. The AEB with pedestrian detection sys- . The AEB with pedestrian detec- tem uses a radar sensor located on the tion system does not function in front of the vehicle to measure the all driving, traffic, weather and distance to the vehicle ahead in the same road conditions. lane. For pedestrians and cyclists, the AEB The AEB with pedestrian detection sys- system uses a camera installed behind tem can assist the driver when there is a the windshield in addition to the radar risk of a forward collision with sensor. . a vehicle ahead in the travelling lane . a pedestrian ahead in the travelling lane . a cyclist ahead in the travelling lane

5-122 Starting and driving function, the AEB with pedestrian detection system operates at speeds between 6 – 37 MPH (10 – 60 km/h). If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will firstly provide the warning to the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator (yellow) in the vehicle information display and providing an audible alert. In addition, the system applies partial braking. If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully after the warning, and the AEB with pedestrian detection system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force. If the driver does not take action, the AEB with pedestrian detection system issues the second visual (flashing) (red) and audible warning. Then the system applies partial braking. WAF0429X If the risk of a collision becomes immi- nent, the AEB with pedestrian detection AEB emergency warning indicator AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION system applies harder braking automati- Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the SYSTEM OPERATION cally. vehicle information display) The AEB with pedestrian detection sys- While the AEB with pedestrian detection AEB system OFF warning light (on the system is operating, you may hear the meter panel) tem will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 sound of brake operation. This is normal Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left and indicates that the AEB with pedes- side) MPH (5 km/h). trian detection system is operating prop- For the pedestrian and cyclists detection Starting and driving 5-123 erly. the brake is applied by the system, you NOTE: may feel the pedal effort is changed and may hear a sound and vibration noise. The vehicle’s stop lights come on when This is normal and does not indicate a braking is performed by the AEB with malfunction. In addition, the braking force pedestrian detection system. can be increased by adding the pedal Depending on vehicle speed and distance effort. to the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclists ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences of a collision should one be unavoidable. If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will function later or will not function. The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions: . When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision. . When the accelerator pedal is depressed. . When there is no longer a vehicle, pedestrian detected ahead. If the AEB with pedestrian detection system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released. When the brake pedal is depressed while

5-124 Starting and driving tion display and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Emergency Brake” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Front” and use the scroll dial to turn the system on or off. When the AEB with pedestrian detection system is turned off, the AEB system OFF warning light illuminates. NOTE: . The AEB with pedestrian detection system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted. . The Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection for the I- FCW system. When the I-FCW system is also turned off.

WAF0430X AEB system OFF warning light (on the TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDES- meter panel) TRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the side) AEB with pedestrian detection system on or off. 1. Push the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle informa- Starting and driving 5-125 AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION — Oncoming or crossing vehi- — In poor visibility conditions SYSTEM LIMITATIONS cles. (such as rain, snow, fog, dust — Vehicles where the tires are storms, sand storms, smoke, WARNING difficult to see or the shape of and road spray from other the rear of the vehicle is un- vehicles). Listed below are the system limita- clear or obstructed. — If dirt, ice, snow, fog or other tions for the AEB with pedestrian — Parked vehicles. material is covering the radar detection system. Failure to operate sensor area or camera area of . The AEB with pedestrian detec- the vehicle in accordance with these the windshield. tion system has some perfor- system limitations could result in mance limitations. — If strong light (for example, serious injury or death. sunlight or high beams) en- — If a stationary vehicle is in the . ters the front camera or a The AEB with pedestrian detec- vehicle’s path, the system will tion system cannot detect all sudden change in brightness not function when the vehicle occurs (for example, entering vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists approaches the stationary ve- under all conditions. a tunnel or driving in light- hicle at speeds over approxi- ning). . The AEB with pedestrian detec- mately 50 MPH (80 km/h). tion system does not detect the — In dark or dimly lit conditions, — Pedestrian and cyclist detec- following: such as at night or in tunnels, tion will not function when the including cases where your — Pedestrians that are small (for vehicle is driven at speeds vehicle’s headlights are off or example, children), in a sitting over approximately 37 MPH dim, or the tail lights of the position, operating toys/ska- (60 km/h) or below approxi- vehicle ahead are off. teboards, on scooters or in mately 6 MPH (10 km/h). — When the direction of the wheelchairs, or not in an up- . right standing or walking po- For pedestrians, the AEB with camera is misaligned. sition. pedestrian detection system will not issue the first warning. — When driving on a steep — Animals of any size. . downhill slope, on roads with The AEB with pedestrian detec- sharp curves, and/or bumpy — Obstacles (for example, cargo tion system may not function or dirt roads. or debris) on the roadway or properly or detect a vehicle, pe- roadside. destrian or cyclist ahead in the following conditions: 5-126 Starting and driving — If there is interference by transporting luggage, push- — While towing a trailer or other other radar sources. ing a stroller, wearing bulky vehicle. or very loose-fitting clothing — When your vehicle’s position . The system performance may be or accessories, or being in a or movement is changed degraded in the following condi- unique posture (such as rais- quickly or significantly (for tions: ing hands). example, lane change, turning — The vehicle is driven on a vehicle, abrupt steering, sud- — There is poor contrast of a slippery road. den acceleration or decelera- person to the background, tion). such as having clothing color — The vehicle is driven on a slope. — When your vehicle or the ve- or pattern which is similar to hicle, pedestrian or cyclist the background. — Excessively heavy baggage is ahead moves quickly or sig- — For approximately 15 seconds loaded in the rear seat or the nificantly such that the sys- after starting the engine cargo area of your vehicle. tem cannot detect and react — If the vehicle ahead has a . The system is designed to auto- in time (for example, pedes- unique or unusual shape, ex- matically check the sensor (radar trian moving quickly toward tremely low or high clearance and camera)’s functionality, with- the vehicle at close range, heights, or unusual cargo in certain limitations. The system vehicle cutting in, changing loading or is narrow (for ex- may not detect some forms of lanes, making a turn, steering ample, a motorcycle). obstruction of the sensor area abruptly, sudden acceleration such as ice, snow or stickers, for or deceleration). — When the vehicle, pedestrian example. In these cases, the sys- or cyclist is located near a — When the vehicle, pedestrian tem may not be able to warn the traffic sign, a reflective area or cyclist is offset from the driver properly. Be sure that you (for example, water on road), vehicle’s forward path. check, clean and clear sensor or is in a shadow. areas regularly. — If the speed difference be- — When multiple pedestrians or . tween the two vehicles is In some road and traffic condi- cyclists are grouped together. small. tions, the AEB with pedestrian — When the view of the pedes- detection system may unexpect- — The pedestrian’s profile is par- trian or cyclist is obscured by edly apply partial braking. When tially obscured or unidentifi- a vehicle or other object. acceleration is necessary, de- able; for example, due to press the accelerator pedal to

Starting and driving 5-127 override the system. — objects on the road (such as . The AEB with pedestrian detec- trees) tion system may operate when a . Braking distances increase on pattern, object, shadow or lights slippery surfaces. are detected that are similar to . Excessive noise will interfere with the outline of vehicles, pedes- the warning chime sound, and trians or cyclists, or if they are the chime may not be heard. the same size and position as a vehicle or motorcycle’s tail lights. . The system may keep operating when the vehicle ahead is turning right or left. . The system may operate when your vehicle is approaching and — objects above road (low passing a vehicle ahead. bridge, traffic sign, etc.) . Depending on the road shape — objects on the road surface (curved road, entrance and exit (railroad track, grate, steel of the curve, winding road, lane plate, etc.) regulation, under construction, etc.), the system may operate — objects in the parking garage temporarily for the oncoming ve- (beam, pillar, etc.) hicle in front of your vehicle. — pedestrians, cyclists or motor- . The AEB with pedestrian detec- cycles approaching the travel- tion system may react to: ing lane — objects on the roadside (traf- — vehicles, pedestrians, cyclists, fic sign, guardrail, pedestrian, motorcycles or objects in ad- cyclist, motorcycle, vehicle, jacent lanes or close to the etc.) vehicle — oncoming pedestrians, cyclists 5-128 Starting and driving . The camera unit detects it’s misalignment condition. . The radar sensor picks up interference from an another radar source. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will resume automatically. NOTE: When the inside of the windshield on camera area is misted or frozen, it will take a period of time to remove it after air conditioner turns on. If dirt appears SSD0253 on this area, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. When driving on some roads, such as SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- Condition B winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or ABLE roads which are under construction or on In the following condition, the AEB system a slope, the sensor may detect vehicles in Condition A OFF warning light will flash and the “Forward Driving Aids temporarily dis- a different lane, or may temporarily not If the following conditions, the AEB sys- abled Front Sensor blocked” warning detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may tem OFF warning light will flash (no message will appear in the vehicle infor- cause the system to work inappropriately. message appears in the vehicle informa- mation display. The detection of vehicles may also be tion display). . The sensor area of the front of the affected by vehicle operation (steering . Strong light is shining from the front vehicle is covered with dirt or is maneuver or traveling position in the of the vehicle. obstructed lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this . The cabin temperature is over ap- Action to take: occurs, the system may warn you by proximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sun- blinking the system indicator and light. If the warning light flashes, stop the sounding the chime unexpectedly. You . vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine will have to manually control the proper The camera area of the windshield is misted or frozen. off. Clean the radar cover on the front of distance away from the vehicle travel- the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart ing ahead. Starting and driving 5-129 the engine. If the warning message con- SYSTEM MALFUNCTION tinues to appear, have the AEB with If the AEB with pedestrian detection pedestrian detection system checked. It system malfunctions, it will be turned off is recommended that you visit a NISSAN automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB dealer for this service. system OFF warning light will (orange) will . When driving on roads with limited illuminate and the “Malfunction” warning road structures or buildings (for ex- message will appear in the vehicle infor- ample, long bridges, deserts, snow mation display. fields, driving next to long walls). Action to take: Action to take: If the warning light (orange) comes on, When the above conditions no longer stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection the engine off and restart the engine. If system will resume automatically. the warning light continues to illuminate, Condition C have the AEB with pedestrian detection WAF0644X system checked. It is recommended that When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE system is OFF, the AEB brake will not operate. In this case only visible and The radar sensor is located on the front audible warning operates. The AEB sys- of the vehicle. The camera is located on tem OFF warning light (orange) will illu- the upper side of the windshield. minate. To keep the AEB with pedestrian detec- Action to take: tion system operating properly, be sure to observe the following: When the VDC system is ON, the AEB with . pedestrian detection system will resume Always keep the sensor area on the automatically. front of the vehicle and windshield clean. . Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensors (ex. bumper, windshield). . Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front of the vehicle near the sensor area. This 5-130 Starting and driving could cause failure or malfunction. that may cause undesired operation. tion exposure limits set forth for an . Do not attach metallic objects near User Manual statement according to uncontrolled environment. This equip- the radar sensor area (brush guard, §15.21: ment should be installed and operated etc.). This could cause failure or mal- with minimum distance of 20 cm be- Changes or modifications made to this function. tween the radiator and your body. equipment not expressly approved by . Do not place reflective materials, such Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC The transmitter must not be co-located as white paper or a mirror, on the authorization to operate this equipment. or operating in conjunction with any instrument panel. The reflection of other antenna or transmitter. User Manual statement according to sunlight may adversely affect the For Canada camera unit’s detection capability. §15.105: Type approval number: . Do not alter, remove or paint the front This equipment has been tested and of the vehicle near the sensor area. found to comply with the limits for a IC: 3387A-FR5CPEC Before customizing or restoring the Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 Legal warning for RF equipment: of the FCC Rules. These limits are de- sensor area, it is recommended that This device complies with Industry Cana- you visit a NISSAN dealer. signed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the da licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Op- Radio frequency statement equipment is operated in a commercial eration is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause For USA environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency interference, and (2) this device must Type approval number: energy and, if not installed and used in accept any interference, including inter- FCC ID: NF3–FR5CPEC accordance with the instruction manual, ference that may cause undesired operation of the device. User Manual statement according to may cause harmful interference to radio §15.19: communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause This device complies with Part 15 of the harmful interference in which case the FCC Rules. user will be required to correct the inter- Operation is subject to the following two ference at his own expense. conditions: RF Exposure Information according 1. this device may not cause harmful 2.1091/2.1093/OET bulletin 65: interference, and Radiofrequency radiation exposure infor- 2. this device must accept any interfer- mation: ence received, including interference This equipment complies with FCC radia- Starting and driving 5-131 INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (I-FCW)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I- FCW system could result in serious injury or death. . The I-FCW system helps warn the driver before a collision but will not avoid a collision. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times. WAF0646X The I-FCW system can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor second vehicle traveling in front of the located on the front of the vehicle to vehicle ahead in the same lane. measure the distance to a second vehicle ahead in the same lane.

5-132 Starting and driving WAF0432X

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the vehicle information display) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system OFF warning light (on the meter panel)

Starting and driving 5-133 JVS0294X I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION The I-FCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the I-FCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.

5-134 Starting and driving dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Emergency Brake” and push the scroll dial. 3. Select “Front” and use the scroll dial to turn the system on or off. When the I-FCW system is turned off, the AEB system OFF warning light (orange) illuminates. NOTE: . The I-FCW system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted. . The I-FCW system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate selection for the I-FCW system. When the AEB system is turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned off.

WAF0430X AEB system OFF warning light (on the TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/ meter panel) OFF Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the I- side) FCW system on or off. 1. Push the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then push the scroll Starting and driving 5-135 JVS0295X JVS0296X Illustration A Illustration B

JVS0297X Illustration C

5-136 Starting and driving — Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor — Interference by other radar sources — Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles. — Driving in a tunnel — Towing a trailer . (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is being towed. . (Illustration C) When the distance JVS0298X to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is Illustration D obstructed. I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Pedestrians, animals or obsta- . (Illustration D) When driving on a cles in the roadway steep downhill slope or roads WARNING — Oncoming vehicles with sharp curves. . — Crossing vehicles The system is designed to auto- Listed below are the system limita- matically check the sensor’s functions for the I-FCW system. Failure to . (Illustration A) The I-FCW system tionality, within certain operate the vehicle in accordance does not function when a vehicle limitations. The system may not with these system limitations could ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as detect some forms of obstruction result in serious injury or death. a motorcycle. of the sensor area such as ice, . The I-FCW system cannot detect . The radar sensor may not detect snow, stickers, for example. In all vehicles under all conditions. a vehicle ahead in the following these cases, the system may not conditions: be able to warn the driver prop- . The radar sensor does not detect erly. Be sure that you check, clean — Snow or heavy rain the following objects: and clear the sensor area regularly.

Starting and driving 5-137 . Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as the vehicle traveling ahead. winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the I-FCW system to work inappropriately. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from 5-138 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- and turn the engine off. Clean the radar ABLE cover on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the Condition A warning light continues to illuminate, When the radar sensor picks up interfer- have the I-FCW system checked. It is ence from another radar source, making recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, for this service. the I-FCW system is automatically turned . When driving on roads with limited off. The AEB system OFF warning light road structures or buildings (for ex- (orange) will flash. ample, long bridges, deserts, snow Action to take: fields, driving next to long walls) Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto- When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-FCW system will resume automatically. WAF0646X matically. Condition B SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Under the following conditions, making it If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be The radar sensor is located on the front impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the turned off automatically, a chime will of the vehicle. I-FCW system is automatically turned off. sound, the AEB system OFF warning light To keep the system operating properly, The AEB system OFF warning light (or- (orange) will illuminate and the "Malfunc- be sure to observe the following: ange) will flash and the “Forward Driving tion" warning message will appear in the . Always keep the sensor area on the Aids temporarily disabled Front Sensor vehicle information display. blocked” warning message will appear in front of the vehicle clean. Action to take: the vehicle information display. . Do not strike or damage the areas If the warning light (orange) illuminates, . When the sensor area of the front of around the sensor. stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn . the vehicle is covered with dirt or is Do not cover or attach stickers or the engine off and restart the engine. If obstructed similar objects on the front bumper the warning light continues to illuminate, Action to take: near the sensor area. This could cause have the I-FCW system checked. It is failure or malfunction. If the warning light (orange) flashes, stop recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer . Do not attach metallic objects near the vehicle in a safe place, push the park for this service. the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). button to engage the P (Park) position This could cause failure or malfunc- Starting and driving 5-139 tion. User Manual statement according to other antenna or transmitter. . Do not alter, remove or paint the front §15.105: For Canada bumper. It is recommended you con- This equipment has been tested and Type approval number: tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz- found to comply with the limits for a ing or restoring the front bumper. Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 IC: 3387A-FR5CPEC of the FCC Rules. These limits are de- Legal warning for RF equipment: Radio frequency statement signed to provide reasonable protection This device complies with Industry Cana- For USA against harmful interference when the da licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Op- Type approval number: equipment is operated in a commercial eration is subject to the following two environment. This equipment generates, FCC ID: NF3–FR5CPEC conditions: (1) this device may not cause uses, and can radiate radio frequency interference, and (2) this device must User Manual statement according to energy and, if not installed and used in accept any interference, including inter- §15.19: accordance with the instruction manual, ference that may cause undesired opera- This device complies with Part 15 of the may cause harmful interference to radio tion of the device. FCC Rules. communications. Operation of this equip- Operation is subject to the following two ment in a residential area is likely to cause conditions: harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the inter- 1. this device may not cause harmful ference at his own expense. interference, and RF Exposure Information according 2. this device must accept any interfer- 2.1091/2.1093/OET bulletin 65: ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Radiofrequency radiation exposure information: User Manual statement according to §15.21: This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an Changes or modifications made to this uncontrolled environment. This equip- equipment not expressly approved by ment should be installed and operated Robert BOSCH GmbH may void the FCC with minimum distance of 20 cm be- authorization to operate this equipment. tween the radiator and your body. The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any

5-140 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I-DA)

The I–DA system helps alert the driver if WARNING the system detects a lack of attention or driving fatigue. Failure to follow the warnings and The system monitors driving style and instructions for proper use of the I- steering behavior over a period of time, DA system could result in serious and it detects changes from the normal injury or death. pattern. If the system detects that driver attention is decreasing over a period of . The I–DA system is only a warning time, the system uses audible and visual to inform the driver of a potential warnings to suggest that the driver take a lack of driver attention or drowsi- break. ness. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. . The I–DA system does not detect and provide an alert of the dri- WAF0641X ver’s lack of attention or fatigue Example in every situation. I-DA SYSTEM OPERATION . It is the driver’s responsibility to: If the system detects driver fatigue or that — Stay alert. driver attention is decreasing, the mes- — Drive safely. sage “Take a Break?” appears in the vehicle information display and a chime — Keep the vehicle in the travel- sounds when the vehicle is driven at ing lane. speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h). — Be in control of the vehicle at The system continuously monitors driver all times. attention and can provide multiple warn- — Avoid driving when tired. ings per trip. — Avoid distractions (texting, The system resets and starts reassessing etc). driving style and steering behavior when the ignition switch is cycled from the ON to the OFF position and back to the ON position.

Starting and driving 5-141 NOTE: The setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted. I-DA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I–DA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . The I-DA system may not operate properly and may not provide an alert in the following conditions: — Poor road conditions such as an uneven road surface or pot holes. — Strong side wind. — If you have adopted a sporty WAF0412X driving style with higher cornering speeds or higher rates Steering-wheel-mounted control (left 1. Push the button until “Set- of acceleration. side) tings” appears in the vehicle informa- — Frequent lane changes or Vehicle information display tion display and push the scroll dial. changes to vehicle speed. HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-DA Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. . The I–DA system will not provide SYSTEM an alert in the following condi- 2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and Perform the following steps to enable or tions: disable the I–DA system. push the scroll dial. 5-142 Starting and driving REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)

— Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph (60 km/h). WARNING — Short lapses of attention. Failure to follow the warnings and — Instantaneous distractions instructions for proper use of the such as dropping an object. RAB system could result in serious injury or death. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION . The RAB system is a supplemen- If the I–DA system malfunctions, the tal aid to the driver. It is not a “Driver Attention Alert Malfunction” warn- replacement for proper driving ing message will appear in the vehicle procedures. Always use the side information display and the function will and rear mirrors and turn and be stopped automatically. look in the direction you will Action to take move before and while backing WAF0647X up. Never rely solely on the RAB Models with 4 sonar sensors Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place system. It is the driver’s respon- the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the sibility to stay alert, drive safely, engine off and restart the engine. If the and be in control of the vehicle at warning message continues to appear, all times. have the system checked. It is recom- . mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for There is a limitation to the RAB this service. system capability. The RAB system is not effective in all situations.

The RAB system can assist the driver when the vehicle is backing up and approaching objects directly behind the vehicle.

WAF0536X Models with 6 sonar sensors Starting and driving 5-143 The RAB system detects obstacles behind the vehicle using the sonar sensors located on the rear bumper. NOTE: You can temporarily cancel the sonar function in the vehicle, but the RAB system will continue to operate. For additional information, see “Sonar system” (P.5-162) or “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-168).

WAF0435X

RAB system warning indicator (on the vehicle information display) RAB system OFF warning light (on the meter panel) Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) Vehicle information display Center display (if so equipped) 5-144 Starting and driving RAB SYSTEM OPERATION When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RAB system operates. If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up, the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (models with the Intelligent Around View® Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure. NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the RAB system. . When the brakes operate, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunc- WAF0436X tion. RAB system OFF warning light 1. Push the button until “Set- Vehicle information display tings” appears in the vehicle informa- Steering-wheel-mounted control (left tion display and then push the scroll side) dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. Perform the following steps to turn the 2. Select “Emergency Brake” and push RAB system ON or OFF. the scroll dial.

Starting and driving 5-145 3. Select “Rear” and use the scroll dial to yourself as soon as necessary. — Obstacles located high off the turn the system on or off. . If it is necessary to override RAB ground When the RAB system is turned off, the operation, strongly press the ac- — Obstacles in a position offset RAB system OFF warning light illuminates. celerator pedal. from your vehicle NOTE: . Always check your surroundings — Obstacles, such as spongy The RAB system will be automatically and turn to check what is behind materials or snow, that have turned on when the engine is restarted. you before and while backing up. soft outer surfaces and can RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS The RAB system detects station- easily absorb a sound wave ary objects behind the vehicle. The RAB system does not detect . The RAB system may not operate WARNING the following objects: in the following conditions: — Moving objects — There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, Listed below are the system limita- etc., attached to the sonar — Low objects tions for the RAB system. Failure to sensors. follow the warnings and instructions — Narrow objects — A loud sound is heard in the for proper use of the RAB system — Wedge-shaped objects area around the vehicle. could result in serious injury or death. — Complex-shaped objects — The surface of the obstacle is diagonal to the rear of the . When the vehicle approaches an — Multiple object in close vehicle. obstacle while the accelerator or — Objects close to the bumper brake pedal is depressed, the — The sonar sensors or the area (less than approximately 1 ft around them are extremely function may not operate or the [30 cm]) start of the operation may be hot or cold. delayed. The RAB system may — Objects that suddenly appear . The RAB system may uninten- not operate or may not perform — Thin objects such as rope, tionally operate in the following sufficiently due to vehicle condi- wire, chain, etc. conditions: tions, driving conditions, the traf- . The RAB system may not operate — There is overgrown grass in fic environment, the weather, the area around the vehicle. road surface conditions, etc. Do for pedestrians or animals. not wait for the system to oper- . The RAB system may not operate — There is a structure (e.g., a ate. Operate the brake pedal by for the following obstacles: wall, toll gate equipment, a

5-146 Starting and driving narrow tunnel, a parking lot — The vehicle is driven in bad — The vehicle is towed. gate) near the side of the weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). — The vehicle is carried on a vehicle. — The vehicle is driven on a flatbed truck. — There are bumps, protrusions, steep hill. — The vehicle is on the chassis or manhole covers on the — The vehicle’s posture is chan- dynamometer. road surface. ged (e.g., when driving over a — The vehicle drives on an un- — The vehicle is driving through bump). even road surface. a draped flag or a curtain. — The vehicle is driven on a — Suspension parts other than — The vehicle is driving on a slippery road. those designated as genuine steep hill. — The vehicle is turned sharply parts are used. (If the vehicle — There is an accumulation of by turning the steering wheel height or the vehicle body snow or ice behind the vehi- fully. inclination is changed, the cle. — Snow chains are used. system may not detect an — An ultrasonic wave source, obstacle correctly.) — Wheels or tires other than such as another vehicle’s so- . NISSAN recommended are Excessive noise (e.g., audio sys- nar, is near the vehicle. used. tem volume, an open vehicle win- . Once the automatic brake control dow) will interfere with the chime — The brakes are cold at low operates, it does not operate sound, and it may not be heard. ambient temperatures or im- again if the vehicle approaches mediately after driving has the same obstacle. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION started. . The automatic brake control can If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be only operate for a short period of — The braking force becomes turned off automatically, the RAB system time. Therefore, the driver must poor due to wet brakes after OFF warning light will illuminate, and the depress the brake pedal. driving through a puddle or “Malfunction See Owner’s Manual” warn- washing the vehicle. ing message will appear in the vehicle . In the following situations, the information display. RAB system may not operate . Turn the RAB system off in the properly or may not function following conditions to prevent sufficiently: the occurrence of an unexpected accident resulting from sudden system operation: Starting and driving 5-147 Action to take SYSTEM MAINTENANCE If the warning light illuminates, park the The sonar sensors are located on the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine rear bumper. Observe the following items off, and restart the engine. If the warning to ensure proper operation of the system: light continues to illuminate, have the . Always keep the sonar sensors clean. RAB system checked. It is recommended . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this them off with a soft cloth while being service. careful to not damage them. NOTE: . The sonar sensors may be blocked by If the RAB system cannot be operated temporary ambient conditions such temporarily, the RAB system OFF warn- as splashing water, mist or fog. The ing light blinks. blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt WAF0647X obstructing the sonar sensors. Check Models with 4 sonar sensors for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors. . Do not subject the area around the sonar sensors to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sonar sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint on the sonar sensors and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunc- WAF0536X tion or improper operation. Models with 6 sonar sensors 5-148 Starting and driving BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

. When washing the vehicle using a Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient high-pressure washer, do not apply CAUTION Driving Tips to help you achieve the most direct washer pressure on the sonar fuel economy from your vehicle. sensors. This may cause a malfunction 1. Use smooth accelerator and brake of the sonar sensors. During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow these recommendations pedal application. . to obtain maximum engine perfor- Avoid rapid starts and stops. mance and ensure the future relia- . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and bility and economy of your new brake application whenever possi- vehicle. Failure to follow these re- ble. commendations may result in shor- . Maintain constant speed while tened engine life and reduced engine commuting and coast whenever performance. possible. 2. Maintain constant speed. . Avoid driving for long periods at con- . Look ahead to try and anticipate stant speed, either fast or slow. Do not and minimize stops. run the engine over 4,000 rpm. . Synchronizing your speed with traf- . Do not accelerate at full throttle in any fic lights allows you to reduce your gear. number of stops. . Avoid quick starts. . Maintaining a steady speed can . Avoid hard braking as much as possi- minimize red light stops and im- ble. prove fuel efficiency. . Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher miles (800 km). Your engine, axle or vehicle speeds. other parts could be damaged. . Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load. . Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerody- namic drag.

Starting and driving 5-149 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

. Recirculating the cool air in the 7. Avoid idling. . Keep your engine tuned up. cabin when the A/C is on reduces . Shutting off your engine when safe . Follow the recommended scheduled cooling load. for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds maintenance. 4. Drive at economical speeds and dis- saves fuel and reduces emissions. . Keep the tires inflated to the correct tances. 8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads. pressure. Low tire pressure increases . Observing the speed limit and not . Automated passes permit drivers to tire wear and lowers fuel economy. exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) use special lanes to maintain cruis- . Keep the wheels in correct alignment. (where legally allowed) can improve ing speed through the toll and Improper alignment increases tire fuel efficiency due to reduced aero- avoid stopping and starting. wear and lowers fuel economy. dynamic drag. . 9. Winter warm up. Use the recommended viscosity en- . Maintaining a safe following dis- gine oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter . Limit idling time to minimize impact tance behind other vehicles re- recommendation” (P.10-6).) duces unnecessary braking. to fuel economy. . . Safely monitoring traffic to antici- Vehicles typically need no more pate changes in speed permits than 30 seconds of idling at start- reduced braking and smooth accel- up to effectively circulate the en- eration changes. gine oil before driving. . . Select a gear range suitable to road Your vehicle will reach its ideal conditions. operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling. 5. Use cruise control. . 10. Keeping your vehicle cool. Using cruise control during highway . driving helps maintain a steady Park your vehicle in a covered speed. parking area or in the shade when- . ever possible. Cruise control is particularly effec- . tive in providing fuel savings when When entering a hot vehicle, open- driving on flat terrains. ing the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, re- 6. Plan for the shortest route. sulting in reduced demand on your . Utilize a map or navigation system A/C system. to determine the best route to save time.

5-150 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if so equipped)

If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent parts increases due to the difference in 4x4 system while the engine is running, rotation between the front and rear warning messages appear in the vehicle wheels is large (wheel slip), such as when information display. driving on rough roads, driving through sand or mud, or freeing a stuck vehicle. If this warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. In these cases, the AWD changes to 2WD to protect the powertrain parts. Then if the warning turns off, you can continue AWD driving. The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning may appear if there is a large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels and tires. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all tire sizes, brand, construction and tread pattern are the same, that the tire pressures are correct and that the tires are not excessively worn. If you have any problems, change tires or adjust tire pressures correctly. Do not select the SNOW or OFF-ROAD mode with the Drive WAF0642X Mode Selector and do not drive fast. If the “AWD Error” warning appears, If any warning message continues to be there may be a malfunction in the In- displayed, have your vehicle checked by a telligent 4x4 system. Reduce vehicle NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. The “AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (high temperature) warning appears when the oil temperature of the powertrain Starting and driving 5-151 WARNING CAUTION

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do . Do not operate the engine on a not attempt to raise two wheels free roller when any of the wheels off the ground and shift the raised. transmission to any drive or re- . The power train may be damaged verse position with the engine if you continue driving with the running. Doing so may result in “AWD Error” warning on. drivetrain damage or unexpected . vehicle movement which could If the warning message remains result in serious vehicle damage on after the above operation, or personal injury. have your vehicle checked as . soon as possible. It is recom- Do not attempt to test an AWD mended that you visit a NISSAN equipped vehicle on a 2–wheel dealer for this service. dynamometer (such as the dy- . namometers used by some If the “AWD Error” warning ap- states for emissions testing) or pears while driving, there may be similar equipment even if the a malfunction in the AWD system. other two wheels are raised off Reduce the vehicle speed and the ground. Make sure that you have your vehicle checked as inform the test facility personnel soon as possible. It is recom- that your vehicle is equipped with mended that you visit a NISSAN AWD before it is placed on a dealer for this service. dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in When the vehicle is in the P (Park) posi- drive train damage or unex- tion, the operation noise may be heard pected vehicle movement which from the lower part of the vehicle. This is could result in serious vehicle not a malfunction. damage or personal injury.

5-152 Starting and driving PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

placed into P (Park). Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. . Make sure the shift lever cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.

1. Apply the parking brake. 2. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position. 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a SSD0488 sloping drive way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. . . To help avoid risk of injury or HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: WARNING death through unintended opera- Turn the wheels into the curb and tion of the vehicle and/or its move the vehicle forward until the . Do not stop or park the vehicle systems, do not leave children, curb side wheel gently touches the curb. over flammable materials such as people who require the assis- . dry grass, waste paper or rags. tance of others or pets unat- HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: They may ignite and cause a fire. tended in your vehicle. Turn the wheels away from the . Additionally, the temperature in- curb and move the vehicle back Never leave the engine running until the curb side wheel gently while the vehicle is unattended. side a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high touches the curb. . Do not leave children unattended enough to cause a significant risk . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO inside the vehicle. They could of injury or death to people and CURB: unknowingly activate switches pets. or controls. Unattended children Turn the wheels toward the side of . Safe parking procedures require the road so the vehicle will move could become involved in serious away from the center of the road if accidents. that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission it moves. Starting and driving 5-153 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING

4. Place the ignition switch in the OFF assist is reduced, steering wheel opera- position. WARNING tion will become heavy. If the steering wheel operation is still performed, the electric power steering may stop and the . If the engine is not running or is electric power steering warning light turned off while driving, the will illuminate. In a safe location, stop the power assist for the steering will engine and place the ignition switch in not work. Steering will be harder the OFF position. When the temperature to operate. of the electric power steering goes down, . When the electric power steering the power assist level will return to warning light illuminates with the normal. Avoid repeating such steering engine running, the power assist wheel operations that could cause the for the steering will cease opera- electric power steering to overheat. tion. You will still have control of You may hear a noise when the steering the vehicle but the steering will wheel is operated quickly. However, this is be harder to operate. not a malfunction. The electric power steering is designed to If the electric power steering warning provide power assist while driving to light illuminates while the engine is run- operate the steering wheel with light ning, it may indicate the electric power force. steering is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric When SPORT mode is selected, the steer- power steering checked. It is recom- ing wheel effort is moderately increased mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for a sporty feel. (See “SPORT mode” (P.5- for this service. (See “Electric power steer- 33).) ing warning light” (P.2-17).) When the steering wheel is operated When the electric power steering warning repeatedly or continuously while parking light illuminates with the engine running, or driving at a very low speed, the power the power assist for the steering will assist for the steering wheel will be cease operation. You will still have control reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the vehicle. However, greater steering of the electric power steering and protect effort is needed, especially in sharp turns it from getting damaged. While the power and at low speeds. 5-154 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS Parking brake break-in The brake system has two separate WARNING Break in the parking brake pads when- hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc- ever the stopping effect of the parking tions, you will still have braking at two . While driving on a slippery sur- brake is weakened or whenever the wheels. face, be careful when braking, parking brake pads and/or calipers/ro- accelerating or downshifting. tors are replaced, in order to assure the Vacuum assisted brakes Abrupt braking or accelerating best braking performance. The brake booster aids braking by using could cause the wheels to skid This procedure is described in the vehicle engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you and result in an accident. service manual. It is recommended you can stop the vehicle by depressing the . If the engine is not running or is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. brake pedal. However, greater foot pres- turned off while driving, the sure on the brake pedal will be required to power assist for the brakes will stop the vehicle and the stopping dis- not work. Braking will be harder. tance will be longer. Using the brakes Wet brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake When the vehicle is washed or driven pedal while driving. This will cause over- through water, the brakes may get wet. heating of the brakes, wearing out the As a result, your braking distance will be brake pads faster and reduce gas mile- longer and the vehicle may pull to one age. side during braking. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe the brakes from overheating, reduce speed while lightly tapping the brake speed and downshift to a lower gear pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until before going down a slope or long grade. the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving Overheated brakes may reduce braking the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes performance and could result in loss of function correctly. vehicle control.

Starting and driving 5-155 BRAKE ASSIST

BRAKE ASSIST faces even with ABS. Stopping venting each wheel from locking, the When the force applied to the brake pedal distances may also be longer on system helps the driver maintain steering exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is rough, gravel or snow covered control and helps to minimize swerving activated generating greater braking roads, or if you are using tire and spinning on slippery surfaces. force than a conventional brake booster chains. Always maintain a safe Using the system even with light pedal force. distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. responsible for safety. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. WARNING . Tire type and condition may also The ABS will operate to prevent the affect braking effectiveness. The Brake Assist is only an aid to wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle assist braking operation and is not a — When replacing tires, install to avoid obstacles. collision warning or avoidance de- the specified size of tires on all four wheels. vice. It is the driver’s responsibility to WARNING stay alert, drive safely and be in — When installing a spare tire, control of the vehicle at all times. make sure that it is the proper Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing size and type as specified on so may result in increased stopping the Tire and Loading Informa- ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) distances. tion label. See “Tire and Load- ing Information label” (P.10-11) WARNING of this manual. Self-test feature — For detailed information, see . The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec- The Anti-lock Braking System “Wheels and tires” (P.8-25) of tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a (ABS) is a sophisticated device, this manual. computer. The computer has a built-in but it cannot prevent accidents diagnostic feature that tests the system resulting from careless or dan- The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con- each time you start the engine and move gerous driving techniques. It can the vehicle at a low speed in forward or help maintain vehicle control dur- trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on reverse. When the self-test occurs, you ing braking on slippery surfaces. may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a Remember that stopping dis- slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies pulsation in the brake pedal. This is tances on slippery surfaces will normal and does not indicate a malfunc- be longer than on normal sur- the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By pre- tion. If the computer senses a malfunc- 5-156 Starting and driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM tion, it switches the ABS off and illumi- The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- . The road may be slippery or the nates the ABS warning light on the tem uses various sensors to monitor system may determine some action instrument panel. The brake system then driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under is required to help keep the vehicle on operates normally, but without anti-lock certain driving conditions, the VDC sys- the steered path. assistance. tem helps to perform the following func- . You may feel a pulsation in the brake If the ABS warning light illuminates during tions. pedal and hear a noise or vibration the self-test or while driving, have the . Controls brake pressure to reduce from under the hood. This is normal vehicle checked. It is recommended you wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel and indicates that the VDC system is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. so power is transferred to a non working properly. slipping drive wheel on the same axle. . Adjust your speed and driving to the Normal operation . Controls brake pressure and engine road conditions. The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 output to reduce drive wheel slip If a malfunction occurs in the system, the MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies based on vehicle speed (traction con- slip indicator light illuminates in the according to road conditions. trol function). instrument panel. The VDC system auto- When the ABS senses that one or more . Controls brake pressure at individual matically turns off. wheels are close to locking up, the wheels and engine output to help the The vehicle information display is used to actuator rapidly applies and releases driver maintain control of the vehicle turn off the VDC system. The VDC off hydraulic pressure. This action is similar in the following conditions: indicator illuminates to indicate the to pumping the brakes very quickly. You — understeer (vehicle tends to not VDC system is off. When the VDC system may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal follow the steered path despite is turned off, the VDC system still oper- and hear a noise from under the hood or increased steering input) ates to prevent one drive wheel from feel a vibration from the actuator when it — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due slipping by transferring power to a non is operating. This is normal and indicates to certain road or driving condi- slipping drive wheel. The slip indicator that the ABS is operating properly. How- tions). light flashes if this occurs. All other ever, the pulsation may indicate that road The VDC system can help the driver to VDC functions are off, and the slip in- conditions are hazardous and extra care maintain control of the vehicle, but it dicator light will not flash. The VDC is required while driving. cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in system is automatically reset to on when all driving situations. the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position. When the VDC system operates, the slip indicator light in the instrument panel See “Slip indicator light” (P.2-20) and flashes so note the following: “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-20). Starting and driving 5-157 The computer has a built-in diagnostic may illuminate. . The VDC system is not a substi- feature that tests the system each time . If brake related parts such as tute for winter tires or tire chains you start the engine and move the vehicle on a snow covered road. forward or in reverse at a slow speed. brake pads, rotors and calipers When the self-test occurs, you may hear a are not NISSAN recommended or “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the are extremely deteriorated, the HOW TO TURN OFF THE VDC SYS- brake pedal. This is normal and is not an VDC system may not operate TEM indication of a malfunction. properly and the slip indicator The vehicle should be driven with the light may illuminate. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ON . If engine control related parts are WARNING for most driving conditions. not NISSAN recommended or are When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, extremely deteriorated, the slip . the VDC system reduces the engine out- The VDC system is designed to indicator light may illuminate. put to reduce wheel spin. The engine help improve driving stability but . When driving on extremely in- speed will be reduced even if the accel- does not prevent accidents due clined surfaces such as higher erator is depressed to the floor. If max- to abrupt steering operation at banked corners, the VDC system imum engine power is needed to free a high speeds or by careless or may not operate properly and the stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. dangerous driving techniques. slip indicator light may illu- Reduce vehicle speed and be minate. Do not drive on these especially careful when driving types of roads. and cornering on slippery sur- . faces and always drive carefully. When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, . Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- elevator or ramp, the slip indica- pension. If suspension parts such tor light may illuminate. This as shock absorbers, struts, is not a malfunction. Restart the springs, stabilizer bars, bushings engine after driving onto a stable and wheels are not NISSAN re- surface. commended for your vehicle or . are extremely deteriorated, the If wheels or tires other than the VDC system may not operate NISSAN recommended ones are properly. This could adversely used, the VDC system may not affect vehicle handling perfor- operate properly and the slip mance, and the slip indicator light indicator light may illuminate. 5-158 Starting and driving BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION . If brake related parts such as During braking while driving through brake pads, rotors and calipers turns, the system optimizes the distribu- are not NISSAN recommended or tion of force to each of the four wheels are extremely deteriorated, the depending on the radius of the turn. VDC system may not operate properly and both the and indicator lights may illumi- WARNING nate. . If engine control related parts are . The VDC system is designed to not NISSAN recommended or are help the driver maintain stability extremely deteriorated, both the but does not prevent accidents and indicator lights may due to abrupt steering operation illuminate. at high speeds or by careless or . WAF0521X dangerous driving techniques. When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher Example Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving banked corners, the VDC system To turn off the VDC system, perform the may not operate properly and the following steps in the vehicle information and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully. indicator light may flash or display. both the and indicator 1. Push the button on the . Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- lights may illuminate. Do not steering wheel until “Settings” appears pension. If suspension parts such drive on these types of roads. and then push the job dial. as shock absorbers, struts, . springs, stabilizer bars, bushings When driving on an unstable sur- 2. Use the scroll dial to select “VDC and wheels are not NISSAN re- face such as a turntable, ferry, Setting” and then push it. commended for your vehicle or elevator or ramp, the indica- 3. Select “System” and push the scroll are extremely deteriorated, the tor light may flash or both the dial. The indicator light will illumi- VDC system may not operate and indicator lights may illu- nate. properly. This could adversely minate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving Turn “VDC Setting” back on in the vehicle affect vehicle handling perfor- onto a stable surface. information display or restart the engine mance, and the indicator light to turn on the VDC system. may flash or both the and . If wheels or tires other than the indicator lights may illuminate. NISSAN recommended ones are

Starting and driving 5-159 CHASSIS CONTROL

The chassis control is an electric control used, the VDC system may not module that includes the following func- operate properly and the WARNING tions: indicator light may flash or both the and indicator lights . Intelligent Trace Control The Intelligent Trace Control may not may illuminate. . Active Ride Control be effective depending on the driv- . The VDC system is not a substi- INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL ing condition. Always drive carefully and attentively. tute for winter tires or tire chains This system senses driving based on the on a snow covered road. driver’s steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and controls brake pressure at When the Intelligent Trace Control is individual wheels to aid tracing at corners operating, you may feel a pulsation in and help smooth vehicle response. the brake pedal, sense slight deceleration, or hear a noise. This is normal and When the VDC system is turned off, the indicates that Intelligent Trace Control is Intelligent Trace Control is also turned off. operating properly. Amount of brake control is changed based on Drive Mode selector. ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL When Intelligent Trace Control is not This system senses upper body motion functioning properly, the master warning and controls four wheel brake pressure. light illuminates, and warning message This will enhance ride comfort in effort to “Chassis Control System Error” will also restrain uncomfortable upper body appear in the vehicle information display. movement when passing over undulated road surfaces. When the VDC system is If the chassis control warning message turned off, the Active Ride Control is also appears in the vehicle information dis- turned off. play, it may indicate that the Intelligent Trace Control is not functioning properly. If the chassis control warning message Have the system checked as soon as appears in the vehicle information dis- possible. It is recommended that you visit play, it may indicate that the Active Ride a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See Control is not functioning properly. Have “Vehicle information display warnings the system checked as soon as possible. and indicators” (P.2-34).) It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

5-160 Starting and driving HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

so may result in a collision or WARNING WARNING serious personal injury.

The Active Ride Control may not be . Never rely solely on the hill start The hill start assist system automatically effective depending on the driving assist system to prevent the ve- keeps the brakes applied to help prevent condition. Always drive carefully and hicle from moving backward on a the vehicle from rolling backwards in the attentively. hill. Always drive carefully and time it takes the driver to release the attentively. Depress the brake brake pedal and apply the accelerator When the Active Ride Control is operating, pedal when the vehicle is stopped when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. you may feel a pulsation in the brake on a steep hill. Be especially care- The hill start assist system will operate pedal, sense slight deceleration, or hear a ful when stopped on a hill on automatically under the following condi- noise. This is normal and indicates that frozen or muddy roads. Failure tions: Active Ride Control is operating properly. to prevent the vehicle from rolling . backwards may result in a loss of The transmission is shifted to a for- control of the vehicle and possi- ward or reverse gear. ble serious injury or death. . The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake. . The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. standstill on a hill. Depress the After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to brake pedal when the vehicle is roll back and the hill start assist system stopped on a steep hill. Failure to will stop operating completely. do so may cause the vehicle to The hill start assist system will not roll backwards and may result in operate when the transmission is shifted a collision or serious personal to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position or injury. on a flat and level road. . The hill start assist system may When the slip indicator light illuminates in not prevent the vehicle from roll- the meter, the hill start assist system will ing backwards on a hill under all not operate. (See “Slip indicator light” (P.2- load or road conditions. Always 20).) be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do Starting and driving 5-161 SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)

affect the function of the system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation. . The sonar system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle. . The sonar system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper/ vehicle side, and may not detect objects close to the bumper/ve- WAF0648X hicle side or on the ground. Example . The sonar system may not detect The sonar system sounds a tone to . inform the driver of obstacles around The driver is always responsible the following objects: fluffy ob- the vehicle using the sonar sensors for safety during parking and jects such as snow, cloth, cotton, located in the front and rear bumpers. other maneuvers. Always look glass, wool, etc.; thin objects such around and check that it is safe as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or When the sonar system is turned on, the to do so before parking. wedge-shaped objects. sonar view will automatically appear in . the vehicle information display. Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as If your vehicle sustains damage to the contained in this section. The bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or WARNING colors of the sonar indicator in- bent, the sensing zone may be altered dicates different distances to the causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms. . The sonar system is a conveni- object. ence but it is not a substitute for . Inclement weather or ultrasonic proper parking. sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may 5-162 Starting and driving For models with side sonar sensors: CAUTION The system informs with a visual and audible alert of obstacles in the traveling . Excessive noise (such as audio direction, when the sensor detects them system volume or an open vehi- within its detection range. cle window) will interfere with the The system informs with a visual and tone and it may not be heard. audible alert of potential obstacles near . Keep the sonar sensors (located the side of the vehicle. The driver will only on the bumper fascia) free from be notified of side obstacles located out snow, ice and large accumula- of detection range of the front and rear tions of dirt. Do not clean the sonar sensors if they were previously sensors with sharp objects. If the detected as the vehicle traveled towards sensors are covered, the accuracy them. of the sonar function will be WAF0538X How the system alert of obstacles: diminished. The system is deactivated at speeds Center sonar sensors above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated Corner sonar sensors at lower speeds. Side sonar sensors (if so equipped) The intermittent tone will stop after SYSTEM OPERATION several seconds when the obstacle is For models without side sonar sensors: identified only with the center sensor. The tone will stop when the obstacle gets The system informs with a visual and away from the vehicle. audible alert of: When the object is detected, the indicator . front obstacles when the shift lever is (green) appears and blinks and the tone in the D (Drive) position . sounds intermittently. When the vehicle front and rear obstacles when the moves closer to the object, the color of shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds continuously.

Starting and driving 5-163 WAF0523X WAF0524X Example Example When the vehicle moves closer to an The sonar indicator also appears on the obstacle, the sonar indicator (detected camera view of the center display. area) appears in the vehicle information display.

5-164 Starting and driving dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Parking Aids” and push the scroll dial. 3. Use the scroll dial to navigate in the menu and select or change an item: . Moving Object — Turns ON/OFF the Moving Object Detection (MOD) (See “Moving Ob- ject Detection (MOD)” (P.4-22).) . Auto Show Sonar — Shows the sonar display in the vehicle information display when the sonar activates . Front — Turns ON/OFF the front sonar sensors . Rear — Turns ON/OFF the rear sonar sensors . Side (if so equipped) WAF0412X — Turns ON/OFF the side sonar sensors Steering-wheel-mounted control (left position and the shift lever is in the D . Distance side) (Drive) or R (Reverse) position. — Changes the sonar sensor’s de- Vehicle information display Perform the following steps to set up the tection distance to “Long,” “Med- HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE SO- sonar system function. ium” or “Short” NAR SYSTEM 1. Push the button until “Set- . Volume The system is automatically activated tings” appears in the vehicle informa- — Changes the volume of the tone when the ignition switch is in the ON tion display and then push the scroll sound to “High,” “Medium” or “Low”

Starting and driving 5-165 SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS or on the ground. — When a sonar sensor or the . The sonar system may not detect area around the sensor is WARNING the following objects: fluffy ob- extremely hot or cold. jects such as snow, cloth, cotton, . The sonar system may uninten- Listed below are the system limita- glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such tionally operate in the following tions for the sonar system. Failure to as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or conditions: wedge-shaped objects; complex- operate the vehicle in accordance — When there is overgrown shaped objects or multiple ob- with these system limitations could grass in the area around the jects in close. result in serious injury or death. vehicle. . . The sonar system may not detect Read and understand the limita- objects at speed above 3 MPH (5 — When there is a structure (for tions of the sonar system as km/h) and may not detect certain example, a wall, a toll gate contained in this section. Incle- angular or moving objects. equipment, a narrow tunnel or ment weather may affect the a parking lot gate) near the . function of the sonar system; this The sonar system may not detect side of the vehicle. may include reduced perfor- the following objects: — When there are bumps, pro- mance or a false activation. — Pedestrians who approach trusions or manhole covers on the vehicle from the side . The sonar system is deactivated the road surface. at speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). — Objects placed next to the — When the vehicle drives It is reactivated at lower speeds. vehicle through a draped flag or a . Inclement weather or ultrasonic . The sonar system may not oper- curtain. sources such as an automatic car ate in the following conditions: wash, a truck’s compressed-air — When there is an accumula- brakes or a pneumatic drill may — When rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc. tion of snow or ice behind the affect the function of the sonar adheres to the sonar sensor. vehicle. system; this may include reduced — When a loud sound is heard in — When driving on a steep hill. performance or a false activation. the area around the vehicle. . The sonar system is not designed — When the surface of the ob- to prevent contact with small or stacle is diagonal to the front moving objects. Always move or rear of the vehicle. slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper 5-166 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- careful to not damage them. ABLE . The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such When sonar blockage is detected, the as splashing water, mist or fog. The system will be deactivated automatically. blocked condition may also be caused The system is not available until the by objects such as ice, frost or dirt conditions no longer exist. obstructing the sonar sensors. Check The sonar sensors may be blocked by for and remove objects obstructing temporary ambient conditions such as the area around the sonar sensors. splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked . Do not subject the area around the condition may also be caused by objects sonar sensors to strong impact. Also, such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the do not remove or disassemble the sonar sensors. sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors Action to take: and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sonar When the above conditions no longer sensors checked. It is recommended exist, the system will resume automati- that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this cally. service. . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint on the sonar sensors and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunc- WAF0649X tion or improper operation. . SYSTEM MAINTENANCE When washing the vehicle using a high-pressure washer, do not apply The sonar sensors and are located direct washer pressure on the sonar on the front and rear bumpers. sensors. This may cause a malfunction . Always keep the area near the sonar of the sonar sensors. sensors clean. . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe them off with a soft cloth while being

Starting and driving 5-167 REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if so equipped)

to do so before parking. If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or . Read and understand the limita- bent, the sensing zone may be altered tions of the RSS as contained in causing inaccurate measurement of ob- this section. The colors of the stacles or false alarms. sonar indicator indicates different distances to the object. . Inclement weather or ultrasonic CAUTION sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s compressed-air . Excessive noise (such as audio brakes or a pneumatic drill may system volume or an open vehi- affect the function of the system; cle window) will interfere with the this may include reduced perfor- tone and it may not be heard. mance or a false activation. . Keep the sonar sensors (located WAF0072X . The RSS is designed as an aid to on the rear bumper fascia) free the driver in detecting large sta- from snow, ice and large accu- The RSS sounds a tone to inform the tionary objects to help avoid da- mulations of dirt. Do not clean the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper. maging the vehicle. sensors with sharp objects. If the When the RSS is turned on, the sonar view . The RSS is not designed to pre- sensors are covered, the accuracy will automatically appear in the vehicle vent contact with small or mov- of the sonar function will be information display. ing objects. Always move slowly. diminished. The system will not detect small WARNING objects below the bumper, and SYSTEM OPERATION may not detect objects close to The system informs with a visual and the bumper or on the ground. . The RSS is a convenience but it is audible alert of rear obstacles when the . not a substitute for proper park- The RSS may not detect the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. ing. following objects: fluffy objects The system is deactivated at speeds such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass, . The driver is always responsible above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated wool, etc.; thin objects such as at lower speeds. for safety during parking and rope, wire and chain, etc.; or other maneuvers. Always look wedge-shaped objects. The intermittent tone will stop after around and check that it is safe several seconds when an obstacle is

5-168 Starting and driving identified only with the corner sensor. The tone will stop when the obstacle gets away from the vehicle. When the object is detected, the indicator (green) appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object, the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds continuously.

WAF0431X WAF0434X Example Example When the rear of the vehicle moves closer The sonar indicator also appears on the to an obstacle, the sonar indicator ap- camera view of the center display. pears in the vehicle information display.

Starting and driving 5-169 Assistance.” Then push the scroll dial. 2. Select “Parking Aids” and push the scroll dial. 3. Use the scroll dial to navigate in the menu and select or change an item: . Moving Object (if so equipped) — Turns ON/OFF the Moving Object Detection (MOD) (See “Moving Ob- ject Detection (MOD)” (P.4-22).) . Auto Show Sonar — Shows the sonar display in the vehicle information display when the RSS activates . Rear — Turns ON/OFF the RSS . Distance — Changes the RSS sensor’s detection distance to “Long,” “Medium” or “Short” . Volume — Changes the volume of the tone WAF0412X sound to “High,” “Medium” or “Low” RSS LIMITATIONS Steering-wheel-mounted control (left (Reverse) position. side) Perform the following steps to set up the Vehicle information display RSS function: WARNING HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RSS 1. Push the button until “Set- The system is automatically activated tings” appears in the vehicle informa- Listed below are the system limita- when the ignition switch is in the ON tion display and then push the scroll tions for the RSS. Failure to operate position and the shift lever is in the R dial. Use the scroll dial to select “Driver the vehicle in accordance with these

5-170 Starting and driving system limitations could result in jects in close. — When there is an accumula- serious injury or death. . The RSS may not detect objects tion of snow or ice behind the . Read and understand the limita- at speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h) vehicle. tions of the RSS as contained in and may not detect certain angu- — When driving on a steep hill. this section. Inclement weather lar or moving objects. may affect the function of the . The RSS may not operate in the SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- RSS; this may include reduced following conditions: performance or a false activation. ABLE — When rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc. When sonar blockage is detected, the . The system is deactivated at adheres to the sonar sensor. speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). system will be deactivated automatically. It is reactivated at lower speeds. — When a loud sound is heard in The system is not available until the the area around the vehicle. . Inclement weather or ultrasonic conditions no longer exist. sources such as an automatic car — When the surface of the ob- The sonar sensors may be blocked by wash, a truck’s compressed-air stacle is diagonal to the rear temporary ambient conditions such as brakes or a pneumatic drill may of the vehicle. splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked affect the function of the RSS; — When a sonar sensor or the condition may also be caused by objects this may include reduced perfor- area around the sensor is such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the mance or a false activation. extremely hot or cold. sonar sensors. . Action to take: The RSS is not designed to pre- . The RSS may unintentionally op- vent contact with small or mov- erate in the following conditions: When the above conditions no longer ing objects. Always move slowly. exist, the system will resume automati- — When there is overgrown The system will not detect small cally. objects below the bumper or on grass in the area around the the ground. vehicle. . The RSS may not detect the — When there are bumps, pro- following objects: fluffy objects trusions or manhole covers on such as snow, cloth, cotton, the road surface. glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such — When the vehicle drives as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or through a draped flag or a wedge-shaped objects; complex- curtain. shaped objects or multiple ob- Starting and driving 5-171 COLD WEATHER DRIVING

. Do not subject the area around the FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK sonar sensors to strong impact. Also, To prevent a door lock from freezing, do not remove or disassemble the apply deicer through the key hole. If the sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors lock becomes frozen, heat the key before and peripheral areas are deformed in inserting it into the key hole, or use the an accident, etc., have the sonar Intelligent Key system. sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ANTI-FREEZE service. In the winter when it is anticipated that . Do not attach stickers (including the outside temperature will drop below transparent material), install acces- 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assure sories or apply additional paint on proper winter protection. For additional the sonar sensors and their surround- information, see “Engine cooling system” ing areas. This may cause a malfunc- (P.8-4). WAF0647X tion or improper operation. BATTERY . When washing the vehicle using a SYSTEM MAINTENANCE If the battery is not fully charged during high-pressure washer, do not apply extremely cold weather conditions, the The sonar sensors are located on the direct washer pressure on the sonar battery fluid may freeze and damage the rear bumper. sensors. This may cause a malfunction battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, . Always keep the area near the sonar of the sonar sensors. the battery should be checked regularly. sensors clean. For additional information, see “Battery” . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe (P.8-11). them off with a soft cloth while being DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER careful to not damage them. . If the vehicle is to be left outside without The sonar sensors may be blocked by anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, temporary ambient conditions such including the engine block. Refill before as splashing water, mist or fog. The operating the vehicle. For details, see blocked condition may also be caused “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4). by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors. 5-172 Starting and driving TIRE EQUIPMENT All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model . Whatever the condition, drive SUMMER tires have a tread designed to If you install snow tires, they must also be with caution. Accelerate and slow provide superior performance on dry the same size, brand, construction and down with care. If accelerating or pavement. However, the performance of tread pattern on all four wheels. downshifting too fast, the drive these tires will be substantially reduced in SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT wheels will lose even more trac- snowy and icy conditions. If you operate tion. It is recommended that the following your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, . Allow more stopping distance items be carried in the vehicle during NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & under these conditions. Braking winter: SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four should be started sooner than on wheels. It is recommended you consult a . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to dry pavement. NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed remove ice and snow from the win- . Allow greater following distances rating and availability information. dows and wiper blades. on slippery roads. For additional traction on icy roads, . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under . Watch for slippery spots (glare studded tires may be used. However, the jack to give it firm support. ice). These may appear on an some U.S. states and Canadian provinces . A shovel to dig the vehicle out of otherwise clear road in shaded prohibit their use. Check local, state and snow-drifts. areas. If a patch of ice is seen provincial laws before installing studded . Extra window washer fluid to refill the ahead, brake before reaching it. tires. reservoir tank. Try not to brake while on the ice, Skid and traction capabilities of DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE and avoid any sudden steering studded snow tires, on wet or dry maneuvers. surfaces, may be poorer than that of . Do not use cruise control on non-studded snow tires. WARNING slippery roads. Tire chains may be used. For details, see . Snow can trap dangerous ex- “Tire chains” (P.8-32) of this manual. . Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be haust gases under your vehicle. slick and very hard to drive on. Keep snow clear of the exhaust The vehicle will have much less pipe and from around your vehi- traction or “grip” under these cle. conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

Starting and driving 5-173 MEMO

5-174 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Jump starting ...... 6-11 Connection to Roadside Assistance ...... 6-2 Push starting ...... 6-13 Emergency engine shut off ...... 6-3 If your vehicle overheats ...... 6-13 Flat tire ...... 6-3 Towing your vehicle ...... 6-15 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-3 Towing recommended by NISSAN ...... 6-16 Changing a flat tire ...... 6-4 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-17 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH CONNECTION TO ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE

In the event of a roadside emergency, . Turn signals do not work when Roadside Assistance Service is available the hazard warning flasher lights to you. Please refer to your Warranty are on. Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet The flasher can be actuated with the (Canada) for details. ignition switch in any position. Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road. . Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic. 6-2 In case of emergency EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

To shut off the engine in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- and increase the likelihood of tire situation while driving, perform the fol- TEM (TPMS) failure. Serious vehicle damage lowing procedure: This vehicle is equipped with the Tire could occur and may lead to an . Rapidly push the push-button ignition Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It accident and could result in ser- switch 3 consecutive times in less monitors tire pressure of all tires except ious personal injury. Check the than 1.5 seconds, or the spare. When the low tire pressure tire pressure for all four tires. . Push and hold the push-button igni- warning light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the tion switch for more than 2 seconds. Low - Add Air” warning message is recommended COLD tire pressure displayed in the vehicle information dis- shown on the Tire and Loading play, one or more of your tires is sig- Information label to turn the low nificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is tire pressure warning light OFF. If being driven with low tire pressure, the the light still illuminates while TPMS will activate and warn you of it by driving after adjusting the tire the low tire pressure warning light. This pressure, a tire may be flat. If system will activate only when the vehicle you have a flat tire, replace it with is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 a spare tire as soon as possible. km/h). For more details, see “Warning . Since the spare tire is not lights, indicator lights and audible remin- equipped with the TPMS, when a ders” (P.2-13) and “Tire Pressure Monitor- spare tire is mounted or a wheel ing System (TPMS)” (P.5-6). is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for ap- WARNING proximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. . If the low tire pressure warning Have your tires replaced and/or light illuminates while driving, TPMS system reset as soon as avoid sudden steering maneu- possible. It is recommended you vers or abrupt braking, reduce visit a NISSAN dealer for these vehicle speed, pull off the road services. to a safe location and stop the . vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- Replacing tires with those not ing with under-inflated tires may originally specified by NISSAN permanently damage the tires could affect the proper operation In case of emergency 6-3 of the TPMS. . Do not inject any tire liquid or WARNING aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction . Make sure the parking brake is of the tire pressure sensors. securely applied and the shift position is placed in the P (Park) CHANGING A FLAT TIRE position. . Never change tires when the ve- If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc- hicle is on a slope, ice or slippery tions below. areas. This is hazardous. Stopping the vehicle . Never change tires if oncoming 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road traffic is close to your vehicle. and away from traffic. Wait for professional road assistance. 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. MCE0001A 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake. Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front 4. Push the park button to engage the P and back of the wheel diagonally oppo- (Park) position. site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle 5. Turn off the engine. from moving when it is jacked up. 6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assis- WARNING tance. Be sure to block the wheel as the 7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle may move and result in vehicle and stand in a safe place, away personal injury. from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

6-4 In case of emergency When storing the jack, set the jack slowly back, then turn the jack lever in a clockwise direction until the jack is fixed.

CAUTION

When removing the jack, be careful that your hands do not hit against the vehicle. Otherwise, this could result in personal injury.

NOTE: . When storing the jack, do not over- tighten the jack lever using a screw driver. Doing so could cause deformation of the installation area for the jack. . Do not allow the jack to contact the interior parts. Doing so could cause damage to the vehicle.

WAG0077X WAG0064X Models with adjustable luggage floor To remove the jack: Getting the spare tire and tools 1. Remove the storage door by pressing The jack, jacking tools and the spare tire the two release tabs simultaneously. are stored in the storage in the luggage 2. Turn the jack lever in a counter-clock- area. wise direction, and then remove the jack slowly.

In case of emergency 6-5 gage floor, release the locks before removing the rear (outer) luggage board. See “Adjustable luggage floor” (P.2-72) for details.) 2. Remove the floor carpet. Remove the tools from the tool bag located in the storage area.

JVE0373X Remove the spare tire by removing the clamp holding it.

WAG0089X Models with adjustable luggage floor Removing the spare tire and tools The spare tire and tools are located under the luggage board(s). To access the storage area: 1. Remove the luggage floorboard(s). (For models with the adjustable lug-

6-6 In case of emergency Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands. . Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with WAG0067X WAG0068X your vehicle on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting Removing the spare tire with 3. Place the sub-woofer in the left corner of the cargo space. only your vehicle during a tire BOSE® sub-woofer (if so equipped) change. 4. Remove the spare tire. 1. To loosen the bolt, turn counterclock- . Use the correct jack-up points. wise. 5. Once the flat tire is exchanged with Never use any other part of the the spare tire, store the flat tire where vehicle for jack support. 2. Once loosened, remove the bolt. the spare was located. . Never jack up the vehicle more 6. Place the sub-woofer inside the flat than necessary. tire. . Never use blocks on or under the 7. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten. jack. . Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack, as it may cause the vehicle to move. . Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the

In case of emergency 6-7 jack.

Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions.

JVE0165X Jack-up point 1. Place the jack directly under the jack- up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown. The jack should be used on firm and level ground.

6-8 In case of emergency SCE0504 SCE0933

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two Installing the spare tire turns by turning it counterclockwise The spare tire is designed for emer- with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire gency use. (See specific instructions is off the ground. under the heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-25).) 3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the sur- shown above. Carefully raise the ve- face between the wheel and hub. hicle until the tire clears the ground. 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and Remove the wheel nuts, and then tighten the wheel nuts finger tight. remove the tire. Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally. 3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated ( , , , , ), more than 2 times, until they are tight.

In case of emergency 6-9 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire each lubrication interval. . The spare tire is designed for . touches the ground. Then, with the Adjust tire pressure to the COLD emergency use. See specific in- wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel pressure. structions under the heading nuts securely in the sequence illu- COLD pressure: “Wheels and tires” (P.8-25). strated. Lower the vehicle completely. After the vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 WARNING mile (1.6 km). COLD tire pressures are shown on . Incorrect wheel nuts or impro- the Tire and Loading Information perly tightened wheel nuts can label affixed to the driver side center cause the wheel to become loose pillar. or come off. This could cause an accident. Stowing the damaged tire and the . Do not use oil or grease on the tools wheel studs or nuts. This could 1. Securely store the jack, tools and the cause the nuts to become loose. damaged tire in the storage area. . Retighten the wheel nuts when 2. Replace the luggage boards and cov- the vehicle has been driven for er. 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in 3. Close the liftgate. cases of a flat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten the WARNING wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench. . Always make sure that the spare Wheel nut tightening torque: tire and jacking equipment are 83 ft-lb (113 N·m) properly secured after use. Such items can become dangerous The wheel nuts must be kept tigh- projectiles in an accident or sud- tened to specifications at all times. It den stop. is recommended that the wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at

6-10 In case of emergency JUMP STARTING

To start your engine with a booster . Whenever working on or near a battery, the instructions and precautions battery, always wear suitable eye below must be followed. protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, WARNING or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump start- . If done incorrectly, jump starting ing. can lead to a battery explosion, . Do not attempt to jump start a resulting in severe injury or frozen battery. It could explode death. It could also damage your and cause serious injury. vehicle. . Your vehicle has an automatic . Explosive hydrogen gas is always engine cooling fan. It could come present in the vicinity of the on at any time. Keep hands and battery. Keep all sparks and other objects away from it. flames away from the battery. . Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Bat- tery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water. . Keep the battery out of the reach of children. . The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-11 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Push the park button to engage the P (Park) position. 4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.). 5. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( ? ? ? ).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (−) to body ground (for example, as illustrated), not to the battery. . Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal. WAG0091X 6. Start the engine of the booster vehicle 1. If the booster battery is in another and let it run for a few minutes. WARNING vehicle , position the two vehicles ( and ) to bring their batteries into 7. Keep the engine speed of the booster close proximity to each other. vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and Always follow the instructions below. start the engine of the vehicle being Failure to do so could result in Do not allow the two vehicles to jump started. damage to the charging system and touch. cause personal injury.

6-12 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Do not attempt to start the engine by CAUTION pushing. WARNING

Do not keep the starter motor en- CAUTION . Never continue driving if your gaged for more than 10 seconds. If vehicle overheats. Doing so could the engine does not start right away, . Continuously Variable Transmis- cause a vehicle fire. place the ignition switch in the OFF sion (CVT) models cannot be . Never open the hood if steam is position and wait 10 seconds before push-started or tow-started. At- coming out. trying again. tempting to do so may cause . Never remove the radiator or transmission damage. coolant reservoir cap while the 8. After starting your engine, carefully . Three-way catalyst equipped engine is hot. If the radiator or disconnect the negative cable and models should not be started by coolant reservoir cap is removed then the positive cable ( ? ? ? pushing since the three way cat- when the engine is hot, pressur- ). alyst may be damaged. ized hot water will spurt out and . Never try to start the vehicle by possibly cause burning, scalding towing it; when the engine starts, or serious injury. the forward surge could cause . If steam or coolant is coming the vehicle to collide with the from the engine, stand clear of tow vehicle. the vehicle to prevent getting burned. . The engine cooling fan will start at anytime when the coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees. . Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts.

In case of emergency 6-13 If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by 7. After the engine cools down, check an extremely high temperature gauge WARNING the coolant level in the reservoir with reading), or if you feel a lack of engine the engine running. Add coolant to power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take If steam or water is coming from the the reservoir if necessary. Have your the following steps: engine, stand clear to prevent get- vehicle repaired. It is recommended 1. Move the vehicle safely off the road ting burned. you visit a NISSAN dealer for this and apply the parking brake. service. 2. Push the park button to shift to the P 6. Visually check the drive belt for da- (Park) position. mage or looseness. Also check if the Do not stop the engine. cooling fan is running. The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak 3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so water. If coolant is leaking or the equipped). Open all the windows, cooling fan does not run, stop the move the heater or air conditioner engine. temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed. 4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen WARNING for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood. Be careful not to allow your hands, (If steam or coolant is escaping, turn hair, jewelry or clothing to come into off the engine.) Do not open the hood contact with, or get caught in, engine further until no steam or coolant can belts or the engine cooling fan. The be seen. engine cooling fan can start at any 5. Open the engine hood. time.

6-14 In case of emergency TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdic- . Always attach safety chains be- tional and local regulations for towing fore towing. must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing (See “Flat towing for All–Wheel Drive instructions are available from a NISSAN vehicle” (P.10-26) or “Flat towing for dealer. Local service operators are gen- Front-Wheel Drive vehicle” (P.10-26).) erally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure NOTE: proper towing and to prevent accidental If the battery is completely drained, the damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recom- transmission will not manually shift to mends that you have a service operator other positions. For shifting to other tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have positions, charge the battery or supply the service operator carefully read the power following the jump starting pro- following precautions. cedure. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position before shifting to other positions. WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed. . Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any of these conditions apply, dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used. In case of emergency 6-15 SCE0952

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY pensive damage to the transfer case NISSAN and transmission. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models equipped with a Continu- ously Variable Transmission (CVT) with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and ex- 6-16 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when reco- vering a stuck vehicle: . Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure. . SCE0950 Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models members of the vehicle. NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be CAUTION . Do not use the vehicle tie-downs towed with the driving (front) wheels off to tow or free a stuck vehicle. the ground or place the vehicle on a flat Never tow CVT models with the front . Only use devices specifically de- bed truck as illustrated. wheels on the ground or four wheels signed for vehicle recovery and NOTE: on the ground (forward or back- follow the manufacturer’s instructions. If the electronic parking brake is re- ward), as this may cause serious leased, the rear wheels can be and expensive damage to the trans- . Always pull the recovery device grounded while towing. If the electronic mission. If it is necessary to tow the straight out from the front of the parking brake is not released, towing vehicle with the rear wheels raised, vehicle. Never pull at an angle. dollies should be used. For additional always use towing dollies under the . Route recovery devices so they information, refer to “Parking brake” front wheels. do not touch any part of the (P.5-25). vehicle except the attachment point.

In case of emergency 6-17 . If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, Apply the accelerator as little as etc., use a tow strap or other device possible to maintain the rocking designed specifically for vehicle recovery. motion. Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc- . Release the accelerator pedal be- tions for the recovery device. fore shifting between R and D. . Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH Rocking a stuck vehicle (55 km/h). 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a WARNING few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle. . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. . Do not spin your tires at high speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure: 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system. 2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions. 3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires. 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. . Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive).

6-18 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior...... 7-2 Cleaning interior ...... 7-4 Washing ...... 7-2 Air fresheners ...... 7-5 Waxing ...... 7-3 Floor mats ...... 7-5 Removing spots ...... 7-3 Seat belts ...... 7-7 Underbody ...... 7-3 Cleaning the seat tracks ...... 7-7 Glass ...... 7-3 Corrosion protection ...... 7-7 Wheels ...... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to Aluminum alloy wheels ...... 7-3 vehicle corrosion...... 7-7 Chrome parts ...... 7-4 Environmental factors influence the rate Tire dressing ...... 7-4 of corrosion...... 7-7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion...... 7-8 CLEANING EXTERIOR

In order to maintain the appearance of . Do not wash the vehicle with your vehicle, it is important to take proper CAUTION strong household soap, strong care of it. chemical detergents, gasoline or To protect the paint surfaces, wash your . Do not concentrate water spray solvents. vehicle as soon as you can: directly on the sonar sensors on . Do not wash the vehicle in direct . after a rainfall to prevent possible the bumper as this will result in sunlight or while the vehicle body damage from acid rain damage to the sensors. Do not is hot, as the surface may become use pressure washers capable of . after driving on coastal roads water-spotted. spraying water over 1,200 psi . . Avoid using tight-napped or when contaminants such as soot, bird (8,274 kPa) to wash your vehicle. rough cloths, such as washing droppings, tree sap, metal particles or Use of high-pressure washers mitts. Care must be taken when bugs get on the paint surface over, 1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can removing caked-on dirt or other . when dust or mud builds up on the result in damage to or removal foreign substances so the paint surface of paint or graphics. Avoid using a surface is not scratched or da- Whenever possible, store or park your high-pressure washer closer than maged. vehicle inside a garage or in a covered 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle. area. Always use a wide-angle nozzle only, keep the nozzle moving and Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty When it is necessary to park outside, park of clean water. in a shady area or protect the vehicle with do not concentrate the water a body cover. spray on any one area. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly Be careful not to scratch the paint . Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car vulnerable to the effects of road salt. surface when putting on or removing Therefore, these areas must be regularly the body cover. washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in WASHING The acid may react with some the lower edge of the door are open. Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet plastic vehicle components, caus- Spray water under the body and in the sponge and plenty of water. Clean the ing them to crack. This could wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a affect their appearance, and also away road salt. special vehicle soap or general purpose could cause them not to function Avoid leaving water spots on the paint dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu- properly. Always check with your surface by using a damp chamois to dry kewarm (never hot) water. car wash to confirm that acid is the vehicle. not used.

7-2 Appearance and care WAXING UNDERBODY WHEELS Regular waxing protects the paint surface In areas where road salt is used in winter, Wash the wheels when washing the and helps retain new vehicle appearance. the underbody must be cleaned regularly. vehicle to maintain their appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove This will prevent dirt and salt from build- . Clean the inner side of the wheels built-up wax residue and to avoid a ing up and causing the acceleration of when the wheel is changed or the weathered appearance before reapplying corrosion on the underbody and suspen- underside of the vehicle is washed. wax. sion. Before the winter period and again . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents in the spring, the underseal must be A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choos- or corrosion. Such damage may cause checked and, if necessary, re-treated. ing the proper product. loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire . Wax your vehicle only after a thorough GLASS bead. washing. Follow the instructions sup- Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and . NISSAN recommends that the road plied with the wax. dust film from the glass surfaces. It is wheels be waxed to protect against . Do not use a wax containing any normal for glass to become coated with a road salt in areas where it is used abrasives, cutting compounds or clea- film after the vehicle is parked in the hot during winter. ners that may damage the vehicle sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will finish. easily remove this film. Machine compound or aggressive polish- CAUTION ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels. REMOVING SPOTS When cleaning the inside of the Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, windows, do not use sharp-edged ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi- tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine- ble from the paint surface to avoid lasting based disinfectant cleaners. They Wash regularly with a sponge dampened damage or staining. Special cleaning could damage the electrical conduc- in a mild soap solution, especially during products are available at a NISSAN dealer tors or rear window defroster ele- winter months in areas where road salt is or any automotive accessory stores. It is ments. used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not recommended that you visit a NISSAN removed. dealer for these products.

Appearance and care 7-3 CLEANING INTERIOR

driving and stain the vehicle paint. Occasionally remove loose dust from the CAUTION If you choose to use a tire dressing, take interior trim, plastic parts and seats using the following precautions: a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a . Follow the directions below to avoid Use a water-based tire dressing. The clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap staining or discoloring the wheels: coating on the tire dissolves more solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft . Do not use a cleaner that uses easily with an oil-based tire dressing. cloth. . strong acid or alkali contents to Apply a light coat of tire dressing to Regular care and cleaning is required in clean the wheels. help prevent it from entering the tire order to maintain the appearance of the tread/grooves (where it would be . Do not apply wheel cleaners to leather (if so equipped). difficult to remove). the wheels when they are hot. . Wipe off excess tire dressing using a Before using any fabric protector, read The wheel temperature should be the manufacturer’s recommendations. the same as ambient tempera- dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire Some fabric protectors contain chemicals ture. that may stain or bleach the seat materi- . tread/grooves. Rinse the wheel to completely . al. remove the cleaner within 15 Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manu- Use a cloth dampened only with water, to minutes after the cleaner is ap- facturer. clean the meter and gauge lens. plied.

CHROME PARTS WARNING Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- abrasive chrome polish to maintain the Do not use water or acidic cleaners finish. (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant TIRE DRESSING classification sensors. This can also NISSAN does not recommend the use of affect the operation of the air bag tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a system and result in serious perso- coating to the tires to help reduce dis- nal injury. coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while

7-4 Appearance and care . Do not spill on or make contact FLOOR MATS CAUTION with interior surfaces while handling air fresheners, aroma agents, WARNING . Never use benzine, thinner, or any cosmetics, sunscreen, etc. They similar material. may cause permanent discolora- To avoid potential pedal interference . For cleaning, use a soft cloth, tion, stain, crack, paint peeling, etc. depending on the ingredi- that may result in a collision, injury dampened with water. Never use or death: a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, ents. If they contact the interior thinner or any kind of solvent or surface, wipe them off immedi- . NEVER place a floor mat on top of paper towel with a chemical ately using a soft cloth. another floor mat in the driver cleaning agent. They will scratch front position or install them up- or cause discoloration to the lens. AIR FRESHENERS side down or backwards. . Do not spray any liquid such as Most air fresheners use a solvent that . It is recommended that you use water on the meter lens. Spraying could affect the vehicle interior. If you use only genuine NISSAN floor mats liquid may cause the system to an air freshener, take the following pre- specifically designed for use in malfunction. cautions: your vehicle model and model year. . Small dirt particles can be abra- . Hanging-type air fresheners can sive and damaging to the leather cause permanent discoloration when . Properly position the mats in the surfaces and should be removed they contact vehicle interior surfaces. floorwell using the floor mat po- promptly. Do not use saddle soap, Place the air freshener in a location sitioning hooks. See “Floor mat car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning that allows it to hang free and not installation” (P.7-6). fluids, solvents, detergents or contact an interior surface. . Make sure the floor mat does not ammonia-based cleaners as they . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip interfere with pedal operation. may damage the leather’s natural on the vents. These products can . Periodically check the floor mats finish. cause immediate damage and disco- to make sure they are properly . Never use fabric protectors un- loration when spilled on interior sur- installed. faces. less recommended by the manu- . After cleaning the vehicle interior, Carefully read and follow the manufac- facturer. check the floor mats to make turer’s instructions before using air fresh- . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner sure they are properly installed. on meter or gauge lens covers. It eners. may damage the lens cover. Appearance and care 7-5 The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can floor mat is properly positioned. extend the life of your vehicle carpet and 3. Make sure the floor mat does not make it easier to clean the interior. Mats interfere with pedal operation. With should be maintained with regular clean- the ignition in the OFF position and ing and replaced if they become exces- the shift position in the P (Park) sively worn. position, fully apply and release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or prevent the pedal from returning to its normal position. It is recommended you see a NISSAN dealer for details about installing the floor mats in your vehicle.

JVA0032X

Floor mat installation Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat positioning hook(s). The number and shape of the floor mat positioning hook (s) for each seating position varies depending on the vehicle. When installing genuine NISSAN floor mats, follow the installation instructions provided with the floor mat and the following: 1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so that the floor mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s). 2. Push the grommet holes into the hook (s) and secure them. Ensure that the

7-6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION

dye, or chemical solvents to clean MOST COMMON FACTORS CON- the seat belts, since these materials TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO- may severely weaken the seat belt SION webbing. . The accumulation of moisture-retain- ing dirt and debris in body panel CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS sections, cavities, and other areas. . Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone CAUTION chips or minor traffic accidents. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU- Periodically clean the seat tracks to ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION prevent reduction of ability to move the seats. Moisture JVA0031X Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on Positioning hook(s) Clean periodically with a high-powered the vehicle body underside can acceler- vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may The illustration shows the location of the ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not reduce the ability to adjust the seat. A floor mat positioning hook(s). dry completely inside the vehicle, and wet cleansing agent may be used if should be removed for drying to avoid SEAT BELTS necessary. floor panel corrosion. The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild Relative humidity soap solution. Allow the belts to dry Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of completely in the shade before using high relative humidity, especially those them. areas where the temperatures stay above See “Seat belts” (P.1-13). freezing where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used. WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach,

Appearance and care 7-7 Temperature cleaner. A temperature increase will accelerate . Never allow water or other liquids the rate of corrosion to those parts which to come in contact with electronic are not well ventilated. components inside the vehicle as Air pollution this may damage them. Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in Chemicals used for road surface deicing the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt are extremely corrosive. They accelerate use will accelerate the corrosion process. corrosion and deterioration of underbody Road salt will also accelerate the disin- components such as the exhaust system, tegration of paint surfaces. fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM pan and fenders. CORROSION In winter, the underbody must be . Wash and wax your vehicle often to cleaned periodically. keep the vehicle clean. For additional protection against rust and . Always check for minor damage to the corrosion, which may be required in some paint and repair it as soon as possible. areas, it is recommended you consult a . Keep drain holes at the bottom of the NISSAN dealer. doors open to avoid water accumulation. . Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum 7-8 Appearance and care 8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ...... 8-2 Windshield wiper blades ...... 8-16 Engine compartment check locations ...... 8-3 Cleaning ...... 8-16 PR25DD engine model ...... 8-3 Replacing ...... 8-16 Engine cooling system ...... 8-4 Rear window wiper blade ...... 8-17 Checking engine coolant level ...... 8-5 Brakes ...... 8-17 Changing engine coolant...... 8-5 Self-adjusting brakes ...... 8-17 Engine oil ...... 8-5 Brake pad wear warning...... 8-17 Checking engine oil level ...... 8-5 Fuses ...... 8-18 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Engine compartment ...... 8-18 Continuously Variable Transmission Passenger compartment ...... 8-19 (CVT) fluid ...... 8-8 Intelligent Key battery replacement ...... 8-20 Brake fluid ...... 8-9 Lights ...... 8-22 Window washer fluid ...... 8-9 Headlights ...... 8-23 Battery ...... 8-11 Exterior and interior lights ...... 8-23 Jump starting...... 8-12 Wheels and tires ...... 8-25 Variable voltage control system ...... 8-13 Tire pressure ...... 8-25 Drive belt ...... 8-13 Tire labeling ...... 8-29 Spark plugs...... 8-14 Types of tires ...... 8-31 Replacing spark plugs...... 8-14 Tire chains...... 8-32 Air cleaner ...... 8-15 Changing wheels and tires ...... 8-33 MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

When performing any inspection or main- . Always wear eye protection . Your vehicle is equipped with an tenance work on your vehicle, always whenever you work on your ve- automatic engine cooling fan. It take care to prevent serious accidental hicle. may come on at any time without injury to yourself or damage to the . If you must run the engine in an warning, even if the ignition vehicle. The following are general precau- enclosed space such as a garage, switch is in the OFF position and tions which should be closely observed. be sure there is proper ventilation the engine is not running. To for exhaust gases to escape. avoid injury, always disconnect . the negative battery cable before WARNING Never get under the vehicle while working near the fan. it is supported only by a jack. If it . Park the vehicle on a level sur- is necessary to work under the face, apply the parking brake vehicle, support it with safety securely and block the wheels to stands. CAUTION prevent the vehicle from moving. . Because the fuel lines are under Push the park button to shift to high pressure even when the . Do not work under the hood while the P (Park) position. engine is off, it is recommended the engine is hot. Turn the engine . Be sure the ignition switch is in you visit a NISSAN dealer for off and wait until it cools down. the OFF position when perform- service of the fuel filter or fuel . Avoid direct contact with used ing any parts replacement or lines. engine oil and coolant. Impro- repairs. . Keep smoking materials, flame perly disposed engine oil, and . If you must work with the engine and sparks away from fuel and engine coolant and/or other ve- running, keep your hands, cloth- the battery. hicle fluids can damage the en- ing, hair and tools away from . On gasoline engine models with vironment. Always conform to moving fans, belts and any other the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) local regulations for disposal of moving parts. system, the fuel filter and fuel vehicle fluid. . It is advisable to secure or re- lines should be serviced because . Never leave the engine or the CVT move any loose clothing and the fuel lines are under high related component harnesses remove any jewelry, such as pressure even when the engine disconnected while the ignition rings, watches, etc. before work- is turned off. It is recommended switch is in the ON position. ing on your vehicle. that you visit a NISSAN dealer for . Never connect or disconnect the this service. battery or any transistorized component while the ignition 8-2 Do-it-yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

switch is in the ON position.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available. (See “Owner’s manual/service manual order information” (P.10-31).) You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, it is recommended you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

WAA0174X PR25DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Window washer fluid reservoir 1. Engine coolant reservoir 8. Drive belt 2. Engine oil filler cap 9. Air cleaner 3. Engine oil dipstick 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Battery 6. Fuse/fusible link box Do-it-yourself 8-3 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

The engine cooling system is filled at the partment. When the cooling fan is low the coolant manufacture’s factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% operating, be sure that hands or instructions to maintain mini- Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ other items do not get caught in mum antifreeze protection to Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide it. -34°F (-37°C). The use of other year-round anti-freeze and coolant pro- types of coolant solutions other tection. The anti-freeze solution contains than Genuine NISSAN Long Life rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or engine cooling system additives are not CAUTION equivalent may damage the en- necessary. gine cooling system. . Never use any cooling system . The life expectancy of the fac- WARNING additives such as radiator sealer. tory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles Additives may clog the cooling (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing system and cause damage to any other type of coolant other . Never remove the radiator or the engine, transmission and/or than Genuine NISSAN Long Life coolant reservoir cap when the cooling system. Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ- engine is hot. Wait until the en- . When adding or replacing cooling Genuine NISSAN Long Life gine and radiator cool down. ant, be sure to use only Genuine Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or Serious burns could be caused NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ the use of non-distilled water will by high pressure fluid escaping Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen- reduce the life expectancy of the from the radiator. See precau- uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ factory-fill coolant. Refer to the tions in “If your vehicle overheats” Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to “9. Maintenance and schedules” (P.6-13) of this manual. provide antifreeze protection to section of this manual for more . The radiator is equipped with a -34°F(-37°C). If additional freeze details. pressure type radiator cap. To protection is needed due to prevent engine damage, use only weather where you operate your a genuine NISSAN radiator cap. vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long . If the engine was stopped soon Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) when the engine is hot, the cool- concentrate following the direc- ing fan may operate for approxi- tions on the container. If an mately 10 minutes after the equivalent coolant other than engine was stopped to cool the Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- components in the engine com- freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-

8-4 Do-it-yourself ENGINE OIL

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant. The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING

. To avoid being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot. WAI0190X SDI1993 . Never remove the radiator or CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL coolant reservoir cap when the CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and when the engine is cold. If the coolant apply the parking brake. level is below the MIN level , open the escaping from the radiator. reservoir cap and add coolant up to the . Avoid direct skin contact with 2. Run the engine until it reaches oper- MAX level . used coolant. If skin contact is ating temperature. Wait more than Tighten the cap securely after adding made, wash thoroughly with soap 3. Turn off the engine. engine coolant. or hand cleaner as soon as pos- 10 minutes for the oil to drain back sible. into the oil pan. If the cooling system frequently re- . quires coolant, have it checked. It is Keep coolant out of the reach of 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer children and pets. Reinsert it all the way. for this service. 5. Remove the dipstick again and check Engine coolant must be disposed of the oil level. It should be within the properly. Check your local regulations. range . If the oil level is below , remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the open-

Do-it-yourself 8-5 . ing. Do not overfill . . Then remove the other bolts that Prolonged and repeated contact hold the undercover in place. 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick. with used engine oil may cause It is normal to add some oil between oil skin cancer. maintenance intervals or during the . Avoid direct skin contact with CAUTION break-in period, depending on the se- used oil. If contacted, wash thor- verity of operating conditions. oughly with soap or hand cleaner Make sure the correct lifting and and plenty of water as soon as support points are used to avoid CAUTION possible. vehicle damage. . Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of Oil level should be checked regularly. children. Operating the engine with an insuffi- cient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not Vehicle set-up covered by the warranty. 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake. CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER 2. Run the engine until it reaches the operating temperature. WARNING 3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. . Used oil must be disposed of 4. Raise and support the vehicle using a properly. Never pour or dump oil suitable floor jack and safety jack into the ground, canals, rivers, stands. etc. It should be disposed of at . Place the safety jack stands under proper waste facilities. NISSAN the vehicle jack-up points. recommends having your oil . A suitable adapter should be at- changed by a NISSAN dealer. tached to the jack stand saddle. . Be careful not to burn yourself, as 5. Remove the engine undercover. the engine oil may be hot. . Remove clips at the around of the undercover.

8-6 Do-it-yourself WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. . Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. . Keep used engine oil out of reach of children. WAI0189X . Waste oil must be disposed of Oil filler cap properly. Oil drain plug . Check your local regulations. Oil filter (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the Engine oil and filter engine oil filter change is needed.) 1. Place a large drain pan under the 4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter drain plug. wrench. Remove the oil filter by turn- WAI0188X 2. Remove the oil filler cap. ing it by hand. 3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench 5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting and completely drain the oil. surface with a clean rag.

CAUTION CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as Be sure to remove any old gasket the engine oil is hot. material remaining on the mounting surface of the engine. Failure to do Do-it-yourself 8-7 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

When checking or replacement is re- so could lead to engine damage. 10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil quired, we recommend a NISSAN dealer filter. Correct as required. for servicing. 6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil. 11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. Check the oil level CAUTION 7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a with the dipstick. Add engine oil if slight resistance is felt, then tighten necessary. additionally more than 2/3 turn. . NISSAN recommends using Gen- Oil filter tightening torque: After the operation uine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or 11 to 15 ft-lb 1. Reinstall undercover in reverse order equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. (14.7 to 20.6 N·m) of removal. Do not mix with other fluids. . Do not use Automatic transmis- 8. Clean and re-install the drain plug 2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground. sion fluid (ATF) or Manual Trans- with a new washer. Securely tighten mission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as the drain plug with a wrench. 3. Reset the Oil Control System (if so it may damage the CVT. Damage Drain plug tightening torque: equipped) and oil and filter mainte- caused by the use of fluids other 22 to 29 ft-lb nance reminder. (See “Maintenance” than as recommended is not (29.4 to 39.2 N·m) (P.2-29).) covered by the NISSAN’s New Do not use excessive force. Vehicle Limited Warranty. . 9. Refill the engine with the recom- Using fluids that are not equiva- mended oil through the oil filler open- lent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid ing, and install the oil filler cap NS-3 may also damage the CVT. securely. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recom- See “Capacities and recommended mended is not covered under fluids/lubricants” (P.10-3) for drain the NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited and refill capacity. The drain and refill Warranty. capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only. Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine.

8-8 Do-it-yourself BRAKE FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID

For additional brake fluid information, see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-3) of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior or con- taminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system, and affect the vehicle’s stopping ability. . Clean the filler cap before remov- WAI0186X WAI0207X ing. Type A (if so equipped) Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the . Brake fluid is poisonous and fluid is below the MIN line or the brake should be stored carefully in warning light comes on, add Genuine marked containers out of the NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or reach of children. equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line and it is recommended you have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as CAUTION soon as possible. If fluid must be added frequently, the system should be checked. Do not spill the fluid on any painted It is recommended you visit a NISSAN surfaces. This will damage the paint. dealer for this service. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.

WAI0208X Type B (if so equipped) Do-it-yourself 8-9 Type A: Check the fluid level in the in damage to the paint. window washer reservoir. If the fluid level . is low, add window washer fluid. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid Type B: To check the fluid level, use your concentrates at full strength. finger to plug the center hole of the Some methyl alcohol based cap/tube assembly, then remove it from washer fluid concentrates may the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the permanently stain the grille if tube, add fluid. spilled while filling the window Add a washer solvent to the washer for washer reservoir tank. better cleaning. In the winter season, add . Pre-mix washer fluid concen- a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow trates with water to the manu- the manufacturer’s instructions for the facturer’s recommended levels mixture ratio. before pouring the fluid into the Fill the window washer fluid reservoir window washer reservoir tank. Do periodically. not use the window washer re- Add fluid when the low washer fluid servoir tank to mix the washer warning appears (if so equipped). fluid concentrate and water. Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid. Recommended fluid: Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con- centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for window washer solution. This may result 8-10 Do-it-yourself BATTERY

WAI0222X

Do-it-yourself 8-11 . If the battery is labeled “do not open” it is maintenance free and battery fluid WARNING should not be checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer . Do not expose the battery to or a qualified specialist workshop to flames or electrical sparks. Hy- confirm the battery’s performance. drogen gas generated by the . Keep the battery surface clean and battery is explosive. Do not allow dry. Clean the battery with a solution battery fluid to contact your skin, of baking soda and water. eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. . Make certain the terminal connec- After touching a battery or bat- tions are clean and securely tightened. tery cap, do not touch or rub your . If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 eyes. Thoroughly wash your days or longer, disconnect the nega- hands. If the acid contacts your tive 7 battery terminal cable to pre- eyes, skin or clothing, immedi- vent discharging it. ately flush with water for at least WAI0200X NOTE: 15 minutes and seek medical attention. NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid situations . When working on or near a bat- Do not try to open the top of the that can lead to potential battery dis- battery. charge and potential no-start condi- tery, always wear suitable eye This battery is not equipped with remo- tions such as: protection and remove all jew- vable vent caps. 1. Installation or extended use of elec- elry. tronic accessories that consume . Battery posts, terminals and re- JUMP STARTING battery power when the engine is lated accessories contain lead If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump not running (Phone chargers, GPS, and lead compounds. Wash starting” (P.6-11). If the engine does not DVD players, etc.). hands after handling. start by jump starting, the battery may 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ . Keep the battery out of the reach have to be replaced. It is recommended or only driven short distances. of children. you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . In these cases, the battery may need to Do not tip the battery. be charged to maintain battery health.

8-12 Do-it-yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELT

generated by the generator.

WAI0223X SDI1881 1. Alternator CAUTION 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner 3. Crankshaft pulley 4. Air conditioner compressor . Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal. 5. Water pump Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the WARNING vehicle battery may not charge completely. Be sure the ignition switch is in the . Use electrical accessories with OFF position before servicing drive the engine running to avoid dis- belts. The engine could rotate un- charging the vehicle battery. expectedly.

The variable voltage control system mea- 1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of sures the amount of electrical discharge unusual wear, cuts or fraying. If the from the battery and controls voltage belt is in poor condition, have it Do-it-yourself 8-13 SPARK PLUGS

replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. WARNING 2. Have the belt condition checked regularly. Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is applied.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs. SDI2670 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer. Follow the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

8-14 Do-it-yourself AIR CLEANER

Always replace spark plugs with recom- intake air, it also stops flame if mended or equivalent ones. the engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never drive with the air cleaner filter off. Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner filter is off. . Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury. WAI0160X To remove the filter, release the lock pins and pull the unit upward . The filter element should not be cleaned and reused. Replace it according to the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. When replacing the filter, wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner filter not only cleans the Do-it-yourself 8-15 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield. Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water. Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear WAI0163X after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades. REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. CAUTION CAUTION 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield. . After wiper blade replacement, Worn windshield wiper blades can 2. Open , using a suitable tool, and then return the wiper arm to its origi- damage the windshield and impair move the wiper blade down as shown nal position; otherwise it may be driver vision. to remove. damaged when the hood is opened. 3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the . wiper arm until a click sounds. Make sure the wiper blades con- When a washer nozzle is clogged tact the glass; otherwise the arm 4. Close . It is recommended you see a NISSAN may be damaged from wind dealer if a washer nozzle is clogged or pressure. any malfunction occurs. Do not attempt to clean the nozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing so may damage the nozzle.

8-16 Do-it-yourself REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES

It is recommended you contact a NISSAN If the brakes do not operate properly, it is occasional brake squeak, squeal or other dealer if checking or replacement is recommended you have the brakes noise may be heard. Occasional brake required. checked by a NISSAN dealer. noise during light to moderate stops is SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional infor- The disc-type brakes self-adjust every mation, see the maintenance schedule time the brake pedal is applied. shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. WARNING

Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard. Under some driving or climate conditions,

Do-it-yourself 8-17 FUSES

2. Open the engine hood. 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link box cover by using a suitable tool and pushing the tab. 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced. 5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box.

WAI0124X SDI1753 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . 7. If a new fuse also opens, have the WARNING electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a Never use a fuse of a higher or lower NISSAN dealer for this service. amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could Fusible links damage the electrical system or If any electrical equipment does not electronic control units or cause a operate and the fuses are in good condi- fire. tion, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with If any electrical equipment does not genuine NISSAN parts. operate, check for an open fuse. For checking and replacing the fusible 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned links, it is recommended you visit a off and the headlights are off. NISSAN dealer.

8-18 Do-it-yourself WAI0205X SDI1753 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 2. Remove the fuse box cover. 4. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . 3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller . 5. If a new fuse also opens, have the WARNING electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a Never use a fuse of a higher or lower NISSAN dealer for this service. amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned off and the headlights are off.

Do-it-yourself 8-19 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

CAUTION

. Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts. . An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Al- ways confirm local regulations for battery disposal. . When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components. WAI0204X . There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly re- Extended storage switch (if so placed. Replace only with the equipped) same or equivalent type. The extended storage switch is used when shipping the vehicle. It is located in the fuse panel on the driver’s side of the instrument panel. If any electrical equipment does not operate, ensure the ex- SDI2451 tended storage switch is pushed fully in place. Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key To inspect the extended storage switch, as follows: ensure the ignition switch and headlights 1. Remove the mechanical key from the are off. Intelligent Key. 2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part.

8-20 Do-it-yourself Use a cloth to protect the casing. This device complies with Part 15 of the 3. Replace the battery with a new one. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device Recommended battery: may not cause harmful interference, CR2032 or equivalent and (2) this device must accept any . Do not touch the internal circuit interference received, including inter- and electric terminals as doing so ference that may cause undesired op- could cause a malfunction. eration. . Hold the battery by the edges. Note: Changes or modifications not Holding the battery across the expressly approved by the party re- contact points will seriously deplete sponsible for compliance could void the storage capacity. the user’s authority to operate the . Make sure that the + side faces the equipment. bottom of the case. For Canada: SDI2452 IC ID : 7812D-TXN1 4. Align the tips of the upper and lower IC ID : 7812D-TXN3 parts , and then push them together until it is securely closed. IC ID : 7812D-TXN4 5. Operate the buttons to check its IC ID : 7812D–HFM401 operation. This device complies with Industry Ca- If you need any assistance for replace- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). ment, it is recommended you visit a Operation is subject to the following NISSAN dealer for this service. two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device FCC Notice: must accept any interference, including For USA: interference that may cause undesired FCC ID : KR5TXN1 operation of the device. FCC ID : KR5TXN3 FCC ID : KR5TXN4 FCC ID : KR5HFM401

Do-it-yourself 8-21 LIGHTS

14. License plate light 15. Back-up light/Tail light 16. Rear turn signal light/Stop light/Tail light 17. Rear side marker light

WAI0201X

1. Front map light 8. Headlight (low-beam) 2. Vanity mirror light 9. Front parking light/Daytime running 3. Room light (if so equipped) light/Front turn signal light (LED type) 4. Side turn signal light 10. Front turn signal light (Bulb type) 5. Rear personal light (if so equipped) 11. Front side marker light 6. Headlight (high-beam) 12. High-mounted stop light 7. Front fog light (if so equipped) 13. Cargo light

8-22 Do-it-yourself HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car Headlight high/low beams* - wash. A temperature difference between LED the inside and the outside of the lens Front turn signal light* 28/8 or LED 7444NA or - causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. Front parking light* LED - If large drops of water collect inside the Front side marker light* 5 W5W lens, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN Front fog light (if so equipped)* LED - dealer for servicing. Side turn signal light (if so equipped)* LED - Replacing Daytime running light* LED - Rear combination light* If LED headlight replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN Turn signal light 21 W21W dealer for this service. Stop/tail light LED — Back-up 16 W16W Rear side marker light* 5 W5W License plate light* 5 (assembly) W5W Map light* 8 W8W Rear personal light (if so equipped)* 5 W5W Vanity mirror light* 5 W5W High-mounted stop light* LED - Room light (if so equipped)* 8 W8W Cargo light 8 - Lower center light (if so equipped)* 1.4 - Glove box light (if so equipped)* 1.4 - Console box light* 1.4 or LED -

*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement. NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-23 SDI2306 WAI0202X Cargo light : REMOVE : INSTALL Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.

8-24 Do-it-yourself WHEELS AND TIRES

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6- Tire inflation pressure outside the vehicle for inflating the 3). Check the pressure of the tires tires to the recommended COLD TIRE PRESSURE (including the spare) often and al- tire pressure. (See “TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert” (P.5-9).) Tire Pressure Monitoring System ways prior to long distance trips. (TPMS) The recommended tire pressure Incorrect tire pressure, including specifications are shown on the This vehicle is equipped with the Tire under inflation, may adversely Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It Tire and Loading Information label affect tire life and vehicle hand- monitors tire pressure of all tires except under the “Cold Tire Pressure” ling. the spare. When the low tire pressure heading. The Tire and Loading In- warning light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure formation label is affixed to the WARNING Low - Add Air” warning message is driver side center pillar. Tire pres- displayed in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is sig- sures should be checked regularly . Improperly inflated tires can nificantly under-inflated. because: fail suddenly and cause an The TPMS will activate only when the . Most tires naturally lose air over accident. vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH time. . The Gross Vehicle Weight (25 km/h). Also, this system may not . Tires can lose air suddenly when rating (GVWR) is located on detect a sudden drop in tire pressure driven over potholes or other (for example a flat tire while driving). the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer- objects or if the vehicle strikes tification label. The vehicle For more details, see “Low tire pressure a curb while parking. warning light” (P.2-18), “Tire Pressure Mon- weight capacity is indicated itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-6) and “Tire The tire pressures should be on the Tire and Loading In- Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- checked when the tires are cold. formation label. Do not load 3). The tires are considered COLD after your vehicle beyond this ca- the vehicle has been parked for 3 or pacity. Overloading your ve- more hours, or driven less than 1 hicle may result in reduced mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. tire life, unsafe operating TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro- conditions due to premature vides visual and audible signals tire failure, or unfavorable

Do-it-yourself 8-25 handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components. . Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level. . For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Im- portant Tire Safety Informa- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Book- let.

8-26 Do-it-yourself Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR. Tire size — see “Tire labeling” (P.8-29). Spare tire size or compact spare tire size

SDI2503 Tire and Loading Information label hicle loading information” Seating capacity: The max- (P.10-13). imum number of occu- Original size: The size of pants that can be seated the tires originally installed in the vehicle. on the vehicle at the fac- Vehicle load limit: See “Ve- tory.

Do-it-yourself 8-27 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. 5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed. SDI1949 6. Install the valve stem cap. 7. Check the pressure of all other Checking the tire pressure tires, including the spare. 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire. 2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage. 3. Remove the gauge.

8-28 Do-it-yourself COLD TIRE INFLATION SIZE PRESSURE 235/65 R17 250 kPa, 36 PSI FRONT ORIGINAL 235/60 R18 230 kPa, 33 PSI TIRE 235/55 R19 230 kPa, 33 PSI 235/65 R17 230 kPa, 33 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 235/60 R18 210 kPa, 30 PSI 235/55 R19 210 kPa, 30 PSI T155/80 D17 (2WD) SPARE TIRE 420 kPa, 60 PSI T165/90 D17 (AWD) SDI1575 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and de- scribes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

Do-it-yourself 8-29 height to width. 4. R: The “R” stands for radial. 5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches. 6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because SDI1606 it is not required by law. JVM0694X Example 7. H: Tire speed rating. You should Example Tire size (example: P215/60R16 not drive the vehicle faster than TIN (Tire Identification Number) 94H) the tire speed rating. for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX 1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is XXX XXXX) designed for passenger vehicles. 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De- (Not all tires have this informa- partment of Transportation”. tion.) The symbol can be placed 2. Three-digit number (215): This above, below or to the left or number gives the width in milli- right of the Tire Identification meters of the tire from sidewall Number. edge to sidewall edge. 2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s 3. Two-digit number (60): This identification mark number, known as the aspect 3. Two-digit code: Tire size ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of

8-30 Do-it-yourself 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code mum load in kilograms and pounds (2) the outward facing sidewall of (Optional) that can be carried by the tire. an asymmetrical tire that has a 5. Four numbers represent the When replacing the tires on the particular side that must always week and year the tire was built. vehicle, always use a tire that has face outward when mounted on a For example, the numbers 3103 the same load rating as the factory vehicle. means the 31st week of 2003. If installed tire. TYPES OF TIRES these numbers are missing, then Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” look on the other sidewall of the Indicates whether the tire requires WARNING tire. an inner tube (“tube type”) or not Tire ply composition and materi- (“tubeless”). . When changing or replacing tires, al be sure all four tires are of the The word “radial” same type (Example: Summer, All The number of layers or plies of The word “radial” is shown, if the Season or Snow) and construc- rubber-coated fabric in the tire. tire has radial structure. tion. A NISSAN dealer may be able Tire manufacturers also must in- to help you with information Manufacturer or brand name about tire type, size, speed rating dicate the materials in the tire, Manufacturer or brand name is and availability. which include steel, nylon, polye- shown. . Replacement tires may have a ster, and others. Other tire-related terminology: lower speed rating than the fac- Maximum permissible inflation tory equipped tires, and may not pressure In addition to the many terms that match the potential maximum are defined throughout this sec- vehicle speed. Never exceed the This number is the greatest tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is maximum speed rating of the amount of air pressure that should (1) the sidewall that contains a tire. be put in the tire. Do not exceed the . whitewall, bears white lettering or Replacing tires with those not maximum permissible inflation originally specified by NISSAN bears manufacturer, brand and/or pressure. could affect the proper operation model name molding that is higher of the TPMS. Maximum load rating or deeper than the same molding This number indicates the maxi- on the other sidewall of the tire, or Do-it-yourself 8-31 . For additional information re- Summer tires tires. Skid and traction capabilities of garding tires, refer to “Important NISSAN specifies summer tires on some studded snow tires, on wet or dry sur- Tire Safety Information” (US) or models to provide superior performance faces, may be poorer than that of non- “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- on dry roads. Summer tire performance is studded snow tires. da) in the Warranty Information substantially reduced in snow and ice. TIRE CHAINS Booklet. Summer tires do not have the tire trac- . Always use tires of the same type, tion rating M&S on the tire sidewall. WARNING size, brand, construction and If you plan to operate your vehicle in tread pattern on all four wheels. snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recom- Failure to do so may result in a mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL If tire chains are used with this circumference difference be- SEASON tires on all four wheels. vehicle, they must allow sufficient tween tires on the front and rear clearance between the tire and the axles which can cause the Vehicle Snow tires closest vehicle suspension or body Dynamic Control (VDC) system to If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to component. Failure to use the cor- malfunction resulting in personal select tires equivalent in size and load rect chains, or not properly installing injury or death, excessive tire rating to the original equipment tires. If chains, can damage the brakes, sus- wear and may damage the trans- you do not, it can adversely affect the pension or other vehicle parts and mission, transfer case and differ- safety and handling of your vehicle. cause a crash in which a person ential gears. could be seriously injured or killed. Generally, snow tires will have lower NISSAN recommends using the fol- speed ratings than factory equipped tires lowing chains, or equivalent. All season tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the . PEERLESS SUPER Z6 SZ-429 NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all maximum speed rating of the tire. If you install snow tires, they must be the Use of tire chains may be prohibited year, including snowy and icy road con- according to location. Check the local ditions. All Season tires are identified by same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. laws before installing tire chains. When ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) installing tire chains, make sure they are on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have For additional traction on icy roads, the proper size for the tires on your better snow traction than All Season tires studded tires may be used. However, vehicle and are installed according to and may be more appropriate in some some U.S. states and Canadian provinces the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. areas. prohibit their use. Check local, state and Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S” provincial laws before installing studded chains are used on vehicles with re- 8-32 Do-it-yourself stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles The wheel nuts must be kept that can use Class “S” chains are designed tightened to the specification at to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the all times. It is recommended that closest vehicle suspension or body com- wheel nuts be tightened to the ponent required to accommodate the specification at each tire rotation use of a winter traction device (tire chains interval. or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may damage your WARNING vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac- . Retighten the wheel nuts turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links when the vehicle has been of the tire chain must be secured or driven for 600 miles (1,000 removed to prevent the possibility of JVM0287X whipping action damage to the fenders km) (also in cases of a flat or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load- CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES tire, etc.). ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In . Do not include the spare tire addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other- Tire rotation in the tire rotation. wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/ NISSAN recommends rotating the . For additional information or vehicle handling and performance may tires at the specified interval shown be adversely affected. regarding tires, refer to “Im- in the maintenance schedule. (See portant Tire Safety Informa- Tire chains must be installed only on the “Maintenance and schedules” the front wheels and not on the rear tion” (US) or “Tire Safety wheels. section. For tire replacing proce- Information” (Canada) in the dures, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).) Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY Warranty Information Book- USE ONLY spare tire. As soon as possible, tighten the let. Do not use tire chains on dry roads. wheel nuts to the specified torque . After rotating the tires, do Driving with tire chains in such conditions with a torque wrench. not use the Easy-Fill Tire can cause damage to the various me- Wheel nut tightening torque: Alert to adjust the tire pres- chanisms of the vehicle due to some 83 ft-lb (113 N·m) overstress. sure. Instead use a gauge to Do-it-yourself 8-33 adjust the tires to the cor- . The original tires have built- rect pressure in accordance in tread wear indicators. with Tire and Loading Infor- When wear indicators are mation label. visible, the tire(s) should be . To ensure proper operation replaced. of the Easy-Fill Tire Alert . Tires degrade with age and system after a tire rotation, use. Have tires, including the reset and register the sensor spare, over 6 years old to their new installed loca- checked by a qualified tech- tions. It is recommended nician, because some tire that you visit a NISSAN deal- damage may not be ob- er for this service. vious. Replace the tires as SDI1663 necessary to prevent tire 1. Wear indicator failure and possible perso- 2. Wear indicator location mark nal injury. Tire wear and damage . Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is WARNING necessary to repair the . Tires should be periodically spare tire, it is recom- inspected for wear, cracking, mended you visit a NISSAN bulging or objects caught in dealer for this service. the tread. If excessive wear, . For additional information cracks, bulging or deep cuts regarding tires, refer to “Im- are found, the tire(s) should portant Tire Safety Informa- be replaced. tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the

8-34 Do-it-yourself Warranty Information Book- the same size and you are only possible. It is recommended you let. replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install visit a NISSAN dealer for these the new tires on the rear axle. services. Placing new tires on the front . Replacing tires with those not Replacing wheels and tires axle may cause loss of vehicle originally specified by NISSAN When replacing a tire, use the same size, control in some driving condi- could affect the proper operation tread design, speed rating and load tions and cause an accident and of the TPMS. personal injury. carrying capacity as originally equipped. . The TPMS sensor may be da- . (See “Specifications” (P.10-8) for recom- If the wheels are changed for any maged if it is not handled cor- mended types and sizes of tires and reason, always replace with rectly. Be careful when handling wheels.) wheels which have the same off- the TPMS sensor. set dimension. Wheels of a differ- . ent off-set could cause prema- When replacing the TPMS sensor, WARNING ture tire wear, degrade vehicle the ID registration may be re- handling characteristics and/or quired. It is recommended you . The use of tires other than those interference with the brake visit a NISSAN dealer for ID regis- recommended or the mixed use discs/drums. Such interference tration. of tires of different brands, con- can lead to decreased braking . Do not use a valve stem cap that struction (bias, bias-belted or ra- efficiency and/or early brake is not specified by NISSAN. The dial), or tread patterns can pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and valve stem cap may become adversely affect the ride, braking, tires” (P.10-8) of this manual for stuck. handling, VDC system, ground wheel off-set dimensions. . Be sure that the valve stem caps clearance, body-to-tire clearance, . Since the spare tire is not are correctly fitted. Otherwise the tire chain clearance, speed- equipped with the TPMS, when a valve may be clogged up with dirt ometer calibration, headlight spare tire is mounted or a wheel and cause a malfunction or loss aim and bumper height. Some of is replaced, the TPMS will not of pressure. these effects may lead to acci- function and the low tire pressure . Do not install a damaged or dents and could result in serious warning light will flash for ap- personal injury. deformed wheel or tire even if it proximately 1 minute. The light has been repaired. Such wheels . For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod- will remain on after 1 minute. or tires could have structural els, if your vehicle was originally Have your tires replaced and/or damage and could fail without equipped with 4 tires that were TPMS system reset as soon as warning. Do-it-yourself 8-35 . The use of retread tire is not pressure and wheel alignment should used, otherwise your vehicle could be recommended. also be checked and corrected as neces- damaged or involved in an accident. sary. It is recommended you visit a . For additional information re- NISSAN dealer for this service. garding tires, refer to “Important WARNING Tire Safety Information” (US) or Wheel balance “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle . The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare da) in the Warranty Information handling and tire life. Even with regular tire should be used for emer- Booklet. use, wheels can get out of balance. gency use. It should be replaced Therefore, they should be balanced as with the standard tire at the first All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models required. opportunity to avoid possible tire Wheel balance service should be per- or differential damage. formed with the wheels off the vehicle. . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR- CAUTION Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi- ARY USE ONLY spare tire is incle could lead to mechanical damage. stalled. Avoid sharp turns and . Always use tires of the same size, For additional information regarding tires, abrupt braking while driving. brand, construction (bias, bias- refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- . Periodically check spare tire in- belted or radial), and tread pat- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” flation pressure. Always keep the tern on all four wheels. Failure to (Canada) in the Warranty Information pressure of the TEMPORARY USE do so may result in a circumfer- Booklet. ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 ence difference between tires on kPa, 4.2 bar). the front and rear axles which will Care of wheels . cause excessive tire wear and With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for details spare tire installed, do not drive may damage the transmission about care of the wheels. and the drivetrain parts. your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h). . Only use spare tires specified for Spare tire . When driving on roads covered each AWD model. Since the spare tire is not equipped with with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted USE ONLY spare tire should be If excessive tire wear is found, it is (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS will used on the rear wheels and recommended that all four tires be re- not function. original tire used on the front placed with tires of the same size, brand, Observe the following precautions if the wheels (drive wheels). Use tire construction and tread pattern. The tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be chains only on the front (original) 8-36 Do-it-yourself tires. . Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear. . Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles. . Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time. . Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle. . Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

Do-it-yourself 8-37 MEMO

8-38 Do-it-yourself 9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement ...... 9-2 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 9-5 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Emission control system maintenance ...... 9-5 Scheduled maintenance ...... 9-2 Chassis and body maintenance ...... 9-6 Where to go for service ...... 9-2 Maintenance schedules ...... 9-7 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Additional maintenance items for severe Explanation of general maintenance items...... 9-2 operating conditions ...... 9-7 Oil control system...... 9-7 Standard maintenance ...... 9-8 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Some day-to-day and regular mainte- SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE During the normal day-to-day operation nance is essential to maintain your vehi- of the vehicle, general maintenance The maintenance items listed in this should be performed regularly as pre- cle good mechanical condition, as well as section are required to be serviced at its emission and engine performance. scribed in this section. If you detect any regular intervals. However, under severe unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be It is the owner’s responsibility to make driving conditions, additional or more sure to check for the cause or have it sure that the scheduled maintenance, as frequent maintenance will be required. checked promptly. In addition, it is re- well as general maintenance, is per- WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE commended that you visit a NISSAN deal- formed. If maintenance service is required or your er if you think that repairs are required. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one vehicle appears to malfunction, have the When performing any checks or mainte- who can ensure that your vehicle receives systems checked and serviced. It is re- nance work, see “Maintenance precau- the proper maintenance care. You are a commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for tions” (P.8-2). vital link in the maintenance chain. this service. EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAIN- GENERAL MAINTENANCE NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe- TENANCE ITEMS General maintenance includes those cialists and are kept up-to-date with the items which should be checked during latest service information through tech- Additional information on the following normal day-to-day operation. They are nical bulletins, service tips, and training items with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it- essential for proper vehicle operation. It is programs. They are completely qualified yourself” section of this manual. your responsibility to perform these pro- to work on NISSAN vehicles before work Outside the vehicle cedures regularly as prescribed. begins. The maintenance items listed here should Performing general maintenance checks If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is be performed from time to time, unless requires minimal mechanical skill and recommended that you ask your NISSAN otherwise specified. only a few general automotive tools. dealer where the nearest NISSAN Certified Doors and engine hood: Check that all These checks or inspections can be done Collision Center is located, or go to http:// collision.nissanusa.com. doors and the engine hood operate by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you properly. Also ensure that all latches lock prefer, a NISSAN dealer. You can be confident that a NISSAN securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch dealer’s service department performs pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make the best job to meet the maintenance sure that the secondary latch keeps the requirements on your vehicle. hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or

9-2 Maintenance and schedules other corrosive materials, check lubrica- there may be a need for wheel alignment. pedal does not catch or require uneven tion frequently. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at effort. Keep the floor mat away from the Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular normal highway speeds, wheel balancing pedal. basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop may be needed. Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and For additional information regarding tires, operation. If the brake pedal suddenly other lights are all operating properly and refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- goes down further than normal, the pedal installed securely. Also check headlight tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take aim. (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor- longer to stop, have your vehicle checked Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When mation Booklet. immediately. It is recommended you visit checking the tires, make sure no wheel a NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the Windshield: Clean the windshield on a floor mat away from the pedal. nuts are missing, and check for any loose regular basis. Check the windshield at wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary. least every six months for cracks or other Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the speci- damage. Have a damaged windshield the vehicle to one side when applied. fied interval shown in the maintenance repaired by a qualified repair facility. Continuously Variable Transmission schedule. It is recommended that you have a (CVT) P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge damaged windshield repaired by a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held often and always prior to long distance NISSAN dealer, or a NISSAN Certified securely with the shift lever in the P (Park) trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in Collision Center. To locate a collision position without applying any brakes. all tires, including the spare (if so center in your area, refer to http://colli- Parking brake: Check the parking brake equipped), to the pressure specified. sion.nissanusa.com. operation regularly. The vehicle should be Check carefully for damage, cuts or Windshield wiper blades*: Check for securely held on a fairly steep hill with excessive wear. cracks or wear if they do not wipe only the parking brake applied. If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) properly. parking brake needs adjusted, it is re- transmitter components: Replace the commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for TPMS transmitter snap-in type, valve core Inside the vehicle this service. and cap when the tires are replaced due The maintenance items listed here should Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat to wear or age. be checked on a regular basis, such as belt system (for example, buckles, an- Wheel alignment and balance: If the when performing scheduled mainte- chors, adjusters and retractors) operate vehicle should pull to either side while nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. properly and smoothly, and are installed driving on a straight and level road, or if Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, smooth operation and make sure the fraying, wear or damage.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3 Seats: Check seat position controls such dealer for service. sound of the exhaust seems unusual or as seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. NOTE: there is a smell of exhaust fumes, im- to ensure they operate smoothly and that mediately have the exhaust system in- all latches lock securely in every position. Care should be taken to avoid situations spected. It is recommended you visit a Check that the head restraints/headrests that can lead to potential battery dis- NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Pre- move up and down smoothly and that charge and potential no-start condi- cautions when starting and driving” (P.5- the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in tions such as: 5) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).) all latched positions. 1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for Steering wheel: Check for changes in the battery power when the engine is fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the steering conditions, such as excessive not running (Phone chargers, GPS, vehicle has been parked for a while. Water free play, hard steering or strange noises. DVD players, etc.) dripping from the air conditioner after use Warning lights and chimes: Make sure is normal. If you should notice any leaks 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for that all warning lights and chimes are or only driven short distances. operating properly. the cause and have it corrected immediately. Windshield defroster: Check that the air In these cases, the battery may need to comes out of the defroster outlets prop- be charged to maintain battery health. Radiator and hoses: Check the front of erly and in sufficient quantity when oper- Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, ating the heater or air conditioner. brake fluid level is between the MAX and leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. MIN lines on the reservoir. Make sure the hoses have no cracks, Windshield wiper and washer*: Check deformation, rot or loose connections. that the wipers and washers operate Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant properly and that the wipers do not level when the engine is cold. Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as streak. Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the those used on icy roads or to control drive belt is not frayed, worn, cracked or dust. It is very important to remove these Under the hood and vehicle oily. The maintenance items listed here should substances, otherwise rust will form on Engine oil level*: Check the level after be checked periodically (for example, the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around parking the vehicle on a level surface and each time you check the engine oil or the exhaust system. At the end of winter, turning off the engine. Wait more than 10 refuel). the underbody should be thoroughly minutes for the oil to drain back into the flushed with plain water, being careful to Battery*: This vehicle is equipped with a oil pan. clean those areas where mud and dirt sealed maintenance free battery. It is Exhaust system: Make sure there are no may accumulate. For additional informa- recommended that you visit a NISSAN loose supports, cracks or holes. If the tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2). 9-4 Maintenance and schedules EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that The following descriptions are provided For recommended fuel, lubricants, there is adequate fluid in the reservoir. to give you a better understanding of the fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to scheduled maintenance items that “Capacities and recommended fluids/ should be regularly checked or replaced. lubricants” (P.10-3) of this manual. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN- requires service. TENANCE In addition to scheduled maintenance, Drive belt*: your vehicle requires that some items be Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying checked during normal day-to-day op- or cracking and for proper tension. Re- eration. Refer to “General maintenance” place any damaged drive belt. (P.9-2). Engine air filter: Items marked with “*” are recommended Replace at specified intervals. When driv- by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi- You are not required to perform main- tions, check/replace the filter more tenance on these items in order to frequently. maintain the warranties which come with your vehicle. Other maintenance items Engine coolant*: and intervals are required. Replace coolant at the specified interval. When applicable, additional information When adding or replacing coolant, be can be found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long section of this manual. Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to NOTE: “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4) to deter- NISSAN does not advocate the use of mine the proper mixture for your area.) non-OEM approved aftermarket flush- NOTE: ing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on a Mixing any other type of coolant or the NISSAN product. Many of the aftermar- use of non-distilled water may reduce ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap- the recommended service interval of proved chemicals or solvents, the use of the coolant. which has not been validated by NISSAN. Maintenance and schedules 9-5 Engine oil and oil filter: CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil Replace engine oil and oil filter at the Brake lines and cables: and transfer case oil: specified intervals. For recommended oil Visually inspect for proper installation. Visually inspect for signs of leakage at grade and viscosity refer to “Capacities Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, specified intervals. and recommended fluids/lubricants” and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio- If using a car-top carrier, or towing a (P.10-3). rated or damaged parts immediately. trailer, or using a camper, or driving on Engine valve clearance*: Brake pads and rotors: rough or muddy roads: Inspect only if valve noise increases. . Check for wear, deterioration and fluid Replace the differential oil and trans- Adjust valve clearance if necessary. leaks. Replace any deteriorated or da- fer case oil every 20,000 miles (32,000 maged parts immediately. km) or 24 months. Evaporative emissions control vapor . lines*: Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 Exhaust system: miles (96,000 km) or request the deal- Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler er to inspect the fluid deterioration Tighten connections or replace parts as and hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora- data using a CONSULT. If the dete- necessary. tion, and damage. Tighten connections or rioration data is more than 210,000, Fuel filter replace parts as necessary. replace the CVT fluid. Periodic maintenance is not required (in- In-cabin microfilter: tank type filter). Replace at specified intervals. When driv- Fuel lines*: ing for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, replace the filter more frequently. Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Propeller shaft(s): Tighten connections or replace parts as Check for damage, looseness, and grease necessary. leakage. (AWD) Spark plugs: Steering gear and linkage, axle and Replace at specified intervals. Install new suspension parts, drive shaft boots: plugs of the type as originally equipped. Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease. Under severe driving conditions, inspect more frequently. Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specified interval. 9-6 Maintenance and schedules MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

To help ensure smooth, safe and eco- . Operating in hot weather in stop-and- nomical driving, NISSAN provides two go “rush hour” traffic. maintenance schedules that may be . Extensive idling and/or low speed used, depending upon the conditions in driving for long distances, such as which you usually drive. These schedules police, taxi or door-to-door delivery contain both distance and time intervals, use. up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 . Driving in dusty conditions. months. For most people, the odometer . reading will indicate when service is Driving on rough, muddy or salt needed. However, if you drive very little, spread roads. . your vehicle should be serviced at the Using a car-top carrier. regular time intervals shown in the sche- . Towing a trailer. dule. . Using a camper. After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 If your vehicle is mainly operated under months, continue maintenance at the the severe conditions, follow the severe same mileage/time intervals. maintenance intervals shown in the ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS maintenance schedule. FOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI- OIL CONTROL SYSTEM TIONS Your vehicle is equipped with oil control system. It calculates engine oil and filter Additional maintenance items for se- change intervals based on driving condi- vere operating conditions; should be tions. Driving in the following severe performed on vehicles that are driven conditions will shorten the engine oil under especially demanding conditions. and filter change interval. Additional maintenance items should be performed if you primarily operate your vehicle under the following conditions: . Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km). . Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.

Maintenance and schedules 9-7 STANDARD MAINTENANCE

The following shows the maintenance schedule. Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions. After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval. Severe maintenance: 5,000 Miles/6 Months/8,000 Km 10,000 Miles/12 Months/16,000 Km . Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Inspect brake pads and rotors . . . Inspect exhaust system Perform tire rotation Inspect brake lines and cables . Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect steering gear and linkage . . . Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect brake pads and rotors Inspect CVT fluid . . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . . . Inspect drive shaft boots Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) Replace brake fluid . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots change the engine oil and filter within two . Replace engine oil and filter (1) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Perform tire rotation

9-8 Maintenance and schedules 15,000 Miles/18 Months/24,000 20,000 Miles/24 Months/32,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel lines/connections (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect steering gear and linkage weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-9 25,000 Miles/30 Months/40,000 30,000 Miles/36 Months/48,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots . change the engine oil and filter within two Replace engine air filter (1) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

9-10 Maintenance and schedules 35,000 Miles/42 Months/56,000 40,000 Miles/48 Months/64,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-11 45,000 Miles/54 Months/72,000 50,000 Miles/60 Months/80,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

9-12 Maintenance and schedules 55,000 Miles/66 Months/88,000 60,000 Miles/72 Months/96,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system . Replace CVT fluid . . Inspect axle and suspension parts Inspect fuel lines/connections (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect drive shaft boots Inspect steering gear and linkage (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension part . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-13 65,000 Miles/78 Months/104,000 70,000 Miles/84 Months/112,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

9-14 Maintenance and schedules 75,000 Miles/90 Months/120,000 80,000 Miles/96 Months/128,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots Severe maintenance: . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect steering gear and linkage Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-15 85,000 Miles/102 Months/136,000 90,000 Miles/108 Months/144,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . . frequent maintenance may be required. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect drive shaft boots weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

9-16 Maintenance and schedules 95,000 Miles/114 Months/152,000 100,000 Miles/120 Months/160,000 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Km Km . Inspect exhaust system Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect axle and suspension parts Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts . Replace brake fluid . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections . . change the engine oil and filter within two Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-17 105,000 Miles/126 Months/168,000 (1) Performed based on the number of miles 110,000 Miles/132 Months/176,000 only Km (2) Replace spark plug when the plug gap Km Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within . Replace In-cabin microfilter specified periodic replacement mileage. Inspect brake lines and cables . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Inspect brake pads and rotors . (3) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles . Perform tire rotation (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first repla- Inspect CVT fluid . Replace spark plugs (1) (2) . Inspect engine drive belts cement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 . Replace engine coolant* (3) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) km) or 60 months. Severe maintenance: . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors *: Maintenance items and intervals with “ * ” are . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage operation. The owner need not perform such . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect axle and suspension parts maintenance in order to maintain the emission . Replace engine oil and filter (1) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other . Perform tire rotation . Inspect drive shaft boots maintenance items and intervals are required.

9-18 Maintenance and schedules Severe maintenance: 115,000 Miles/138 Months/184,000 120,000 Miles/144 Months/192,000 . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect exhaust system Km Km . Inspect steering gear and linkage Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake lines and cables . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect CVT fluid . Replace brake fluid . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect engine drive belts (1) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections change the engine oil and filter within two . . weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km). Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) Inspect exhaust system . Inspect drive shaft boots . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension part . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect differential gear oil (AWD models) . Inspect AWD coupling oil (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace engine air filter (1) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter (2) . Replace In-cabin microfilter . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Perform tire rotation

Maintenance and schedules 9-19 Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots . Replace brake fluid . Replace CVT fluid (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required. (2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, change the engine oil and filter within two weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).

9-20 Maintenance and schedules 10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and Securing the load ...... 10-15 recommended fluids/lubricants ...... 10-3 Loading tips ...... 10-15 Fuel information ...... 10-4 Measurement of weights ...... 10-16 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation...... 10-6 Towing a trailer ...... 10-16 Air conditioning system refrigerant and Maximum load limits ...... 10-17 lubricant recommendations ...... 10-7 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/ Specifications ...... 10-8 maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) ...... 10-18 Engine ...... 10-8 Towing load/specification...... 10-20 Wheels and tires ...... 10-8 Towing safety ...... 10-21 Dimensions and weights ...... 10-9 Flat towing ...... 10-26 When traveling or registering in Flat towing for All–Wheel Drive vehicle another country ...... 10-9 (if so equipped)...... 10-26 Vehicle identification ...... 10-9 Flat towing for Front-Wheel Drive vehicle Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ...... 10-9 (if so equipped)...... 10-26 Vehicle identification number Uniform tire quality grading ...... 10-27 (chassis number) ...... 10-10 Treadwear ...... 10-27 Engine serial number...... 10-10 Traction AA, A, B and C ...... 10-27 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label...... 10-10 Temperature A, B and C ...... 10-27 Emission control information label ...... 10-11 Emission control system warranty...... 10-28 Tire and Loading Information label ...... 10-11 Reporting safety defects ...... 10-28 Air conditioner specification label ...... 10-11 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance Installing front license plate ...... 10-12 (I/M) test ...... 10-29 Vehicle loading information ...... 10-13 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...... 10-30 Terms...... 10-13 Additional data recording (on vehicles Vehicle load capacity ...... 10-13 equipped with optional ProPILOT Assist) ...... 10-30 Owner’s manual/service manual order information ...... 10-31 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (approximate) Fluid type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants Measure Measure Measure Fuel 55 L 14-1/2 gal 12-1/8 gal ā See “Fuel information” (P.10-4). Engine oil*1 With oil filter change 5.1 L 5-3/8 qt 4-1/2 qt ā Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” (or equivalent) is recommended. Drain and refill Without oil filter change 4.8 L 5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt ā If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20 GF-5 SN *1: For additional motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use of motor oil (or information, see engine oil) other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter “Changing engine recommendation” (P.10-6). oil and filter” (P.8- 6). Engine coolant With reservoir 8.8 L 9-1/4 qt 7-3/4 qt ā Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent Reservoir 0.8 L 7/8 qt 3/4 qt Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ——— ā Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 ā NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Differential gear oil ——— ā Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID·S1 GL-5 75W-80 or equivalent Transfer fluid ——— ā Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super-S GL-5 synthetic 75W-90 or equivalent Brake fluid Refill to the proper oil level ac- ā Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3 cording to the instructions in the *2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer. “8. Do-it-yourself” section. Multi-purpose grease ——— ā NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base) Air conditioning system refrigerant ——— ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-9) for air conditioner specification label. ā HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) Air conditioning system oil ——— ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-9) for air conditioner specification label. ā A/C System Oil ND-OIL12(PAG) or equivalent Window washer fluid With liquid level sensor 5 L 1-3/8gal 1-1/8gal ā Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or Without liquid level sensor 2.4 L 5/8gal 1/2gal equivalent Coupling oil ——— ā LSC Transmission Fluid 12-301 or equivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3 FUEL INFORMATION . Do not use fuel that contains the Reformulated gasoline Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane booster methylcyclopen- Some fuel suppliers are now producing octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl reformulated gasolines. These gasolines Knock Index) number (Research octane (MMT). Using fuel containing are specially designed to reduce vehicle number 91). MMT may adversely affect vehicle emissions. NISSAN supports efforts to- performance and vehicle emis- wards cleaner air and suggests that you sions. Not all fuel dispensers are use reformulated gasoline when avail- CAUTION labeled to indicate MMT content, able. so you may have to consult your . Using a fuel other than that spe- gasoline retailer for more details. Gasoline containing oxygenates cified could adversely affect the Note that Federal and California Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain- emission control system, and laws prohibit the use of MMT in ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE may also affect warranty cover- reformulated gasoline. and methanol with or without advertising age. . U.S. government regulations re- their presence. NISSAN does not recom- . Under no circumstances should a quire ethanol dispensing pumps mend the use of fuels of which the leaded gasoline be used, because to be identified by a small, oxygenate content and the fuel compat- this will damage the three-way square, orange and black label ibility for your vehicle cannot be readily catalyst. with the common abbreviation or determined. If in doubt, ask your service station manager. . Do not use a fuel containing more the appropriate percentage for than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. that region. If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, Your vehicle is not designed to please take the following precautions as run on a fuel containing more Gasoline specifications the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel performance problems and/or fuel sys- NISSAN recommends using gasoline that tem damage. containing more than 15% etha- meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter nol in a vehicle not specifically . The fuel should be unleaded and (WWFC) specifications where it is avail- have an octane rating no lower than designed for a fuel containing able. Many of the automobile manufac- that recommended for unleaded more than 15% ethanol can ad- turers developed this specification to versely affect the emission con- gasoline. improve emission control system and . trol devices and systems of the vehicle performance. Ask your service If an oxygenate-blend, other than vehicle. Damage caused by such station manager if the gasoline meets methanol blend is used, it should fuel is not covered by the NISSAN the WWFC specifications. contain no more than 15% oxyge- new vehicle limited warranty. nate. 10-4 Technical and consumer information . If a methanol blend is used, it should priate percentage for that region. deposit removal may contain active sol- contain no more than 5% methanol vent or similar ingredients that can be (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It E-85 fuel harmful to the fuel system and engine. should also contain a suitable E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately amount of appropriate cosolvents 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso- Octane rating tips and corrosion inhibitors. If not prop- line. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Using unleaded gasoline with an octane erly formulated with appropriate Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in rating lower than recommended can cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, your vehicle. U.S. government regulations cause persistent, heavy “spark knock”. such methanol blends may cause require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to (Spark knock is a metallic rapping fuel system damage and/or vehicle be identified by a small, square, orange noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine performance problems. At this time, and black label with the common abbre- damage. If you detect a persistent sufficient data is not available to viation or the appropriate percentage for heavy spark knock even when using ensure that all methanol blends are that region. gasoline of the stated octane rating, or suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles. if you hear steady spark knock while If any driveability problems such as en- Fuel containing MMT holding a steady speed on level roads, it gine stalling and difficult hot-starting are MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga- is recommended you have a NISSAN experienced after using oxygenate-blend nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting dealer correct the condition. Failure to fuels, immediately change to a non-oxy- additive. NISSAN does not recommend correct the condition is misuse of the genate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel vehicle, for which NISSAN is not respon- MTBE. may adversely affect vehicle perfor- sible. Take care not to spill gasoline during mance, including the emissions control Incorrect ignition timing will result in refueling. Gasoline containing oxyge- system. Note that while some fuel pumps spark knock, after-run and/or overheat- nates can cause paint damage. label MMT content, not all do, so you may ing, which may cause excessive fuel have to consult your gasoline retailer for consumption or engine damage. If any E-15 fuel more details. of the above symptoms are encountered, E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately Aftermarket fuel additives have your vehicle checked. It is recom- 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gaso- mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for line. E-15 can only be used in vehicles NISSAN does not recommend the use of servicing. designed to run on E- 15 fuel. U.S. govern- any aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, However, now and then you may notice ment regulations require fuel ethanol light spark knock for a short time while dispensing pumps to be identified with intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these accelerating or driving up hills. This is small, square, orange and black label with not a cause for concern, because you the common abbreviation or the appro- additives intended for gum, varnish or Technical and consumer information 10-5 get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load.

JVT0351X

API certification mark dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) API service symbol certification and SAE viscosity standard. ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE- These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which COMMENDATION do not have the specified quality label Selecting the correct oil should not be used as they could cause engine damage. It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure Oil additives satisfactory engine life and performance, NISSAN does not recommend the use of see “Capacities and recommended fluids/ oil additives. The use of an oil additive is lubricants” (P.10-3). NISSAN recommends not necessary when the proper oil type is the use of an energy conserving oil in used and maintenance intervals are fol- order to improve fuel economy. lowed. Select only engine oils that meet the Oil which may contain foreign matter or American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi- has been previously used should not be cation or International Lubricant Standar- used. 10-6 Technical and consumer information Oil viscosity recommended change interval. system components. The engine oil viscosity or thickness Oil and filter change intervals depend changes with temperature. Because of upon how you use your vehicle. Opera- The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in this, it is important to select the engine oil tion under the following conditions may your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the viscosity based on the temperatures at require more frequent oil and filter earth’s ozone layer. Although this refrig- which the vehicle will be operated before changes: erant does not affect the earth’s atmo- the next oil change. Choosing an oil . repeated short distance driving at sphere, certain government regulations viscosity other than that recommended cold outside temperatures require the recovery and recycling of any could cause serious engine damage. . driving in dusty conditions refrigerant during automotive air condi- Selecting the correct oil filter . extensive idling tioner system service. Air conditioner . system should only be serviced by trained Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with towing a trailer . and certified technicians to ensure proper a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. stop and go commuting and safe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil (See “9. Maintenance and schedules” sec- dealer has the trained technicians and filter or its equivalent for the reason tion.) equipment needed to recover and recycle described in “Change intervals”. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE- your air conditioner system refrigerant. Change intervals FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE- Only new and SAEJ2842 certified eva- COMMENDATIONS porator(s) shall be used as replacement The oil and oil filter change intervals for parts. your engine are based on the use of the The air conditioner system in your A damaged or leaking air conditioning specified quality oils and filters. Using an NISSAN vehicle must be charged with evaporator shall never be repaired or engine oil and filter other than the the specified refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R- replaced with one removed from a used specified quality, or exceeding recom- 1234yf) and A/C system oil ND-OIL12 or salvaged vehicle. To replace a da- mended oil and filter change intervals (PAG) or the exact equivalent. maged or leaking evaporator, use only could reduce engine life. Damage to the new and SAE J2842 certified evaporator engine caused by improper maintenance (s). It is recommended that you visit a or use of incorrect oil and filter quality CAUTION NISSAN dealer when servicing your air and/or viscosity is not covered by the conditioner system. NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. The use of any other refrigerant or oil Your engine was filled with a high quality will cause severe damage to the air engine oil when it was built. You do not conditioning system and will require have to change the oil before the first the replacement of all air conditioner

Technical and consumer information 10-7 SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE WHEELS AND TIRES Model PR25DD Road wheel Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Type Size Offset in Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line (mm) Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.504 × 3.937 (89.0 × 100.0) Conven- 17 × 7.5J 1.57 (40) Displacement cu in (cm3) 151.85 (2,488) tional Firing order 1-3-4-2 18 × 7.5J 1.57 (40) Idle speed rpm 19 × 7.5J 1.57 (40) No adjustment is necessary. Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm Spare 17 × 4T 1.18 (30) Spark plug Standard DXE22H11C Tire Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) Camshaft operation Timing chain Pressure PSI Type Size (kPa) [Cold] This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002. Con- Front: 36 ven- 235/65 R17 (250) tional Rear: 33 (230) 235/60 R18 Front: 33 (230) 235/55 R19 Rear: 30 (210) T155/80 D17 (2WD) 60 (420) Spare T165/90 D17 (AWD)

10-8 Technical and consumer information WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the Overall length in 182.9 (4,645)*1 fuel available is suitable for your vehicle’s (mm) 183.5 (4,660)*2 engine. Overall width in 72.4 (1,840) (mm) Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage. All Overall height in 67.9 (1,725) gasoline vehicles must be operated with (mm) unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid tak- Front tread in 62.4 (1,585) ing your vehicle to areas where appro- (mm) priate fuel is not available. Rear tread in 62.6 (1,590) (mm) When transferring the registration of Wheelbase in 106.5 (2,705) your vehicle to another country, state, (mm) province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws Gross Vehicle JVT0352X Weight Rating lb (kg) and regulations. (GVWR) See the F.M.V.S.S. or The laws and regulations for motor VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Gross Axle C.M.V.S.S. certifica- vehicle emission control and safety stan- Weight Rating tion label on the dards vary according to the country, (VIN) PLATE (GAWR) driver’s side center pillar. state, province or district; therefore, vehi- The vehicle identification number plate is Front lb (kg) cle specifications may differ. attached as shown. This number is the Rear lb (kg) When any vehicle is to be taken into identification for your vehicle and is used another country, state, province or disin the vehicle registration. *1: Without license plate trict and registered, its modifications, *2: With license plate transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.

Technical and consumer information 10-9 JVT0253X WAJ0103X STI0718 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION (chassis number) The number is stamped on the engine as LABEL The vehicle identification number is lo- shown. The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle cated as shown. Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

10-10 Technical and consumer information JVT0406X STI0494 WAJ0153X EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL LABEL The emission control information label is The cold tire pressure is shown on the The air conditioner specification label is attached to the underside of the hood as Tire and Loading Information label affixed affixed to the underside of the hood as shown. to the pillar as shown. shown.

Technical and consumer information 10-11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Air conditioner specification label symbols: Symbol Name Reference Graphic Caution ISO 7000 0434

Air Conditioning System ISO 2575 D01 (MAC)

MAC System Lubricant Type (PAG–POE)

Requires Registered Techni- cian to Service MAC System WAJ0104X To mount the front license plate , attach the licence plate to the location marks Flammable Refrigerant (small dimples) of the bumper using the two screws provided.

10-12 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

passengers and cargo. be loaded into the vehicle. If the WARNING . GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - vehicle is used to tow a trailer, curb weight plus the combined the trailer tongue weight must . It is extremely dangerous to weight of passengers and cargo. be included as part of the cargo ride in a cargo area inside . GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- load. This information is located the vehicle. In a collision, ing) - maximum total combined on the Tire and Loading Infor- people riding in these areas weight of the unloaded vehicle, mation label. are more likely to be ser- passengers, luggage, hitch, trai- . Cargo capacity - permissible iously injured or killed. ler tongue load and any other weight of cargo, the subtracted . Do not allow people to ride optional equipment. This infor- weight of occupants from the in any area of your vehicle mation is located on the F.M.V.S. load limit. that is not equipped with S./C.M.V.S.S. label. VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY seats and seat belts. . GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) Do not exceed the load limit of your . Be sure everyone in your - maximum weight (load) limit vehicle shown as “The combined vehicle is in a seat and using specified for the front or rear weight of occupants and cargo” on a seat belt properly. axle. This information is located the Tire and Loading Information on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. label. Do not exceed the number of TERMS . GCWR (Gross Combined Weight occupants shown as “Seating Ca- Rating) - The maximum total It is important to familiarize your- pacity” on the Tire and Loading weight rating of the vehicle, self with the following terms before Information label. passengers, cargo, and trailer. loading your vehicle: To get “the combined weight of . Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load . occupants and cargo”, add the Curb Weight (actual weight of limit, Total load capacity - max- weight of all occupants, then add your vehicle) - vehicle weight imum total weight limit specified the total luggage weight. Examples including: standard and optional of the load (passengers and are shown in the following illustra- equipment, fluids, emergency cargo) for the vehicle. This is tion. tools, and spare tire assembly. the maximum combined weight This weight does not include of occupants and cargo that can Technical and consumer information 10-13 Steps for determining correct load limit 1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s placard. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) = STI0445 300 kg.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That

10-14 Technical and consumer information weight may not safely exceed backs. In a sudden stop or colli- the available cargo and luggage sion, unsecured cargo could load capacity calculated in Step cause personal injury. 4. . The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by con- Before driving a loaded vehicle, tact with items in the cargo area. confirm that you do not exceed Secure any items in the cargo the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating area. Your child could be seriously (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight injured or killed in a collision if the Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See top tether strap is damaged. “Measurement of weights” (P.10-16).) . Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the Also check tires for proper inflation maximum front and rear GAWRs. pressures. See the Tire and Loading WAC0534X If you do, parts of your vehicle Information label. can break, tire damage could SECURING THE LOAD occur, or it can change the way There are luggage hooks located in the your vehicle handles. This could cargo area as shown. The hooks can be result in loss of control and cause used to secure cargo with ropes or other personal injury. types of straps. Do not apply a total load of more than LOADING TIPS 22 lbs. (10 kg) to a single metal floor . The GVW must not exceed GVWR hook when securing cargo. or GAWR as specified on the F.M. V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la- WARNING bel. . Do not load the front and rear . Properly secure all cargo with axle to the GAWR. Doing so will ropes or straps to help prevent it exceed the GVWR. from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seat-

Technical and consumer information 10-15 TOWING A TRAILER

could result in a serious WARNING accident and personal in- WARNING . Properly secure all cargo jury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered Overloading or improper loading of a with ropes or straps to help trailer and its cargo can adversely prevent it from sliding or by the vehicle’s warranty. affect vehicle handling, braking and shifting. Do not place cargo performance and may lead to acci- higher than the seatbacks. MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS dents. In a sudden stop or collision, Secure loose items to prevent unsecured cargo could weight shifts that could affect the cause personal injury. balance of your vehicle. When the CAUTION . Do not load your vehicle any vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear . Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavier than the GVWR or heavy load for the first 500 miles the maximum front and rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads (800 km). Your engine, axle or GAWRs. If you do, parts of other parts could be damaged. should not exceed either of the your vehicle can break, tire . For the first 500 miles (800 km) damage could occur, or it Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). that you tow a trailer, do not drive can change the way your The total of the axle loads should over 50 MPH (80 km/h) and do vehicle handles. This could not exceed the Gross Vehicle not make starts at full throttle. result in loss of control and Weight Rating (GVWR). These rat- This helps the engine and other ings are given on the vehicle certi- parts of your vehicle wear in at cause personal injury. the heavier loads. . fication label. If weight ratings are Overloading not only can exceeded, move or remove items to Your new vehicle was designed to be shorten the life of your ve- bring all weights below the ratings. hicle and the tire, but can used primarily to carry passengers and cause unsafe vehicle hand- cargo. Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle’s ling and longer braking dis- engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and tances. This may cause a other systems. premature tire failure, which A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is 10-16 Technical and consumer information available on the website at trailer in high outside temperatures on www.nissanusa.com. This guide includes graded roads can affect engine perfor- information on trailer towing capability mance and cause overheating. The trans- and the special equipment required for mission high fluid temperature and proper towing. engine protection mode, which helps reduce the chance of transmission and MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS engine damage, could activate and auto- Maximum trailer loads matically decrease engine power. Vehicle speed may decrease under high load. Never allow the total trailer load to Plan your trip carefully to account for exceed the value specified in the “Towing trailer and vehicle load, weather and road load/specification” (P.10-20) chart found conditions. in this section. The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight. STI0541 WARNING The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) should not exceed the The GCWR equals the combined weight of Overheating can result in reduced value specified in the following “Towing the towing vehicle (including passengers engine power and vehicle speed. Load/Specification” chart. and cargo) plus the total trailer load. The reduced speed may be lower Towing loads greater than these or using than other traffic, which could in- improper towing equipment could ad- crease the chance of a collision. Be versely affect vehicle handling, braking especially careful when driving. If the and performance. vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv- The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer ing speed, pull to the side of the road is not only related to the maximum trailer in a safe area. Allow the engine to loads, but also the places you plan to tow. cool and return to normal operation. Tow weights appropriate for level high- (See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6- way driving may have to be reduced for 13).) low traction situations (for example, on slippery boat ramps). Temperature conditions can also affect towing. For example, towing a heavy

Technical and consumer information 10-17 CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties.

STI0542 TI1012M

Tongue load MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT When using a weight carrying or a weight (GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE distributing hitch, keep the tongue load WEIGHT (GAW) between 10 – 15% of the total trailer load The GVW of the towing vehicle must not or use the trailer tongue load specified by exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating the trailer manufacturer. The tongue load (GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. must be within the maximum tongue certification label. The GVW equals the load limits shown in the following “Towing combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, Load/Specification” chart. If the tongue passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange cargo load and any other optional equipment. In to allow for proper tongue load. addition, front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any 10-18 Technical and consumer information options required to achieve the rating. 1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the . Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Additional passengers, cargo and/or op- “Towing Load/Specification” chart from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification tional equipment, such as the trailer hitch, found later in this section. label - 7,250 lb. (3,289 kg). will add weight to the vehicle and reduce 2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight . Gross Combined Weight Rating your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity from the GCWR. The remaining (GCWR) from “Towing Load/Specifica- and trailer tongue load. amount is the available maximum tion” chart - 15,100 lb. (6,849 kg). The vehicle and trailer need to be towing capacity. . Maximum Trailer towing capacity weighed to confirm the vehicle is within To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, from “Towing Load/Specification” the GVWR, Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross weigh your trailer on a scale with all chart - 9,100 lb (4,128 kg). Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) and equipment and cargo, that are normally 7,250 lb. (3,289 kg) GVWR Towing capacity. in the trailer when it is towed. Make sure − 6,350lb. (2,880 kg) GVW All vehicle and trailer weights can be the Gross trailer weight is not more than Available for tongue measured using platform type scales the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on = 900 lb. (409 kg) weight commonly found at truck stops, highway the trailer and is not more than the weigh stations, building supply centers or calculated available maximum towing 15,100 lb. (6,849 kg) GCWR salvage yards. capacity. − 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg) GVW To determine the available payload capa- Also weigh the front and rear axles on the Capacity available for city for tongue/king pin load, use the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle = 8,750 lb. (3,969 kg) towing following procedure. Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are 1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C. not more than Front Gross Axle Weight Available tongue M.V.S.S. certification label. and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S. 900 lb. (409 kg) / weight S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargo 8,750 lb. (3,969 kg) Available capacity 2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with in the trailer and vehicle may need to be all of the passengers and cargo that moved or removed to meet the specified = 10 % tongue weight are normally in the vehicle when ratings. towing a trailer. The available towing capacity may be less Example: than the maximum towing capacity due 3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight . Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as to the passenger and cargo load in the from the GVWR. The remaining vehicle. amount is the available maximum weighed on a scale - including pas- tongue/king pin load. sengers, cargo and hitch - 6,350 lb. Remember to keep trailer tongue weight (2,880 kg). between 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or To determine the available towing capa- within the trailer tongue load specifica- city, use the following procedure. Technical and consumer information 10-19 tion recommended by the trailer manu- TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION facturer. If the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not exceed WARNING the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the “Towing load/specifica- The towing capacities provided in tion” chart even if the calculated available this manual are for general reference tongue weight is greater than 15%. If the only. The safe towing capacity of calculated tongue weight is less than 10%, your vehicle is affected by dealer reduce the total trailer weight to match and factory installed options and the available tongue weight. passenger and cargo loads. You Always verify that available capacities are must weigh the vehicle and trailer within the required ratings. as described in this manual to determine the actual vehicle towing capacity. Do not exceed the pub- lished maximum towing capacity, or the GCWR or the GVWR shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Doing so can result in an accident causing serious personal injury or property damage.

10-20 Technical and consumer information Towing load/specification chart TOWING SAFETY Axle Type All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) Trailer hitch Maximum Towing Capacity*1 1,350 lbs (612 kg) Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle Maximum Tongue Load 135 lbs (61 kg) and trailer. Make sure the trailer hitch is Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rat- 5,836 lbs (2,647 kg) 5,969 lbs (2,707 kg) securely attached to the vehicle to help ing avoid personal injury or property damage 1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any due to sway caused by crosswinds, rough options required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional road surfaces or passing trucks. equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity. WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings. Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components. Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components. Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage.

Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer: . The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball. . Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight.

Technical and consumer information 10-21 . The diameter of the threaded shank of Weight distribution hitch General set-up instructions are as follows: the hitch ball must be matched to the This type of hitch is also called a “load- 1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur- ball mount hole diameter. The hitch leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of bars face. With the ignition switch in the ON ball shank should be no more than attach to the ball mount and to the trailer position and the doors closed, allow 1/16″ smaller than the hole in the ball to distribute the tongue weight (hitch the vehicle to stand for several min- mount. weight) of your trailer. Many vehicles utes so that it can level. . The threaded shank of the hitch ball cannot carry the full tongue weight of a 2. Measure the height of a reference must be long enough to be properly given trailer, and need some of the point on the front and rear bumpers secured to the ball mount. There tongue weight transferred through the at the center of the vehicle. should be at least 2 threads showing frame and pushing down on the front 3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and beyond the lock washer and nut. wheels. This gives stability to the tow adjust the hitch equalizers so that the vehicle. Ball mount front bumper height is within 0 - .5 The hitch ball is attached to the ball A weight-distributing hitch system (Class inches (0 - 13 mm) of the reference mount and the ball mount is inserted into IV) is recommended if you plan to tow height measured in step 2. The rear the hitch receiver. Choose a proper class trailers with a maximum weight over bumper should be no higher than the ball mount based on the trailer weight. 5,000 lbs (2,267 kg). Check with the trailer reference height measured in step 2. Additionally, the ball mount should be and towing equipment manufacturers to chosen to keep the trailer tongue level determine if they recommend the use of a with the ground. weight-distributing hitch system. WARNING NOTE: Properly adjust the weight distribut- Weight carrying hitches A weight-distributing hitch system may ing hitch so the rear of the bumper is A weight carrying or “dead weight” ball affect the operation of trailer surge no higher than the measured refer- mount is one that is designed to carry the brakes. If you are considering use of a ence height when the trailer is at- whole amount of tongue weight and weight-distributing hitch system with a tached. If the rear bumper is higher gross weight directly on the ball mount surge brake-equipped trailer, check than the measured reference height and on the receiver. with the surge brake, hitch or trailer when loaded, the vehicle may handle manufacturer to determine if and how unpredictably which could cause a this can be done. loss of vehicle control and cause Follow the instructions provided by the serious personal injury or property manufacturer for installing and using the damage. weight-distributing hitch system.

10-22 Technical and consumer information Sway control device Safety chains Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or local regulations. For assistance in Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buf- Always use a suitable chain between your hooking up trailer lights, contact a NISSAN feting caused by other vehicles can affect vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains dealer or reputable trailer retailer. trailer handling. Sway control devices should be crossed and should be at- may be used to help control these affects. tached to the hitch, not to the vehicle Pre-towing tips If you choose to use one, contact a bumper or axle. Be sure to leave enough . Be certain your vehicle maintains a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make slack in the chains to permit turning level position when a loaded or un- sure the sway control device will work corners. loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive with the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the Trailer lights (if so equipped) the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose- trailer’s brake system. Follow the instruc- up or nose-down condition; check for tions provided by the manufacturer for improper tongue load, overload, worn installing and using the sway control CAUTION suspension or other possible causes device. of either condition. Class I hitch When splicing into the vehicle elec- . Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving. Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, trical system, a commercially avail- . ball mount and hitch ball) can be used to able power-type module/converter Keep the cargo load as low as possible tow trailers of a maximum weight of must be used to provide power for in the trailer to keep the trailer center 2,000 lb (907 kg). all trailer lighting. This unit uses the of gravity low. vehicle battery as a direct power . Load the trailer so approximately 60% Tire pressures source for all trailer lights while of the trailer load is in the front half . When towing a trailer, inflate the using the vehicle tail light, stoplight and 40% is in the back half. Also make and turn signal circuits as a signal sure the load is balanced side to side. vehicle tires to the recom- source. The module/converter must . mended cold tire pressure indi- Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, draw no more than 15 milliamps vehicle tire pressure, trailer light op- cated on the Tire and Loading from the stop and tail lamp circuits. eration, and trailer wheel lug nuts Information label. Using a module/converter that ex- every time you attach a trailer to the . Trailer tire condition, size, load ceeds these power requirements vehicle. may damage the vehicle’s electrical . Be certain your rearview mirrors con- rating and proper inflation pres- system. See a reputable trailer retai- sure should be in accordance form to all federal, state or local ler to obtain the proper equipment regulations. If not, install any mirrors with the trailer and tire manu- and to have it installed. required for towing before driving the facturers’ specifications. Technical and consumer information 10-23 vehicle. when you are backing up. 3. Shift the transmission into gear. . Determine the overall height of the Always block the wheels on both vehicle 4. Release the parking brake. vehicle and trailer so the required and trailer when parking. Parking on a 5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and clearance is known. slope is not recommended; however, if trailer are clear from the blocks. you must do so: Trailer towing tips 6. Apply and hold the brake pedal. In order to gain skill and an understand- 7. Have someone retrieve and store the ing of the vehicle’s behavior, you should CAUTION blocks. practice turning, stopping and backing up . While going downhill, the weight of the in an area which is free from traffic. If you push the park button to trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may Steering stability, and braking perfor- engage the P (Park) position before decrease overall stability. Therefore, to mance will be somewhat different than blocking the wheels and applying maintain adequate control, reduce under normal driving conditions. the parking brake, transmission da- your speed and shift to a lower gear. . Always secure items in the trailer to mage could occur. Avoid long or repeated use of the prevent load shift while driving. brakes when descending a hill, as this . Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. reduces their effectiveness and could pin or lock to prevent the coupler from 2. Have someone place blocks on the cause overheating. Shifting to a lower inadvertently becoming unlatched. downhill side of the vehicle and trailer gear instead provides “engine braking” . Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or wheels. and reduces the need to brake as stops. frequently. 3. After the wheel blocks are in place, . . Avoid sharp turns or lane changes. slowly release the brake pedal until If the engine coolant temperature . Always drive your vehicle at a moder- the blocks absorb the vehicle load. rises to a high temperature, see “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-13). ate speed. Some states or provinces 4. Apply the parking brake. have specific speed limits for vehicles . Trailer towing requires more fuel than that are towing trailers. Obey the local 5. Push the park button to engage the P normal circumstances. speed limits. (Park) position. . Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s . When backing up, hold the bottom of 6. Turn off the engine. first 500 miles (800 km). the steering wheel with one hand. To drive away: . For the first 500 miles (800 km) that you do tow, do not drive over 50 MPH Move your hand in the direction in 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. which you want the trailer to go. Make (80 km/h). small corrections and back up slowly. 2. Start the engine. If possible, have someone guide you 10-24 Technical and consumer information . Have your vehicle serviced more often 3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is — Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) than at intervals specified in the balanced as described earlier in this system recommended maintenance schedule section. — Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system shown in the "9. Maintenance and . Be careful when passing other vehi- — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention schedules" section. cles. Passing while towing a trailer (I-BSI) system . When making a turn, your trailer requires considerably more distance — Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) sys- wheels will be closer to the inside of than normal passing. Remember the tem the turn than your vehicle wheels. To length of the trailer must also pass the — ProPILOT Assist system (Intelligent compensate for this, make a larger other vehicle before you can safely Cruise Control (ICC), ProPILOT As- than normal turning radius during the change lanes. sist with Navi-link and Steering turn. . Downshift the transmission to a lower Assist) . Crosswinds and rough roads will ad- gear for engine braking when driving — Automatic Emergency Braking versely affect vehicle/trailer handling, down steep or long hills. This will help (AEB) with pedestrian detection possibly causing vehicle sway. When slow the vehicle without applying the system being passed by larger vehicles, be brakes. — Intelligent Forward Collision Warn- prepared for possible changes in . Avoid holding the brake pedal down ing (I-FCW) system crosswinds that could affect vehicle too long or too frequently. This could — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) sys- handling. cause the brakes to overheat, result- tem Do the following if the trailer begins to ing in reduced braking efficiency. . Some states or provinces have speci- sway: . Increase your following distance to fic regulations and speed limits for 1. Take your foot off the accelerator allow for greater stopping distances vehicles that are towing trailers. Obey pedal to allow the vehicle to coast while towing a trailer. Anticipate stops the local speed limits. and steer as straight ahead as the and brake gradually. . Check your hitch, trailer wiring har- road conditions allow. This combina- . NISSAN recommends that the cruise ness connections, and trailer wheel tion will help stabilize the vehicle. control not be used while towing a lug nuts after 50 miles (80 km) of . Do not correct trailer sway by trailer. travel and at every break. steering or applying the brakes. . While towing a trailer, do not use the . When launching a boat, do not allow following systems (if so equipped): 2. When the trailer sway stops, gently the water level to go over the exhaust apply the brakes and pull to the side — Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys- tail pipe or rear bumper. of the road in a safe area. tem . Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into

Technical and consumer information 10-25 FLAT TOWING

the water or the trailer lights may FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEEL FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT-WHEEL burn out. DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) When towing a trailer, the Continuously Towing your vehicle with all four wheels Towing your vehicle with all four wheels Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid, trans- on the ground is sometimes called flat on the ground is sometimes called flat fer fluid and differential gear oil should towing. This method is sometimes used towing. This method is sometimes used be changed more frequently. For addi- when towing a vehicle behind a recrea- when towing a vehicle behind a recreational information, see the "9. Mainte- tional vehicle, such as a motor home. tional vehicle, such as a motor home. nance and schedules" section. CAUTION CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines . Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission can result in severe transmission damage. damage. . Never flat tow your All-Wheel . Whenever flat towing your vehi- Drive (AWD) vehicle. cle, always tow forward, never . DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive backward. (AWD) vehicle with any wheels on . Never tow your front wheel drive the ground. Doing so may cause vehicle with the front tires on the serious and expensive damage to ground. Doing so may cause ser- the powertrain. ious and expensive damage to . For emergency towing proce- the powertrain. dures refer to “Towing recom- . DO NOT tow your front wheel mended by NISSAN” (P.6-16). drive Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication.

10-26 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

DOT (Department Of Transportation) . For emergency towing proce- TRACTION AA, A, B AND C Quality Grades: All passenger car tires dures refer to “Towing recom- must conform to federal safety require- The traction grades, from highest to low- mended by NISSAN” in the “In ments in addition to these grades. est, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades case of emergency” section of represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet this manual. Quality grades can be found where ap- pavement as measured under controlled plicable on the tire sidewall between conditions on specified government test tread shoulder and maximum section Continuously Variable Transmis- surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire width. For example: marked C may have poor traction perfor- sion (CVT) Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera- mance. To tow a vehicle equipped with a CVT, an ture A appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’s drive wheels. TREADWEAR WARNING Always follow the dolly manufacturer’s The treadwear grade is a comparative recommendations when using their pro- rating based on the wear rate of the tire The traction grade assigned to this duct. when tested under controlled conditions tire is based on straight-ahead brak- on a specified government test course. ing traction tests, and does not For example, a tire graded 150 would include acceleration, cornering, hy- wear one and one-half droplaning, or peak traction charac- (1 1/2) times as well on the government teristics. course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon ac- TEMPERATURE A, B AND C tual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm The temperature grades A (the highest), due to variations in driving habits, service B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance practices and differences in road charac- to the generation of heat and its ability to teristics and climate. dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corre- sponds to a level of performance which Technical and consumer information 10-27 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS all passenger car tires must meet under Your vehicle is covered by the following For USA emission warranties. the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- If you believe that your vehicle has dard No. 109. Grades B and A represent For USA: higher levels of performance on the a defect which could cause a crash . Emission Defects Warranty laboratory test wheel than the minimum or could cause injury or death, you . required by law. Emissions Performance Warranty should immediately inform the Na- Details of these warranties may be found tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad- with other vehicle warranties in your WARNING Warranty Information Booklet which ministration (NHTSA) in addition to comes with your vehicle. If you did not notifying NISSAN. The temperature grade for this tire is receive a Warranty Information Booklet, If NHTSA receives similar com- established for a tire that is properly or it has become lost, you may obtain a plaints, it may open an investiga- replacement by writing to: inflated and not overloaded. Exces- tion, and if it finds that a safety sive speed, under-inflation, or exces- . Nissan North America, Inc. defect exists in a group of vehicles, sive loading, either separately or in Consumer Affairs Department combination, can cause heat build- it may order a recall and remedy P.O. Box 685003 up and possible tire failure. campaign. However, NHTSA cannot Franklin, TN 37068-5003 become involved in individual pro- For Canada: blems between you, your dealer, or Emission Control System Warranty NISSAN. Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your To contact NHTSA, you may call the Warranty Information Booklet which Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- comes with your vehicle. If you did not 888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- receive a Warranty Information Booklet, 9153); go to http://www.safercar. or it has become lost, you may obtain a gov; or write to: Administrator, replacement by writing to: NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., . Nissan Canada Inc. Washington, D.C. 20590. You can 5290 Orbitor Drive also obtain other information Mississauga, Ontario, about motor vehicle safety from L4W 4Z5 http://www.safercar.gov.

10-28 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION/ MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

You may notify NISSAN by contact- wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ ing our Consumer Affairs Depart- PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra WARNING ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1. (French speakers). For Canada Additional information concerning A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD) should never be tested If you believe that your vehicle has motor vehicle safety may be ob- using a two wheel dynamometer a defect which could cause a crash tained from Transport Canada’s (such as the dynamometers used by or could cause injury or death, you Road Safety Information Centre at some states for emissions testing), should immediately inform Trans- 1-800-333-0371 or online at www. or similar equipment. Make sure you tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak- inform test facility personnel that port Canada in addition to notifying your vehicle is equipped with AWD NISSAN. ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiterou- before it is placed on a dynam- tiere (French speakers). If Transport Canada receives com- ometer. Using the wrong test equip- plaints, it may open an investiga- To notify NISSAN of any safety ment may result in transmission concerns please contact our Con- damage or unexpected vehicle tion, and if it finds that a safety movement which could result in defect exists in a group of vehicles, sumer Information Centre toll free serious vehicle damage or personal it may request that NISSAN con- at 1-800-387-0122. injury. duct a recall campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become Due to legal requirements in some states/ involved in individual problems be- areas or provinces, your vehicle may be tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN. required to be in what is called the “ready condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance You may contact Transport Cana- (I/M) test of the emission control system. da’s Defect Investigations and Re- The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” calls Division toll free at 1-800-333- when it is driven through certain driving 0510. You may also report safety patterns. Usually, the “ready condition” defects online at: https:// can be obtained by ordinary usage of wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ the vehicle. PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, (English speakers) or https:// the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready Technical and consumer information 10-29 EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) condition”. Before taking the I/M test, This vehicle is equipped with an Event could combine the EDR data with the type check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte- Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of of personally identifying data routinely nance test readiness condition. Place the an EDR is to record, in certain crash or acquired during a crash investigation. ignition switch in the ON position without near crash-like situations, such as an air To read data recorded by an EDR, special starting the engine. If the Malfunction bag deployment or hitting a road obsta- equipment is required and access to the Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for cle, data that will assist in understanding vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec- how a vehicle’s systems performed. The to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”. EDR is designed to record data related to dealer, other parties, such as law enforce- If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds, vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a ment, that have the special equipment, the I/M test condition is “ready”. short period of time, typically 30 seconds can read the information if they have It is recommended you visit a NISSAN or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data dealer to set “ready condition” or to to record such data as: will only be accessed with the consent of prepare the vehicle for testing. . How various systems in your vehicle the vehicle owner or lessee or as other- were operating; wise required or permitted by law. . Whether or not the driver and passen- ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on ger safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicles equipped with optional . How far (if at all) the driver was ProPILOT Assist) depressing the accelerator and/or If your vehicle is equipped with the brake pedal; and, optional ProPILOT Assist, it will also be . How fast the vehicle was traveling. equipped with supplemental data record- . Sounds are not recorded. ing function intended to assist in understanding how ProPILOT Assist performs in These data can help provide a better certain nontrivial crash or near-crash understanding of the circumstances in scenarios. Specifically, supplemental re- which crashes and injuries occur. cording is designed to capture the follow- NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your ing: vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation . Driver operational status of the accel- occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR erator, brakes, steering, etc. under normal driving conditions and no . personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and Detection status of a vehicle ahead crash location) are recorded. However, and lane markers other parties, such as law enforcement, 10-30 Technical and consumer information OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

. Vehicle information including distance . In response to an official request from Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this to vehicle ahead and lateral position law enforcement, court order, govern- model year and prior can be purchased. A . Information on the operation of the mental agency, or other legally en- genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the ProPILOT Assist and other crash forceable request best source of service and repair informa- avoidance features . For research purposes after the data tion for your vehicle. This manual is the . ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosis is modified such that it is no longer same one used by the factory trained information tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle technicians working at a NISSAN dealer. . owner (anonymized) Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can External images from the multi-sen- also be purchased. sing front camera (Available only when the SRS air bag or AEB with In the USA: pedestrian detection system is acti- For current pricing and availability of vated) genuine NISSAN Service Manuals con- The ProPILOT Assist does not record tact: conversations, sounds or images of the www.nissan-techinfo.com inside of the vehicle. To read this supplemental data, special For current pricing and availability of equipment is required and access to the genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals con- vehicle or the recording unit is needed. tact: This supplemental data will only be ac- 1-800-247-5321 cessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required In Canada: or permitted by law. If downloaded, To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN NISSAN and third parties entrusted by Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this NISSAN may use the data recorded for the model year and prior please contact a purpose of improving NISSAN’s vehicle NISSAN dealer. For the phone number safety performance. and location of a NISSAN dealer in your NISSAN and third parties entrusted by area call the NISSAN Information Center NISSAN will not disclose/provide the re- at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN corded data to a third party except: representative will assist you. . With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee

Technical and consumer information 10-31 MEMO

10-32 Technical and consumer information MEMO

Technical and consumer information 10-33 MEMO

10-34 Technical and consumer information 11 Index

A All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (See Brake Intelligent 4x4)...... 5-151 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)...... 5-156 ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ...... 5-156 Antenna...... 4-39 Brake fluid ...... 8-9 Active Ride Control ...... 5-160 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)...... 5-156 Brake system...... 5-155 Adjustable luggage floor ...... 2-72 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Electronic parking brake system Advanced Air Bag System...... 1-52 warning light...... 2-17 warning light...... 2-18 Air bag system Appearance care Parking brake ...... 5-25 Advanced Air Bag System...... 1-52 Exterior appearance care ...... 7-2 Warning light...... 2-14 Driver and front passenger Interior appearance care...... 7-4 Break-in schedule ...... 5-149 supplemental knee air bag system...... 1-61 Armrest...... 1-9 Brightness control Front and rear seat-mounted Audible reminders...... 2-22 Instrument panel...... 2-11 side-impact supplemental air AUTO mode...... 5-32 Bulb check/instrument panel...... 2-14 bag system...... 1-63 Automatic Bulb replacement...... 8-22 Front central seat-mounted Door locks...... 3-7 side-impact supplemental air Automatic air conditioner C bag system...... 1-63 and heater ...... 4-32, 4-35 Front passenger air bag and Automatic brake hold...... 5-28 Capacities and status light...... 1-54 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact system OFF warning light...... 2-17 Car phone or CB radio...... 4-39 supplemental air bag system...... 1-63 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Card holder...... 2-77 Air bag warning labels ...... 1-66 with pedestrian detection system...... 5-122 Cargo cover ...... 2-77 Air bag warning light...... 1-66, 2-16 Automatic moonroof and sunshade...... 2-83 Cargo light...... 2-87 Air cleaner housing filter...... 8-15 Average fuel consumption...... 2-44 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ...... 5-6 Air conditioner Average speed...... 2-44 Charger Air conditioner operation...... 4-27 Avoiding collision and rollover...... 5-10 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Air conditioner service...... 4-38 AWD (See Intelligent 4x4)...... 5-151 charging connector...... 2-67 Air conditioner specification label...... 10-11 Wireless charger...... 2-68 Air conditioning system refrigerant Chassis control...... 5-160 and lubricant recommendations...... 4-38 B Child restraints...... 1-23 Air conditioning system refrigerant Battery...... 8-11 Booster seats...... 1-42 and oil recommendations...... 10-7 Battery replacement, Intelligent Key..... 8-20 LATCH system...... 1-25 Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle Battery saver system...... 2-61 Precautions on child restraints...... 1-23 security system)...... 2-51 Variable voltage control system...... 8-13 Child safety...... 1-20 Alcohol, drugs and driving...... 5-11 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Child safety rear door lock...... 3-7 Alert Blind Spot Warning (BSW)...... 5-57 Rear Door Alert...... 2-65 Booster seats...... 1-42 Chimes CVT, Driving with CVT (Continuously Elapsed time...... 2-44 Seat belt warning light Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 Electric power steering...... 5-154 and chime...... 1-15, 2-16 Electric power steering warning light ...... 2-17 Chimes, Audible reminders...... 2-22 D Electric shift control system Circuit breaker, Fusible link...... 8-18 warning light...... 2-15 Cleaning exterior and interior...... 7-2, 7-4 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system...... 2-61 Emergency Call (SOS) button ...... 2-70 Clock...... 2-46 Defroster switch, Rear window and Emission control information label...... 10-11 Coat hook...... 2-77 outside mirror defroster switch...... 2-55 Emission control system warranty ...... 10-28 Cockpit...... 2-3 Dimensions and weights...... 10-9 Engine Cold weather driving...... 5-172 Display Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Connection to Roadside Assistance...... 6-2 Head Up Display (HUD)...... 2-47 Break-in schedule ...... 5-149 Console box...... 2-75 Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Capacities and Continuously Variable Transmission Drive belt...... 8-13 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 (CVT) fluid...... 8-8 Drive Computer...... 2-44 Changing engine coolant...... 8-5 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Drive Mode Selector...... 5-30 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 position indicator ...... 2-11 Driver and front passenger supplemental Checking engine coolant level...... 8-5 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control knee air bag...... 1-61 Checking engine oil level...... 8-5 mode (with ProPILOT Assist)...... 5-118 Driver Assistance systems...... 5-34 Coolant temperature gauge ...... 2-9 Coolant Common troubleshooting guide...... 5-39 Emergency engine shut off...... 5-16, 6-3 Capacities and Driving Engine compartment recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 Cold weather driving...... 5-172 check locations...... 8-3 Changing engine coolant...... 8-5 Drive Mode Selector...... 5-30 Engine cooling system...... 8-4 Checking engine coolant level...... 8-5 Driving with CVT (Continuously Engine oil...... 8-5 Corrosion protection...... 7-7 Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 Engine oil and oil Cover, Cargo cover...... 2-77 Intelligent 4x4...... 5-151 filter recommendation ...... 10-6 Cruise control On-pavement and off-road driving...... 5-10 Engine oil viscosity...... 10-7 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Precautions when starting Engine serial number...... 10-10 control mode...... 5-118 and driving...... 5-5 Engine specifications...... 10-8 Cruise control (with ProPILOT Assist) Safety precautions ...... 5-12 Engine start operation indicator...... 2-34 (See Conventional (fixed speed) cruise If your vehicle overheats...... 6-13 control mode)...... 5-118 E Remote engine start...... 3-19 Cruise control (without Starting the engine...... 5-17 ProPILOT Assist)...... 5-82 Easy-Fill Tire Alert system...... 5-9 Event Data Recorders (EDR)...... 10-30 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)...... 5-97 ECO mode ...... 5-32 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...... 5-5 Cup holders...... 2-71 ECO mode system Explanation of scheduled ECO Drive Report...... 2-11 maintenance items...... 9-5 Economy, Fuel...... 5-150 11-2 F Fusible links...... 8-18 I

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label...... 10-10 G Ignition switch ...... 5-14 Filter Ignition switch positions ...... 5-15 Air cleaner housing filter...... 8-15 Garage mode system...... 3-27 Immobilizer system...... 2-51 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Gauge...... 2-5 Indicator Flashers (See hazard warning Engine coolant temperature gauge...... 2-9 Lights...... 2-17 flasher switch)...... 6-2 Fuel gauge...... 2-10 Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Flat tire...... 6-3 Odometer...... 2-8 indicator light Flat towing...... 10-26 Speedometer ...... 2-8 Electronic parking brake warning Floor mat cleaning...... 7-5 Tachometer...... 2-9 light...... 2-15 Fluid General maintenance...... 9-2 Inside mirror ...... 3-33 Brake fluid ...... 8-9 Glove box ...... 2-75 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ...... 10-29 Capacities and Instrument brightness control ...... 2-11 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 H Instrument panel...... 2-4 Continuously Variable Transmission Intelligent 4x4...... 5-151 (CVT) fluid...... 8-8 Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Intelligent Around View® Monitor...... 4-9 Engine coolant...... 8-4 Head restraints/headrests...... 1-9 Intelligent Auto Headlight system ...... 2-56 Engine oil...... 8-5 Head Up Display (HUD)...... 2-47 Intelligent Blind Spot Window washer fluid ...... 8-9 Headlights Intervention (I-BSI)...... 5-65 Fog light switch...... 2-62 Bulb replacement...... 8-23 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)...... 5-97 Forward Driving Aids...... 5-34 Headlight switch ...... 2-55 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)...... 5-141 Front manual seat adjustment...... 1-4 Heated seats...... 2-63 Intelligent Forward Collision Warning Front passenger air bag and status Heated steering wheel...... 2-63 (I-FCW)...... 5-132 light...... 1-54 Heater Intelligent Key button operation light...... 3-17 Front seat, Front seat adjustment...... 1-4 Heater and air conditioner Intelligent Key system ...... 3-7 Fuel operation...... 4-27 Key operating range...... 3-9 Capacities and High beam assist...... 2-59 Key operation...... 3-11 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 Hill start assist system ...... 5-161 Remote keyless operation ...... 3-15 Fuel economy...... 5-150 Hood release...... 3-22 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)...... 5-51 Fuel information...... 10-4 Hook Intelligent Trace Control...... 5-160 Fuel octane rating ...... 10-4 Coat hook...... 2-77 Interior light replacement...... 8-23 Fuel-filler door...... 3-29 Luggage hook...... 2-78 Interior light switch...... 2-85 Gauge...... 2-10 Horn...... 2-63 Interior lights...... 2-85 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips...... 5-149 ISOFIX child restraint...... 1-25 Fuses...... 8-18

11-3 J Bulb replacement...... 8-22 Seat belt maintenance...... 1-20 Cargo light...... 2-87 Standard maintenance...... 9-8 Jump starting...... 6-11 Fog light switch...... 2-62 Maintenance schedules...... 9-7 Headlight switch ...... 2-55 Malfunction indicator light (MIL)...... 2-19 K Headlights bulb replacement...... 8-23 Manual air conditioner and heater...... 4-28 Indicator lights...... 2-17 Manual front seat adjustment...... 1-4 Key Interior lights...... 2-85 Map lights...... 2-86 Ignition switch positions ...... 5-15 Map lights...... 2-86 Master warning light...... 2-16, 2-20 Keyless entry Rear personal lights ...... 2-86 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system)...... 3-4 With Intelligent Key system (See Room lights...... 2-86 Memory seat ...... 3-36 Intelligent Key system)...... 3-15 Vanity mirror lights...... 2-87 Meters and gauges...... 2-5 Keys...... 3-3 Warning lights, indicator lights and Instrument brightness control ...... 2-11 For Intelligent Key system...... 3-7 audible reminders...... 2-14 Mirror Lights, Exterior and interior Inside mirror ...... 3-33 light replacement...... 8-23 Outside mirrors...... 3-34 L Loading information (See vehicle Vanity mirror...... 3-36 Labels loading information) ...... 10-13 Moonroof...... 2-83 Air bag warning labels ...... 1-66 Lock Moving Object Detection (MOD)...... 4-22 Air conditioner specification label...... 10-11 Automatic door locks...... 3-7 Emission control information label .... 10-11 Door locks...... 3-5 N Engine serial number...... 10-10 Power door lock...... 3-5 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. Low tire pressure warning (Tire Neutral hold mode ...... 5-22 certification label...... 10-10 Pressure Low)...... 2-35 New vehicle break-in...... 5-149 Tire and Loading Low tire pressure warning light...... 2-18 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ...... 2-51 information label...... 8-27, 10-11 Low tire pressure warning system (See Vehicle identification number (VIN)...... 10-9 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS))..... 5-6 O Lane Departure Warning (LDW)...... 5-46 Lower console tray ...... 2-76 LATCH system...... 1-25 Luggage hooks ...... 2-78 Odometer...... 2-8 License plate, Installing front OFF-ROAD mode...... 5-31 license plate...... 10-12 M Off-road recovery...... 5-10 Liftgate...... 3-23 Oil Auto closure ...... 3-28 Maintenance Capacities and Liftgate release lever...... 3-28 Battery...... 8-11 recommended fluids/lubricants...... 10-3 Operating manual liftgate...... 3-23 General maintenance...... 9-2 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Operating power liftgate...... 3-24 Maintenance precautions...... 8-2 Checking engine oil level...... 8-5 Light Maintenance requirements...... 9-2 Engine oil...... 8-5 Air bag warning light...... 1-66 Maintenance schedules...... 9-7 Engine oil viscosity...... 10-7 11-4 Other lights...... 2-21 Push starting...... 6-13 S Outside air temperature...... 2-47 Push-button ignition switch...... 5-14 Outside mirrors...... 3-34 Safety Overheat, If your vehicle overheats...... 6-13 R Child seat belts...... 1-20 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual Reporting safety defects...... 10-28 order information...... 10-31 RAB system ...... 5-143 Towing safety...... 10-21 Rapid air pressure loss...... 5-11 Seat adjustment P Readiness for inspection/maintenance Front manual seat adjustment...... 1-4 (I/M) test...... 10-29 Front power seat adjustment...... 1-5 Panic alarm...... 3-17 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)...... 5-143 Front seats...... 1-4 Parking Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system Seat belt(s) Brake break-in ...... 5-155 OFF warning light...... 2-20 Child safety...... 1-20 Parking brake ...... 5-25 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)...... 5-76 Infants...... 1-21 Parking on hills...... 5-153 Rear Door Alert...... 2-65 Injured persons ...... 1-16 Parking Aids...... 5-34 Rear door lock, Child safety rear Larger children ...... 1-21 Parking brake door lock ...... 3-7 Precautions on seat belt usage...... 1-13 Electronic parking brake warning Rear Driving Aids...... 5-34 Pregnant women...... 1-16 light...... 2-15 Rear personal lights ...... 2-86 Seat belt cleaning...... 7-7 Power Rear seats...... 1-7 Seat belt extenders...... 1-19 Electric power steering...... 5-154 Rear Sonar System (RSS)...... 5-168 Seat belt hook...... 1-19 Power door lock...... 3-5 Rear sunshade...... 3-32 Seat belt maintenance...... 1-20 Power outlet...... 2-66 Rear window and outside mirror Seat belt warning light and Power windows ...... 2-79 defroster switch ...... 2-55 chime...... 1-15, 2-16 PR25DD engine model...... 8-3 Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-53 Seat belts...... 1-13 Precautions RearView Monitor...... 4-2 Seat belts with pretensioners...... 1-65 Braking precautions...... 5-155 Recorders, Event data ...... 10-30 Shoulder belt height adjustment ...... 1-18 Child restraints...... 1-23 Registering in another country...... 10-9 Small children...... 1-21 Driving safety...... 5-12 Remote engine start...... 3-19 Three-point type with retractor...... 1-16 Maintenance...... 8-2 Remote keyless entry function, For Seat(s) On-pavement and off-road driving...... 5-10 Intelligent Key system ...... 3-15 Heated seats...... 2-63 Seat belt usage...... 1-13 Reporting safety defects...... 10-28 Memory seat ...... 3-36 SRS ...... 1-46 Road Assistance...... 6-2 Seats...... 1-3 When starting and driving...... 5-5 Rollover...... 5-10 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ProPILOT Assist...... 5-84 Roof rack...... 2-78 Immobilizer System), Engine start...... 2-51 ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link...... 5-84 Room lights...... 2-86 Security system, Vehicle Speed Adjust by Route ...... 5-105 security system...... 2-50 Speed Limit Assist...... 5-102 Servicing air conditioner...... 4-38 11-5 Shifting Heated steering wheel...... 2-63 Tire pressure, Low tire pressure CVT (Continuously Tilt/telescopic steering...... 3-31 warning light...... 2-18 Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 Steering Assist...... 5-113 Tires Shoulder belt height adjustment, For Steering Assist switch...... 2-65 Easy-Fill Tire Alert system...... 5-9 front seats...... 1-18 Storage...... 2-71 Flat tire...... 6-3 Side Driving Aids...... 5-34 Sun visors...... 3-32 Low tire pressure warning system ...... 5-6 SNOW mode...... 5-32 Sunglasses holder...... 2-76 Tire and Loading Soft bottle holders...... 2-72 Sunshade (rear)...... 3-32 information label...... 8-27, 10-11 Sonar Supplemental air bag warning labels...... 1-66 Tire chains...... 8-32 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)...... 5-143 Supplemental air bag Tire dressing...... 7-4 Rear Sonar System (RSS)...... 5-168 warning light...... 1-66, 2-16 Tire pressure ...... 8-25 Sonar system...... 5-162 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)...... 1-46 Tire pressure monitoring SOS button (See Emergency Call switch system (TPMS)...... 5-6, 6-3 (SOS) button)...... 2-70 Drive Mode Selector...... 5-30 Tire rotation...... 8-33 Spare tire...... 8-36, 10-8 Emergency Call (SOS) button ...... 2-70 Types of tires...... 8-31 Spark plugs...... 8-14 Fog light switch...... 2-62 Uniform tire quality grading...... 10-27 Speed Adjust by Route (ProPILOT Assist Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Wheel/tire size ...... 10-8 with Navi-link)...... 5-105 Headlight switch ...... 2-55 Wheels and tires...... 8-25 Speed and Average speed...... 2-44 Intelligent Auto Headlight switch...... 2-56 Towing Speed Limit Assist (ProPILOT Assist Memory seat switch...... 3-36 Tow truck towing...... 6-15 with Navi-link)...... 5-102 Power door lock switch ...... 3-6 Towing a trailer...... 10-16 Speedometer ...... 2-8 Rear window and outside mirror Towing safety...... 10-21 SPORT mode...... 5-33 defroster switch ...... 2-55 TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system...... 5-6 SRS Steering Assist switch...... 2-65 TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert...... 5-9 Precautions on SRS ...... 1-46 Turn signal switch ...... 2-62 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system...... 6-3 Standard maintenance...... 9-8 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-52 Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)...... 5-43 STANDARD mode...... 5-32 Trailer towing ...... 10-16 Starting T Transmission Before starting the engine...... 5-17 Continuously Variable Transmission Jump starting...... 6-11 Tachometer...... 2-9 (CVT) fluid...... 8-8 Precautions when starting Temperature gauge, Engine coolant Driving with CVT (Continuously and driving...... 5-5 temperature gauge ...... 2-9 Variable Transmission)...... 5-19 Push starting...... 6-13 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system Starting the engine...... 5-17 System), Engine start ...... 2-51 (See Intelligent Key system)...... 3-15 Status light, Front passenger air bag...... 1-54 Three-way catalyst...... 5-6 Traveling or registering in Steering Tilt/telescopic steering...... 3-31 another country ...... 10-9 Electric power steering...... 5-154 Trip computer...... 2-44 11-6 Trip odometer...... 2-44 Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Wheels and tires...... 8-25 Troubleshooting guide Intelligent Forward Collision Care of wheels...... 7-3 Driver Assistance systems...... 5-39 Warning (I-FCW)...... 5-132 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels...... 7-3 Turn signal switch ...... 2-62 Lane Departure Warning (LDW)...... 5-46 Window washer fluid ...... 8-9 Lights...... 2-14 Window(s) U Low tire pressure warning...... 2-35 Cleaning...... 7-3 Rear Door Alert...... 2-65 Power windows ...... 2-79 Underbody cleaning...... 7-3 Tire pressure monitoring Wiper Uniform tire quality grading...... 10-27 system (TPMS)...... 5-6, 6-3 Rear window wiper blade...... 8-17 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-52 charging connector...... 2-67 Warning lights, indicator lights and Wiper blades...... 8-16 audible reminders...... 2-13 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-52 V Warning labels, Air bag warning labels...... 1-66 Wireless charger...... 2-68 Warning light Vanity mirror...... 3-36 Air bag warning light...... 1-66, 2-16 Vanity mirror lights...... 2-87 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Variable voltage control system...... 8-13 warning light...... 2-17 Vehicle Brake warning light...... 2-14 Dimensions and weights...... 10-9 Electric power steering Identification number (VIN)...... 10-9 warning light...... 2-17 Loading information...... 10-13 Electric shift control system Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)...... 6-17 warning light...... 2-15 Security system...... 2-50 Electronic parking brake system Vehicle Dynamic Control warning light...... 2-18 (VDC) system...... 5-157 Low tire pressure warning light...... 2-18 Vehicle information display...... 2-22 Seat belt warning light Settings...... 2-24 and chime...... 1-15, 2-16 Vehicle information display warnings Warranty, Emission control and indicators...... 2-34 system warranty...... 10-28 Ventilators...... 4-26 Washer switch Rear window wiper and W washer operation...... 2-53 Wiper and washer switch ...... 2-52 Warning Washing...... 7-2 Blind Spot Warning (BSW)...... 5-57 Waxing...... 7-3 Driver Assistance systems Weights (See dimensions and weights)..... 10-9 troubleshooting guide...... 5-39 Wheel/tire size ...... 10-8 11-7 GAS STATION INFORMATION

FUEL INFORMATION: fuel is not covered by the NISSAN ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION: Use unleaded regular gasoline with an new vehicle limited warranty. See “Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants” (P.10-3) for engine oil and oil octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- . Do not use fuel that contains the filter recommendation. Knock Index) number (Research octane octane booster methylcyclopen- number 91). tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl COLD TIRE PRESSURES: (MMT). Using fuel containing For additional information, see “Tire and MMT may adversely affect vehicle Loading Information label” (P.10-11). CAUTION performance and vehicle emis- The label is typically located on the driver sions. Not all fuel dispensers are side center pillar. For additional informa- . Using a fuel other than that spe- labeled to indicate MMT content, tion, see “Wheels and tires” (P.8-25). cified could adversely affect the so you may have to consult your emission control system, and gasoline retailer for more details. NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE- may also affect warranty cover- Note that Federal and California DURES RECOMMENDATION: age. laws prohibit the use of MMT in During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of . Under no circumstances should a reformulated gasoline. vehicle use, follow the recommendations leaded gasoline be used, because . U.S. government regulations re- outlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5- this will damage the three-way quire ethanol dispensing pumps 149) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow these catalyst. to be identified by a small, recommendations for the future reliability . Do not use a fuel containing more square, orange and black label and economy of your new vehicle. than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. with the common abbreviation or Your vehicle is not designed to the appropriate percentage for run on a fuel containing more that region. than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel containing more than 15% etha- For additional information, see “Capaci- nol in a vehicle not specifically ties and recommended fluids/lubricants” designed for a fuel containing (P.10-3). more than 15% ethanol can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle. Damage caused by such

Printing : October 2020 Publication No.: OM21EA 0T33U1 Printed in the U.S.A. T33-D